Table of Contents Automation & Sensing - Pg. 1 Safety - Pg. 315 Switching & Controls - Pg. 439 Index - Pg. 911
For more information on this product family, visit our website.
Additional resources include:
• New and updated product information
• Downloadable software demos & upgrades
• Part confi guration tool & cross reference
• Online stock check & ordering
• IDEC fi eld sales & distributor search
• Online literature request
• Downloadable manuals & CAD drawings
• Manufacturer’s suggested retail price list
• Product training schedule & locations
• Advertising & trade show schedules
• Press releases & FAQs
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
www.idec.com/switches
Switches & Pilot
Devices
Selection Guide ........................................... 440
Miniature Switches & Pilot Devices ........... 442
AP Series ø8-16mm .......................................442
A8 Series ø8mm ............................................. 446
ø16mm Switches & Pilot Devices ............... 451
XA E-Stops ø16mm ........................................451
A6 Series ø16mm ........................................... 457
L6 Series ø16mm ...........................................471
ø22mm Switches & Pilot Devices ............... 494
XW E-Stops ø22mm ....................................... 494
HW Series ø22mm ......................................... 500
TW Series ø22mm .........................................561
FB Series Enclosures ...................................... 602
ø30mm Switches & Pilot Devices ............... 604
XN E-Stops ø30mm ........................................ 604
TWTD Series ø30mm ..................................... 610
Cam Switches - CS Series .............................640
Mono-Lever Switches - ARN Series ..............647
LW Silhouette Series .................................. 650
Switching & Controls
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
Selection Guide
440 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Selection Guide
Appearance Product Series Mounting Hole Contact rating Contact Function Page
AP ø8mm, ø10mm,
ø12mm, ø16mm N/A N/A Pilot light 442
A8 ø8mm 1A Fixed Pushbutton, Pilot Light 446
XA
ø16mm
5A Removable E-Stop 451
A6 1A Fixed
Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Se-
lector Switch, Key Switch,
E-Stop
457
L6 5A Removable
Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Se-
lector Switch, Key Switch,
E-Stop, Buzzer
471
XW
ø22mm
5A Removable E-Stop 494
HW 10A Removable
Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Se-
lector Switch, Key Switch,
E-Stop, MonoLever
500
TW 10A Removable
Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Se-
lector Switch, Key Switch,
E-Stop
561
FB N/A N/A Enclosures 602
NEW
Models
NEW
Models
NEW
NEW
Models
Selection Guide
441
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Selection Guide con’t
Appearance Product Series Mounting Hole Contact rating Contact Function Page
XN
ø30mm
5A Removable E-Stop 604
TWTD 10A Removable
Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Se-
lector Switch, Key Switch,
E-Stop
610
CS 10A fi xed Cam Switch 640
ARN 10A Removable MonoLever 647
LW Silhoulette ø25mm, 25 x 25mm 5A Removable Pushbutton, Pilot Light,
Selector Switch, Key Switch 650
Switches & Pilot Devices
NEW
NEW
Miniature ø8-16mm AP Series
442 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Miniature Pilot Lights
AP Series — Miniature Pilot Lights
Key features:
Long service life, low maintenance
Space saving miniature style
Dome or fl at lens models
Built-in current-limiting resistor
Five illumination colors: red, green, amber, yellow, and white
Transformer (120V AC and 240V AC) and DC-DC Converter (110V DC)
options on 12mm and 16mm units
•
•
•
•
•
•
UL Recognized
File No. E55996
CSA Certifi ed
File No. LR21451
*
*AP8/AP1 series only.
Specifi cations
Lamp Built-in LED with current limiting resistor
Operational Voltage
5, 6, 12, 24VDC (full voltage),
110/120, 220/240VAC, (with transformer)
110VDC (with converter)
Current Ratings
AP8: 5V DC/9mA, 12V DC/9mA, 24V DC/9mA, 12V AC/15mA, 24V AC/15mA
AP1: 5V DC/9mA, 12V DC/9mA, 24V DC/9mA, 12V AC/15mA, 24V AC/15mA
AP2: 6V DC/33mA, 12V DC/22mA, 24V DC/11mA
AP6: 6V DC/33mA, 12V DC/22mA, 24V DC/11mA
Operating Temp. -20ºC to +55ºC
Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH
Insul. Resistance 100MΩ min. (500V DC megger)
Between live and dead parts
Rev. Withstand Voltage AP2/AP6: 100V
AP1/AP8: 200V
Solder Terminal Soldering 260ºC maximum (5 sec.)
Degree of Protection AP8: IP40 (dustproof)
Other Series: IP65 (oiltight)
Optional Adaptors/Converters
Transformer DC-DC Converter
Applicable Units AP2 & AP6 (with 6V LED only)
Operating Voltage 110/120VAC 50/60 Hz
220/240VAC 50/60 Hz 110V DC (90 to 140V DC)
Power Consumption 1.6 VA maximum 1W maximum
Insulation Voltage 250 V AC 140V DC
Insulation Resistance 10MΩ min. (500V DC megger) Between live and dead parts
Dielectric Strength 2,000V AC, 1 minute Between live/dead parts
2,000V AC, 1 minute Between terminals
2,000V AC, 1 minute Between live/dead parts
1,500V AC, 1 minute Between terminals
Available as one piece only (replacement LEDs are not available).
Miniature ø8-16mm AP Series
443
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Miniature Pilot Lights
Miniature Pilot Lights
AP Miniature Pilot Lights - ø8 & ø10mm
Appearance Lens Style Operating Voltage Part Numbers
AP8 Series - Ø8mm
Dome
5V DC +/- 5%
12V AC/DC +/- 10%
24V AC/DC +/- 10%
AP8M255-k
AP8M211-k
AP8M222-k
Flat
5V DC +/- 5%
12V AC/DC +/- 10%
24V AC/DC +/- 10%
AP8M155-k
AP8M111-k
AP8M122-k
AP1 Series - Ø10mm
Dome
5V DC +/- 5%
12V AC/DC +/- 10%
24V AC/DC +/- 10%
AP1M255-k
AP1M211-k
AP1M222-k
Flat
5V DC +/- 5%
12V AC/DC +/- 10%
24V AC/DC +/- 10%
AP1M155-k
AP1M111-k
AP1M122-k
k Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S*
Warm White W
Cool White PW
Yellow Y
1. In place of k, specify the color code.
2. For dimensions, see page 445.
3. For accessories, see page 444.
AP Miniature Pilot Lights - ø12 & ø16mm
Appearance Lens Style Operating Voltage Part Numbers
AP2 Series - Ø12mm
Dome
6V DC +/- 5%
12V DC +/- 10%
24V DC +/- 10%
AP2M266-k
AP2M211-k
AP2M222-k
Flat
6V DC +/- 5%
12V DC +/- 10%
24V DC +/- 10%
AP2M166-k
AP2M111-k
AP2M122-k
AP6 Series - Ø16mm
Dome
6V DC +/- 5%
12V DC +/- 10%
24V DC +/- 10%
AP6M266-k
AP6M211-k
AP6M222-k
Flat
6V DC +/- 5%
12V DC +/- 10%
24V DC +/- 10%
AP6M166-k
AP6M111-k
AP6M122-k
1. In place of k, specify the color code.
2. For dimensions, see page 445.
3. For accessories, see page 444.
k Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Warm White W
Yellow Y
Optional Transformers and DC-DC Converters (for AP2 and AP6 only)
Appearance Style Voltage Part Numbers
Used with AP2 Series Used with AP6 Series
Transformer 110/120V AC
220/240V AC
AP2-0126D
AP2-0246D
AP6-0126D
AP6-0246D
DC-DC Converter 110V DC
(90–140V DC) AP2-016DD AP6-016DD
1. Optional Transformers and DC-DC converters snap onto the back of AP2 or AP6 pilot lights.
2. Transformers and DC-DC Converters step down to 6V.
3. For dimensions, see page 445.
Miniature ø8-16mm AP Series
444 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Miniature Pilot Lights
Accessories — AP Series
Appearance Description Used With Part Number
Locking Ring
Wrench
Made of metal. Used for tightening plastic locking ring
during installation. Tightening torque should not exceed
3kgf-cm
Ø 16mm units MT-001
Ø 12mm units MT-002
Ø 10mm units MT-003
Ø 8mm units MT-004
Mounting
Hole Plug
Made of rubber. Fills unused mounting holes to provide IP65
protection
Unused 8mm panel cutouts AL-B8
Unused 10mm panel cutouts AL-B1
Unused 12mm panel cutouts AL-B2
Unused 16mm panel cutouts AL-B6
Transformer
Removal Tool
AP2 and AP6 snap on transformer
and DC-DC converter MT-100
Replacement
Lenses Lenses (included with all units).
AP1M Flat AP1M-L1-k
AP1M Dome AP1M-L2-k
AP2M Flat AP2M-L1-k
AP2M Dome AP2M-L2-k
AP6M Flat AP6M-L1-k
AP6M Dome AP6M-L2-k
Replacement
Engraving Inserts
Allow legends under fl at lenses (included with all fl at lens
models).
AP1M Flat AP1M-PN1W
AP2M Flat AP2M-P1-W
AP6M Flat AP6M-P1-W
1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code.
2. Internal LED is fi xed and cannot be removed or replaced.
k Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S*
White W
Yellow Y
*Blue available in AP8/AP1
series only.
Miniature ø8-16mm AP Series
445
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Miniature Pilot Lights
Dimensions — AP Series
Pilot Lights (AP Series)
Style
AP8 AP1 AP2 AP6
Flat Dome Flat Dome Flat Dome w/ Adaptor or
Converter Flat Dome w/ Adaptor or
Converter
Panel Cut-out Ø 0.319” (+0.0118, –0)
8.1mm (+0.3, –0)
Ø 0.398” (+0.0118, –0)
10.1mm (+0.3, –0) Ø 0.480” (+0.0118, –0) 12.2mm (+0.3, –0) Ø 0.638” (+0.0118, –0) 16.2mm (+0.3, –0)
Outside Dimension Ø 0.386” (9.8mm) Ø 0.472” (12mm) Ø 0.551” (14mm) q 0.709” (18mm) Ø 0.709” (18mm) q 0.709” (18mm)
AP6 AP2
Gasket
Panel Cut-out
Flat
Dome
+0.2
0
ø15.6
ø18
5.5
21.5
29.5
7
8
Panel Thickness: 0.8 to 6 mm
1.52.2
ø16.2
ø15.6
ø18
5.5
13.5
9.5
+
-
M3 terminal
screw
When using the Transformer unit
(When using the DC-DC converter unit)
Transformer unit
(or DC-DC converter unit)
X1
X2
71
58.7 18
18
1.3
+ Terminal
– Terminal
TOP
Gasket
Panel Cut-out
Flat
Dome
+0.2
0
Panel Thickness: 0.8 to 6 mm
1.5
2.2
ø12
ø14
5.5
21.5
29.5
5
ø12
ø14
5.5
11.5
9.5
ø12.2
+-
TOP
When using the Transformer unit
(When using the DC-DC converter unit) M3 terminal
screw
Transformer unit
(or DC-DC converter unit) + Terminal
– Terminal
X1
X2
58.7
71
18
18
1.3
AP1 AP8
Gasket
Panel Cut-out
Flat
Dome
+0.2
0
Panel Thickness: 0.8 to 6 mm
1.52.2
5.5
21.5 8
29.5
ø10
ø12
4
ø10.1
ø12
ø10
5.5
10
9.5
2.8
-
+
Gasket
Panel Cut-out
Flat
Dome
+0.2
0
Panel Thickness: 0.8 to 6 mm
1.5
2.2
5.5
21.5 8
29.5
5.5
9.5
ø8
ø9.8
8.5
ø8
ø9.8
ø8.1
32.8
Miniature ø8mm A8 Series
446 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Miniature Switches & Pilot Devices
A8 Series — Miniature Switches and Pilot Devices: 8mm
Key features:
21/64” (8mm) round mounting hole
Compact Design Saves Space
Bright and Vivid Illumination
Choice of Shapes and Functions
Gold Clad Silver Contacts for reliable low level switching
Snap action contacts
IP40 (Dustproof) Construction
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
UL Listed
File No. E55996
CSA Certifi ed
File No. LR21451
Specifi cations
LED Lamp Life 50,000 hours approximately (reduced to half of original intensity)
Contact Confi guration SPDT
Maximum Voltage 250V AC/DC
Thermal Current 3A
Contact Material Gold-clad Silver
Terminal Style Solder Tab Terminal
Operating Temperature –25º to +55ºC (no freezing)
Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH
Contact Resistance 50m maximum (initial value)
Insulation Resistance 100M minimum
(500V DC megger)
Vibration Resistance 5 to 55Hz, 0.75mm amplitude
Shock Resistance Damage limits: 500m/sec2 (approx. 50G)
Operating extremes: 200m/sec2 (approx. 20G)
Electrical Life 100,000 operations minimum
Mechanical Life Maintained: 100,000 (1200 operations/hour)
Momentary: 200,000 minimum
Degree of Protection IP40 Enclosed/Dustproof
Soldering Temperature 20W/5 seconds or 260ºC/3 seconds
Dielectric Strength
Switch Unit: 2,000V AC, 1 min. between live/dead part and terminals
of different poles; 1,000V AC, 1 minute between terminals of the same
pole; 1,500V AC, 1 minute between contact and lamp terminals.
Illumination Unit: 2,000V AC, 1 min. between live part/ground
Contact Ratings
Operating Voltage 24V 120V 240V
AC
50/60Hz
Resistive — 1.0A 0.5A
Inductive — 0.7A 0.5A
DC Resistive 1.0A 0.2A —
Inductive 0.7A 0.1A —
1. AC Inductive Load, PF = 0.6 – 0.7; DC Inductive Load, L/R = 7.
2. Minimum applicable load (reference value) is 5V AC/DC 3mA
(applicable range is subject to the operating conditions and load).
Miniature ø8mm A8 Series
447
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Miniature Switches & Pilot Devices
AB8 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons
Style Contact Part Numbers
Momentary Maintained
Round SPDT AB8M-M1-jAB8M-A1-j
Square SPDT AB8Q-M1-jAB8Q-A1-j
Rectangular SPDT AB8H-M1-jAB8H-A1-j
1. In place of j, specify button color code from the table below.
2. For accessories, see page 449.
3. For dimensions, see page 450.
j Button Color Codes
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
Miniature ø8mm A8 Series
448 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Miniature Switches & Pilot Devices
AL8 Illuminated Pushbuttons & Pilot Lights (Assembled)
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Style Contact Part Numbers Pilot Light
Part Number
k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
White W
Yellow Y
Momentary Maintained
Round SPDT AL8M-M11-kAL8M-A11-kAL8M-P1-k
Square SPDT AL8Q-M11-kAL8Q-A11-kAL8Q-P1-k
Rectangular SPDT AL8H-M11-kAL8H-A11-kAL8H-P1-k
1. In place of k, specify lens color code from table on the right.
2. A replaceable LED lamp is included with the operator.
3. Because the LED lamp does not contain an internal current limiting resistor, an external resistor must be added.
For recommended values, see table below.
4. For accessories, see page 449.
5. For dimensions, see page 450.
Replacement LEDs LED Voltage and Recommended Current Limiting Resistor
Lens Color LED Lamp Part Number Voltage External Resistor
Amber Amber LAD-SA 5V DC
6V DC
12V DC
24V DC
150, 1/2W
200, 1/2W
510, 3/4W
1.1k, 3/4W
Green Green LAD-SG
Red Red LAD-SR
White Yellow* LAD-SY
Yellow Yellow LAD-SY
* White units use a white lens and a yellow LED.
LED Lamp Ratings: LED Specifi cations
LED
Lamp
Forward
Current
If
Forward Voltage
(Nominal)
Vf
Reverse
Voltage
Vr
Operating Voltage & External
Current Limiting Resistor
(Recommended Value)
Amber 20mA 2.2V 4V 5V DC: 150Ω, 1/2w
6V DC: 200Ω, 1/2w
12V DC: 510Ω, 3/4w
24V DC: 1.1kΩ, 3/4w
Green 20mA 2.1V 4V
Red 20mA 1.7V 4V
Yellow 20mA 2.2V 4V
When LED lamps are used at voltages other than those stated above, external resistor value, R, is determined by the
following formula: R = (Operating Voltage – Vf) / If
Miniature ø8mm A8 Series
449
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Miniature Switches & Pilot Devices
Accessories
Appearance Description Used With Part Number
Locking Ring Wrench
Made of metal. Used for tightening plastic locking ring during
installation. Tightening torque should not exceed 3kgf-cm All units MT-004
Lens Removal Tool
Made of metal. Used for removing lens or button from the housing Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights MT-101
Lamp Holder Tool Made of rubber. Used for removing and replacing LED lamps in
illuminated units Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights OR-66
Switch Guard
Used to avoid operating the pushbutton inadvertently. Cover fl ips
open 90˚. Provides IP40 protection
Round & square units AL-K8
Rectangular units AL-KH8
Terminal Cover
Made of translucent nylon. Fits over and shields the terminals All units AL-V8
Adaptor Socket
AL-C8 AL-C8V shown attached
Plug-on adaptor with solder terminals, allows easy control unit
replacement. All units
AL-C8
Plug-on adaptor with PCB terminals, allows easy control unit
replacement. AL-C8V
Mounting Hole Plug Made of rubber. Fills unused mounting holes to provide IP65
protection Extra panel cutouts AL-B8
Replacements LEDs LED lamp is included in every illuminated control unit. Replace-
ment lamp is ordered separately. External current limiting resistor
required.
Illuminated units and pilot lights
LAD-SR (red)
LAD-SG (green)
LAD-SA (amber)
LAD-SY (yellow)
Replacement Engraving Inserts
Illuminated pushbuttons
and pilot lights
Round AL8M-W
Square AL8Q-W
Rectangular AL8H-W
Replacement Lenses
Illuminated pushbuttons
and pilot lights
Round AL8M-LK1-k
Square AL8Q-LK1-k
Rectangular AL8H-LK1-k
Replacement Buttons
Non-Illuminated buttons
Round AB8M-BK1-j
Square AB8Q-BK1-j
Rectangular AB8H-BK1-j
1. In place of j, specify Button Color Code from the table.
2. In place of k, specify Lens Color Code from table. j Button Color Codes
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
White W
Yellow Y
Miniature ø8mm A8 Series
450 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Miniature Switches & Pilot Devices
Dimensions
AΔ8
Locking Ring Round
(TOP)
Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6
Rectangular
(TOP)
Square
(TOP)
5.55.5
22 9
2.52.5
5
7
12
9
c 9ø9
ø9
Terminal Width
1.8 × 0.4t
NC
NO
COM
Lamp
Terminal (+)
Lamp
Terminal (–)
(TOP)
Rectangular Square Round
0.472"
(12mm)
0.354"
(9mm)
0.354"
(9mm)
0.354"
(9mm)
Panel Cut-Out (not drawn to scale)
Rectangular
ø8 +0.2
0
12 min.
9 min.
Round/Square
ø8 +0.2
0
9 min.
9 min.
Switch Guard, Ø 21/64" (8mm)
Panel Thickness 0.5 to 5
21.5
12.5
10
11 min.
17.5 min.
14.5
8.56
For Round/Square Units
(AL-K8)
(
8.56
14.5
12
13 min.
17.5 min.
For Rectangular Units
(AL-KH8)
Terminal Sockets
33
Solder Terminal
(AL-C8)
17
33
1753
6.3
8.8
2.52.5
6.3
2.5
2.5
Terminal 0.8 × 0.3t
Lam
Term
5-1.0 Holes
PC Board Terminal
(AL-C8V)(PC Board Terminal
Mounting Hole Layout)
+0.2
0
NC
NO
COM Lamp
Terminal (–)
Lamp
Terminal (+)
Terminal Arrangement
(TOP)
al
ut)
(Bottom View)
Terminal Cover
AL-V8, Ø 21/64" (8mm)
17.3
33.5
ø9.1
16mm XA E-Stops
451
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
16mm XA E-Stops
Key features:
Lead-free, RoHS compliant, (EU directive 2002/95/EC)
The depth behind the panel is only 27.9mm for 1 to 4 contacts,
illuminated and non-illuminated types.
IDEC’s original “Safe break action” ensures that the NC contacts open
when the contact block is detached from the operator.
1 to 4NC main contacts and 1NO monitor contact
Push-to-lock, Pull or Turn-to-reset operator
Direct opening action mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 5.2, IEC60947-5-1,
Annex K)
Safety lock mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 6.2)
Degree of protection IP65 (IEC60529)
Two button sizes: ø29 and ø40mm
UL, c-UL recognized. EN compliant
UL NISD2 category emergency stop button (File# E305148)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
UL File No. E68691 CCC No. 2005010305150899
Specifi cations
Applicable Standards IEC60947-5-1, EN60947-5-1, IEC60947-5-5, EN60947-5-5
UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14
Operating Temperature Non-illuminated: –25 to +60°C (no freezing), Illuminated: –25 to +55°C (no freezing)
Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH (no condensation)
Storage Temperature –45 to +80°C
Operating Force
Push-to-lock: 10.5N
Pull-to-reset: 10N
Turn-to-reset: 0.16N·m
Minimum Force Required for
Direct Opening Action 60N
Min Operator Stroke Required
for Direct Opening Action 4mm
Maximum Operator Stroke 4.5mm
Contact Resistance 50mΩ maximum (initial value)
Contact Material Gold plated silver
Insulation Resistance 100MΩ minimum (500V DC megger)
Impulse Withstand Voltage 2.5kV
Pollution Degree 3 (inside LED unit: 2)
Operation Frequency 900 operations/hour
Shock Resistance Operating extremes: 150m/s2 (15G), Damage limits: 1000m/s2 (100G)
Vibration Resistance Operating extremes: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2
Damage limits: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2
Mechanical Life 250,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life 100,000 operations minimum, (250,000 operations minimum @ 24V AC/DC, 100mA)
Degree of Protection IP65 (IEC60529)
Terminal Style Solder terminal, PC board terminal
Recommended Tightening
Torque for Locking Ring 0.88N·m
Wire Size 16 AWG max
Soldering Conditions 310 to 350°C, 3 seconds maximum
Weight ø29mm: 23g
ø40mm: 28g
16mm XA E-Stops
452 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Part Numbers
Non-Illuminated XA E-Stop
Operator Termination Monitor Contacts Main Contacts Part Number
29mm
Mushroom PCB Terminal
1NO 1NC XA1E-BV311V-R
– 2NC XA1E-BV302V-R
1NO 3NC XA1E-BV313V-R
– 4NC XA1E-BV304V-R
Solder Terminal
1NO 1NC XA1E-BV311-R
– 2NC XA1E-BV302-R
1NO 3NC XA1E-BV313-R
– 4NC XA1E-BV304-R
40mm
Mushroom PCB Terminal
1NO 1NC XA1E-BV411V-R
– 2NC XA1E-BV402V-R
1NO 3NC XA1E-BV413V-R
– 4NC XA1E-BV404V-R
Solder Terminal
1NO 1NC XA1E-BV411-R
– 2NC XA1E-BV402-R
1NO 3NC XA1E-BV413-R
– 4NC XA1E-BV404-R
Illuminated XA E-Stop
Operator Termination Monitor Contacts Main Contacts Part Number
29mm
Mushroom PCB Terminal
1NO 1NC XA1E-LV311Q4V-R
– 2NC XA1E-LV302Q4V-R
1NO 3NC XA1E-LV313Q4V-R
– 4NC XA1E-LV304Q4V-R
Solder Terminal
1NO 1NC XA1E-LV311Q4-R
– 2NC XA1E-LV302Q4-R
1NO 3NC XA1E-LV313Q4-R
– 4NC XA1E-LV304Q4-R
40mm
Mushroom PCB Terminal
1NO 1NC XA1E-LV411Q4V-R
– 2NC XA1E-LV402Q4V-R
1NO 3NC XA1E-LV413Q4V-R
– 4NC XA1E-LV404Q4V-R
Solder Terminal
1NO 1NC XA1E-LV411Q4-R
– 2NC XA1E-LV402Q4-R
1NO 3NC XA1E-LV413Q4-R
– 4NC XA1E-LV404Q4-R
All illuminated XA E-Stops come with a replaceable 24V AC/DC LED.
16mm XA E-Stops
453
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Contact Ratings
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 300V (illuminated part: 60V)
Rated Current (Ith) 5A
Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) 30V 125V 250V
Rated Operating Current
Main
Contacts (NC)
AC 50/60Hz Resistive Load (AC-12) – 3A 3A
Inductive Load (AC-15) – 1.5A 1.5A
DC Resistive Load (DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A
Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A
Monitor
Contacts (NO)
AC 50/60Hz Resistive Load (AC-12) – 1.2A 0.6A
Inductive Load (AC-14) – 0.6A 0.3A
DC Resistive Load (DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A
Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A
Minimum applicable load: 5V AC/DC, 1mA (reference value).
The rated operating currents are measured at resistive/inductive load types specifi ed
in IEC 60947-5-1.
Illuminated Unit LED Ratings
Operating Voltage Current
24V AC/DC ±10% 11mA
Depth Behind the Panel
Depth (mm) Description
27.9 1 - 4 contacts, both illuminated and non-illuminated
Mounting Hole Layout
øA
X
Y
Measurements
Model øA X & Y
ø29mm 16.2+0.2 40mm min
ø40mm 50mm min
Panel Cutout
0
+0.2
ø16.2
0
+0.2
1.7
0
+0.2
17.9
PC Board Layout - Bottom View
Non-Illuminated
3-ø1.7 holes
8.7
19.8
8.7
19.8
10-ø1.2 holes
6.5
11.2
Illuminated
8.7
19.8
8.7
19.8
10-ø1.2 holes
6.5
11.2
4.5
3-ø1.7 holes
Part Number Key
XA1E - L V 3 11 Q4 V - R
Illumination
B: Non-Illuminated
L: Illuminated
Mushroom Size
3: ø29mm
4: ø40mm
Contact Confi guration
11: 1NO - 1NC
02: 2NC
13: 1NO - 3NC
04: 4NC
Terminal
Blank: solder tab
V: PCB
Voltage Code
Blank: Non-illuminated
Q4: Illuminated 24V AC/DC
Terminal Arrangements (Bottom View)
4NC 1NO-3NC 2NC 1NO-1NC
Non-Illuminated TOPTOP
12
21
1
34
2
TOP
12
43
1
34
2
2
12
21
1
12
Left RightLeft Right
TOP
12
21
1
34
2
Left RightLeft Right
Illuminated
TOPTOP
X2
2
LED
43X1
1
12
21
TOP
X2
2
LED
43X1
1
34
21
12
21
1
X1
LED
2
X212
Left Right
TOP
X2
2
LED
43X1
1
34
21
Left RightLeft RightLeft Right
16mm XA E-Stops
454 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Dimensions (mm)
ø29mm Button
25.8
20.6
30.4
ø40mm Button
ø40
ø29
Non-Illuminated
Solder Terminal TypePC Board Terminal Type
3.1
Locking Ring
Rubber Gasket
Mounting Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.7
XA9Z-VL2
Terminal Cover
19.8
8.7
2.1
27.2
25.8 20.6
30.4
29.4
30.4
ø29.8
Illuminated
27.2
19.8
8.7
4.5
Mounting Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.7
2.1 25.8 20.6
30.4
3.1
29.4
30.4
ø29.8
Locking Ring
Rubber Gasket
XA9Z-VL2
Terminal Cover
PC Board Terminal Solder Terminal
.
Accessories
Description Part Numbers
Replacement LED Unit: Solder Terminal XA9Z-LED2R
Replacement LED Unit: PCB Terminal XA9Z-LED2VR
Terminal Cover for contact block (solder terminal only) XA9Z-VL2
Accessories: Shroud
Part Number Applicable Standards
XA9Z-KG1 SEMI S2 Compliant
(Approved by TUV)
Accessories: Nameplates
Legend Part Number Inner Ø Outer Ø Available E-Stop
Mushroom Size
(blank) HAAV-0 16mm 43mm
29mm
“Emergency Stop” HAAV-27 16mm 43mm
(blank) HAAV4-0 16mm 60mm
40mm
“Emergency Stop” HAAV4-27 16mm 60mm
16mm XA E-Stops
455
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Operating Instructions
Removing the Contact Block
First unlock the operator button. While pushing up the white bayonet ring, using
a small screwdriver (width: 2.5 to 3 mm) if necessary, turn the contact block
counterclockwise and pull out. Do not exert excessive force when using a
screwdriver, otherwise the bayonet ring may be damaged.
k Turn counterclockwise
j Push
Bayonet Ring
Notes for Removing the Contact Block
1. When the contact block is removed, the monitor contact (NO contact) is
closed.
2. While removing the contact block, do not exert excessive force, otherwise the
switch may be damaged.
Panel Mounting
Remove the locking ring from the operator and check that the rubber gasket is in
place. Insert the operator from panel front into the panel hole. Face the side with
the anti-rotation tab on the operator upward, and tighten the locking ring.
Operator Unit
Anti-rotation Tab
Rubber Gasket
Locking Ring
Notes for Panel Mounting
To mount XA emergency stop switches onto a panel, tighten the locking ring to
a tightening torque of 0.88 N·m maximum using ring wrench MT-001. Do not use
pliers. Do not exert excessive force, otherwise the locking ring may be damaged.
Installing the Contact Block
First turn the bayonet ring to the unlocked position.
Bayonet Ring
Unlocked Locked
Align the small p marking on the edge of the operator base with the TOP mark-
ing on the contact block. Press the contact block onto the operator and turn the
contact block clockwise until the bayonet ring clicks.
Notes for Installing the Contact Block
Check that the contact block is securely installed on the operator. When the
emergency stop switch is properly assembled, the bayonet ring is in place as
shown below.
p marking
j Press
TOP marking
k Turn
TOP marking (contact block)
Removing the LED Unit
Pull out the LED unit while squeezing the latches on the LED unit using the LED
unit removal tool (MT-101).
Latches
TOP side
Squeeze the LED unit on the
latches and pull out.
Installing the LED Unit
Align the top of the LED unit with the TOP marking on the contact block. Push the
LED unit into the contact block.
TOP side
16mm XA E-Stops
456 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Operating Instructions, continued
Wiring
1. The applicable wire size is 16 AWG maximum.
2. Solder the terminal at a temperature of 310 to 350°C within 3 seconds using
a soldering iron. Sn-Ag-Cu solder is recommended. When soldering, do not
touch the switch with the soldering iron. Also ensure that no tensile force is
applied to the terminals. Do not bend the terminals or apply excessive force to
the terminals.
3. Use a non-corrosive rosin fl ux.
4. Because the terminal spacing is narrow, use protective tubes or heat shrink-
able tubes to avoid burning of wire coating or short circuit.
PC Board Terminal Type
1. When mounting a contact block on a PC board, provide suffi cient rotating
space for the PC board when installing and removing the contact block.
2. When mounting an XA emergency stop switch on a PC board, make sure that
the operator is securely installed.
About PC Board and Circuit Design
1. Use PC boards made of glass epoxy copper-clad laminated sheets of 1.6 mm
in thickness, with double-sided through holes.
2. PC boards and circuits must withstand rated voltage and current, including
instantaneous current and voltage at switching.
3. The minimum applicable load is 5V AC/DC, 1 mA.
4. Within the 2.8* mm areas shown in the fi gure below, terminals touch the PC
board, resulting in possible short circuit on the printed circuit. When design-
ing a PC board pattern, take this possibility into consideration.
19.8
8.7
19.8
(0.5) 1.6 (PC Board)
(0.5)
(0.5)
2.8∗
2.8∗
(0.5)
10-ø1.2 holes
Solder Surface
Surface for installing
components
2.8∗2.8∗
Solder Surface
Surface for installing
components
8.7
All dimensions in mm.
Installing Insulation Terminal Cover
To install the terminal cover (XA9Z-VL2), align the TOP marking on the terminal
cover with TOP marking on the contact block, and press the terminal cover
toward the contact block.
Note: For wiring, insert the wires into the holes in the terminal cover before soldering.
Contact Bounce
When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the NC main contacts will bounce.
When pressing the button, the NO monitor contacts will bounce.
When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consider-
ation (reference value: 20 ms).
Nameplate
When anti-rotation is not required, remove the projection from the nameplate
using pliers.
Projection
Nameplate
Handling
Do not expose the switch to excessive shock and vibration, otherwise the switch
may be deformed or damaged, causing malfunction or operation failure.
Safety Precautions
Turn off power to the XA series emergency stop switch before starting
installation, removal, wiring, maintenance, and inspection of the relays.
Failure to turn power off may cause electrical shock or fi re hazard.
Use the LED unit removal tool when replacing the LED unit to avoid burning
your hands.
•
•
Use wires of the proper size to meet the voltage and current requirements,
and solder the wires correctly. If soldering is incomplete, the wire may heat
during operation, causing a fi re hazard.
•
16mm A6
457
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
A6 Series — Miniature Switches and Pilot Devices: 16mm
Key features:
16mm (5/8”) mounting hole
LED illumination
Compact design saves space
Momentary, Maintained, Selectors, and E-Stops
Gold-clad Silver contacts for reliable low level switching
Snap action contacts
IP40 (dustproof) or IP65 (oiltight) versions
Specifi cations
Degree of Protection IP40: Dustproof
IP65 Watertight/Oiltight
Contact Confi guration SPDT, DPDT
Maximum Voltage 250V AC/DC
Thermal Current 3A
Minimum Applicable Load 5V AC/DC, 1mA
Contact Material Gold-clad silver
Terminal Style .110” Solder/ Quick Connect
Operating Temperature -25º to +55ºC (no freezing)
Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH
Contact Resistance 50mΩ maximum (initial value)
Insulation Resistance 100MΩ minimum (500V DC megger)
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55Hz, amplitude 1.5mm p-p
Shock Resistance Damage limits: 500m/sec2 (approx. 50G) Operating extremes: 200m/sec2 (approx. 20G)
Electrical Life 100,000 operations minimum (at full rated load)
Mechanical Life
Maintained: 100,000 operations minimum
Momentary: 1,000,000 operations minimum
Selector/Keylock: 250,000 operations minimum
Dielectric Strength
Switch Unit: 2,000V AC, 1 min. between live/dead part and terminals of different poles;
1,000V AC, 1 minute between terminals of the same pole;
1,500V AC, 1 minute between contact and lamp terminals.
Illumination Unit: 2,000V AC, 1 min. between live part/ground
Soldering Temperature 20W/5 seconds or 260ºC/3 seconds
Contact Ratings
Operating Voltage 24V 120V 240V
AC (50/60Hz) Resistive — 1.0A 0.5A
Inductive — 0.7A 0.5A
DC Resistive 1.0A 0.2A —
Inductive 0.7A 0.1A —
LED Lamp
Ratings
Rated Voltage/Current
5V DC ±5% 6V AC/DC (±10%) 12V AC/DC (±10%) 24V AC/DC (±10%)
8mA
AC: A, R, W, Y: 8mA
G, S: 7mA
DC: A, R, W, Y: 6mA
G, S: 5mA
AC: 9mA
DC: 8mA
AC: 9mA
DC: 8mA
1. AC Inductive Load, PF = 0.6 – 0.7; DC Inductive Load, L/R = 7ms.
2. LED lamp contains a built-in current limiting resistor and a protection diode.
3. LED’s don’t “burn out.” Luminance is reduced to 50% of initial intensity after being lit for 50,000 hours continuously.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
UL Recognized
File No.E55996 R
CSA Certifi ed
File No. LR21451
16mm A6
458 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
AB6 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons
Style Contact
Part Number
Momentary Maintained (Latching)
Dustproof (IP40) Oiltight (IP65) Dustproof (IP40) Oiltight (IP65)
Standard Button
Round 18mm
SPDT
DPDT
AB6M-M1-j
AB6M-M2-j
AB6M-M1P-j
AB6M-M2P-j
AB6M-A1-j
AB6M-A2-j
AB6M-A1P-j
AB6M-A2P-j
Square 18mm
SPDT
DPDT
AB6Q-M1-j
AB6Q-M2-j
AB6Q-M1P-j
AB6Q-M2P-j
AB6Q-A1-j
AB6Q-A2-j
AB6Q-A1P-j
AB6Q-A2P-j
Rectangular 18mm x 24mm
SPDT
DPDT
AB6H-M1-j
AB6H-M2-j
AB6H-M1P-j
AB6H-M2P-j
AB6H-A1-j
AB6H-A2-j
AB6H-A1P-j
AB6H-A2P-j
Oversize Button
Round 23.5mm
SPDT
DPDT –AB6M-M1P-Mj
AB6M-M2P-Mj–AB6M-A1P-Mj
AB6M-A2P-Mj
Square 23.5mm
SPDT
DPDT –AB6Q-M1P-Qj
AB6Q-M2P-Qj–AB6Q-A1P-Qj
AB6Q-A2P-Qj
Rectangular 17.5 X 23.5mm
SPDT
DPDT –AB6Q-M1P-Hj
AB6Q-M2P-Hj–AB6Q-A1P-Hj
AB6Q-A2P-Hj
AB6-V Pushlock Turn Reset
Shape Operation Contact Part Number Remarks
Dustproof (IP40) Oiltight (IP65)
23.5mm Round Mushroom
Pushlock Turn Reset SPDT
DPDT
AB6M-V1-R
AB6M-V2-R
AB6M-V1P-R
AB6M-V2P-R
1. Button available in red only.
2. Replacement button: order AB6M-V-R
Buzzer
Style Shape Voltage Part Number
Round (18mm)
12V DC UZ6-11
24V DC UZ6-12
Buzzer Ratings
Frequency 2 khz ± 500 HZ
Amplitude 80db @ 0.1m (at rated voltage)
Operating Voltage 6V AC/DC or 12 - 24V AC/DC ± 10%
Adjustable Cycle 55 to 600 cycles per minute
Current Draw DC: 7mA, AC: 20mA
Life 1000 hrs. minimum
Insulation Voltage 60V AC/DC
Operating Temperature -20 to 55 C (no freezing), 45 to 85% rh
jButton Color Code
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
jButton Color Code
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
1. In place of j, specify Button Color Code
from the table at right.
2. To order as sub-assembled, see page 459.
3. For accessories, see page 466.
4. For dimensions, see page 468.
1. In place of j, specify Button Color Code
from the table at right.
2. To order as sub-assembled, see page 459.
3. For accessories, see page 466.
4. For dimensions, see page 468.
16mm A6
459
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
AB6 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled)
Operator + Button = Completed Unit
Operators
Style Contact Operator Part Number
Round Square Rectangular
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons
SPDT
Momentary AB6M-M100 AB6Q-M100 AB6H-M100
Maintained AB6M-A100 AB6Q-A100 AB6H-A100
DPDT
Momentary AB6M-M200 AB6Q-M200 AB6H-M200
Maintained AB6M-A200 AB6Q-A200 AB6H-A200
Oversize rectangular button uses square operator.
Buttons
Description
Part Number
Button
Dustproof (IP40) Oiltight (IP65)
Round
AB6M-BK1-jAB6M-BK2-j
Square
AB6Q-BK1-jAB6Q-BK2-j
Rectangular
AB6H-BK1-jAB6H-BK2-j
Round Oversize
–AB6M-BK2-Mj
Square Oversize
–AB6Q-BK2-Qj
Rectangular Oversize
–AB6Q-BK2-Hj
1. In place of j, specify Button Color Code from table.
2. Buttons which are rated IP65 include a waterproof rubber gasket.
3. For accessories, see page 466.
jButton Color Code
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
jButton Color Code
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
16mm A6
460 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
AL6 Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
LED Illuminated Pushbuttons
Description Style Contact
Part Numbers
Momentary Maintained (Latching)
Dustproof (IP40) Oiltight (IP65) Dustproof (IP40) Oiltight (IP65)
Standard
Lens
Round (18mm lens)
SPDT
DPDT
AL6M-M1l-k
AL6M-M2l-k
AL6M-M1lP-k
AL6M-M2lP-k
AL6M-A1l-k
AL6M-A2l-k
AL6M-A1lP-k
AL6M-A2lP-k
Square (18mm lens)
SPDT
DPDT
AL6Q-M1l-k
AL6Q-M2l-k
AL6Q-M1lP-k
AL6Q-M2lP-k
AL6Q-A1l-k
AL6Q-A2l-k
AL6Q-A1lP-k
AL6Q-A2lP-k
Rectangular (18mm x
24mm lens)
SPDT
DPDT
AL6H-M1l-k
AL6H-M2l-k
AL6H-M1lP-k
AL6H-M2lP-k
AL6H-A1l-k
AL6H-A2l-k
AL6H-A1lP-k
AL6H-A2lP-k
Oversize
Lens
Round (24mm lens)
SPDT
DPDT –AL6M-M1lP-Mk
AL6M-M2lP-Mk–AL6M-A1lP-Mk
AL6M-A2lP-Mk
Square (24mm lens)
SPDT
DPDT –AL6Q-M1lP-Qk
AL6Q-M2lP-Qk–AL6Q-A1lP-Qk
AL6Q-A2lP-Qk
Rectangular (18mm x
24mm lens)
SPDT
DPDT –AL6Q-M1lP-Hk
AL6Q-M2lP-Hk–AL6Q-A1lP-Hk
AL6Q-A2lP-Hk
1. In place of k, specify Lens/LED Color Code from table below.
2. In place of l, specify Voltage Code from table below.
3. Lamps also available in 5V DC, 6V AC/DC or 12 V AC/DC, change “4” using voltage/lamp codes (ie AL6M-M13-k uses 12V AC/DC LED).
4. LED lamp is included in unit and contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. (External resistor not required.)
5. To order as sub-assembled, see page 461.
6. For accessories, see page 466.
7. For dimensions, see page 468.
8. Light independent of switch position.
kLens/LED Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Warm White W
Cool White JW
Yellow Y
lVoltage Code
Voltage Code
5V DC 1
6V AC/DC 2
12V AC/DC 3
24V AC/DC 4
lVoltage Code
Voltage Code
5V DC 1
6V AC/DC 2
12V AC/DC 3
24V AC/DC 4
16mm A6
461
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
AL6 Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled)
Operator + LED Lamp + Lens = Completed Unit
Operators
Style Contact Operator Part Number
Round Square Rectangular
AL6 Illuminated Pushbuttons SPDT Momentary AL6M-M100 AL6Q-M100 AL6H-M100
Maintained AL6M-A100 AL6Q-A100 AL6H-A100
DPDT Momentary AL6M-M200 AL6Q-M200 AL6H-M200
Maintained AL6M-A200 AL6Q-A200 AL6H-A200
Oversize rectangular button uses square operator.
Lenses
Unit Part Number
Degree of Protection Dustproof (IP40) Oiltight (IP65)
Size Standard Standard Oversize
Round
AL6M-LK1-kAL6M-LK2-k AL6M-LK2-M k
Square
AL6Q-LK1-kAL6Q-LK2-kAL6Q-LK2-Q k
Rectangular
AL6H-LK1-kAL6H-LK2-kAL6Q-LK2-H k
1. In place of k, specify Lens Color Code from table below.
2. Lenses which are rated IP65 include a waterproof rubber gasket.
3. For accessories, see page 466.
kLens/LED Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Warm White W
Cool White JW
Yellow Y
LED Lamps
Appearance Rated Voltage Part Number
5V DC LATD-5 k
6V AC/DC LATD-6 k
12V AC/DC LATD-1 k
24V AC/DC LATD-2 k
1. In place of k, specify LED Color Code from table at left.
LED Lamps
Appearance Rated Voltage Part Number
5V DC LATD-5 k
6V AC/DC LATD-6 k
12V AC/DC LATD-1 k
24V AC/DC LATD-2 k
1. In place of k, specify LED Color Code from table at left.
16mm A6
462 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
AL6 Pilot Lights (Assembled)
LED Pilot Lights
Description Part Number
Dustproof (IP40) Oiltight (IP65)
Round (18mm Lens)
AL6M-Pl-kAL6M-PlP-k
Square (18mm Lens)
AL6Q-Pl-kAL6Q-PlP-k
Rectangular (18mm x 24mm Lens)
AL6H-Pl-kAL6H-PlP-k
1. In place of k, specify Lens Color Code from table below.
2. In place of l, specify Voltage Code from table below.
3. LEDs also available in 5V DC, 6V AC/DC or 12 V AC/DC, change “4” using voltage codes (ie AL6M-P3-k uses
12V AC/DC LED).
4. LED is included and contains built-in current limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diode. (no
external resistor required)
5. To order sub-assembled, see page 463.
6. For accessories, see page 466.
7. For dimensions, see page 468.
8. For one piece pilot lights and/or dome lens pilot lights, see AP series miniature pilot lights.
kLens/LED Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Warm White W
Cool White JW
Yellow Y
lVoltage Code
Voltage Code
5V DC 1
6V AC/DC 2
12V AC/DC 3
24V AC/DC 4
lVoltage Code
Voltage Code
5V DC 1
6V AC/DC 2
12V AC/DC 3
24V AC/DC 4
16mm A6
463
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
AL6 Pilot Lights (Sub-Assembled)
Operator + LED Lamp + Lens = Completed Unit
Operators
Style Part Number
Round Square Rectangular
AL6 Pilot Lights
AL6M-P00 AL6Q-P00 AL6H-P00
Lenses
Degree of Protection Part Number
Dustproof IP40 Oiltight IP65
Round
AL6M-LK1-kAL6M-LK3-k
Square
AL6Q-LK1-kAL6Q-LK3-k
Rectangular
AL6H-LK1-kAL6H-LK3-k
1. In place of k, specify Lens Color Code from table below.
2. Lenses which are rated IP65 include a waterproof rubber gasket.
3. For accessories, see page 466.
kLens/LED Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Warm White W
Cool White JW
Yellow Y
LED Lamps
Appearance Rated Voltage Part Number
5V DC LATD-5 k
6V AC/DC LATD-6 k
12V AC/DC LATD-1 k
24V AC/DC LATD-2 k
1. In place of k, specify LED Color Code from table at left.
LED Lamps
Appearance Rated Voltage Part Number
5V DC LATD-5 k
6V AC/DC LATD-6 k
12V AC/DC LATD-1 k
24V AC/DC LATD-2 k
1. In place of k, specify LED Color Code from table at left.
16mm A6
464 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
AS6 Selector and Keylock Switches
AS6 Selector Switches and Keylock Switches (2 & 3 Position)
Style Function Knob Key
Round Selector
Round Keylock
2-Position 90º
Maintained LRAS6M-2Y2P AS6M-2KT2Pj
Spring Return
Right LRAS6M-21Y2P AS6M-21KT2PB
3-Position 45º
Maintained L
C
RAS6M-3Y2P AS6M-3KT2Pj
Spring Return
Right gCenter L
C
RAS6M-31Y2P AS6M-31KT2Pj
Spring Return
Left gCenter L
C
RAS6M-32Y2P AS6M-32KT2Pj
2-Way
ReturngCenter L
C
RAS6M-33Y2P AS6M-33KT2PD
Square Selector
Square Keylock
2-Position 90º
Maintained LRAS6Q-2Y2P AS6Q-2KT2Pj
Spring Return to
Right LRAS6Q-21Y2P AS6Q-21KT2PB
3-Position 45º
Maintained L
C
RAS6Q-3Y2P AS6Q-3KT2Pj
Spring Return
RightgCenter L
C
RAS6Q-31Y2P AS6Q-31KT2Pj
Spring Return
Left gCenter L
C
RAS6Q-32Y2P AS6Q-32KT2Pj
2-Way
ReturngCenter L
C
RAS6Q-33Y2P AS6Q-33KT2PD
Rectangular Selector
Rectangular Keylock
2-Position 90º
Maintained LRAS6H-2Y2P AS6H-2KT2Pj
Spring Return
Right LRAS6H-21Y2P AS6H-21KT2PB
3-Position 45º
Maintained L
C
RAS6H-3Y2P AS6H-3KT2Pj
Spring Return
Right gCenter L
C
RAS6H-31Y2P AS6H-31KT2Pj
Spring Return
LeftgCenter L
C
RAS6H-32Y2P AS6H-32KT2Pj
2-Way
ReturngCenter L
C
RAS6H-33Y2P AS6H-33KT2PD
1. All models are IP65 and DPDT.
2. In place of j, specify Key Retention Code. See table on right.
3. Available as assembled units only.
4. For accessories, see page 466.
5. For dimensions, see page 468.
Contact Operations
(for all selectors)
Contents Operator Position
& Contact Operation
2-pos. (DPDT)
Left
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
3-pos. (DPDT)
Left NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
Center
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
jKey Retention Codes
Code Description
AKey not retained in any position
(removable in all positions)
B Key retained in right position only
C Key retained in left position only
DKey retained in left and right
(3 position only)
EKey retained in center only
(3 position only)
GKey retained right and center
(3 position only)
HKey retained left and center
(3 position only)
Key cannot be removed in a spring return
position.
Contact Operations
(for all selectors)
Contents Operator Position
& Contact Operation
2-pos. (DPDT)
Left
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
3-pos. (DPDT)
Left NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
Center
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
jKey Retention Codes
Code Description
AKey not retained in any position
(removable in all positions)
B Key retained in right position only
C Key retained in left position only
DKey retained in left and right
(3 position only)
EKey retained in center only
(3 position only)
GKey retained right and center
(3 position only)
HKey retained left and center
(3 position only)
Key cannot be removed in a spring return
position.
16mm A6
465
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Switch Engraving Order Form – A6 Series
Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Maximum Number of Lines and Text to be engraved.
To insure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative or Distributor.
Your Company: Telephone:
Name: Fax:
Address: Email:
PO: Part Number to be Engraved:
Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options:
Rectangular
Switch
Square
Switch
Round
Switch
# of
Lines
Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line # of Lines Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
# of
Lines
Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
1 5/32 6 1 5/32 5
1
5/32 3
2
5/32 6
2
5/32 5 1/8 3
1/8 6 1/8 6 2 5/32 Custom*
3 1/8 6 3 1/8 6 3 1/8 Custom*
4 N/A 4 N/A 4 3/32 Custom*
*Engraving is possible, but character size will be
smaller than standard sizes.
1. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-Illuminated pushbuttons and on marking plate for illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights.
2. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to emphasize capital or small letters.
Enter text to be engraved:
Line 1:
Line 2:
Line 3:
Line 4:
Sample Letter Sizes
1/8 Letters:
5/32 Letters:
For IDEC Internal Use Only:
Work Order #:
16mm A6
466 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Accessories
Appearance Description Used With Part Number
Locking Ring
Wrench
Made of metal. Used for tightening plastic locking ring during
installation. Tightening torque should not exceed 3kgf-cm
Ø 5/8” (16mm) units MT-001
Ø 31/64” (12mm) AP2M units MT-002
Ø 13/32” (10mm) AP1M units MT-003
Lens Removal Tool Made of metal. Used for removing lens or button from the
housing All pushbuttons and pilot lights MT-101
Lamp Holder Tool Made of rubber. Used for removing and replacing LED lamps
in illuminated units
All illuminated pushbuttons and pilot
lights OR-77
Switch Guard
Prevents inadvertent switch operation. IP40 dust-tight.
90 degrees opening maintained
Round/Square AL-K6
Rectangular AL-KH6
Prevents inadvertent switch operation. IP65 oiltight
180 degrees opening, spring return
Round/Square AL-K6SP
Rectangular AL-KH6SP
Terminal Cover Made of translucent nylon. Fits over and shields the terminals All 5/8” (16mm) units AL-V6
Dust Cover Fits over the lens or button to provide extra protection from
dust (not applicable for oversize lenses or buttons).
All round units AL-D6
All square units AL-DQ6
All rectangular units AL-DH6
Adaptor Socket
Plug-on terminal adaptor with solder terminals
All 5/8” (16mm) units
AL-C6
Plug-on terminal adaptor with PCB terminals AL-C6V
Mounting Hole Plug
Fills unused panel cutouts. Made of nitrile rubber. Push-in
installation from front of panel. IP65 (oiltight). Rubber AL-B6
Fills unused panel cutouts. Made of aluminum. Screw-on
locking ring from inside of panel. IP65 (oiltight). Aluminum AL-BM6
Round Mounting Hole Plug
Plastic (Applicable for fl ush mount
switches only)
LA9Z-BS6
Square Mounting Hole Plug LA9Z-BS7
Rectangular Mounting Hole Plug LA9Z-BS8
Replacement
LED Lamps
LED with built in current limiting resistor (with all
illuminated assemblies).
5V DC LATD-5 k
6V AC/DC LATD-6 k
12V AC/DC LATD-1 k
24V AC/DC LATD-2 k
Replacement
Locking Ring
Fastens operators to panel (included with
all operators). All switches & pilot lights HA9Z-LN
Anti-Rotation Ring Prevents rotation of switches in panel
(included with all operators). All switches & pilot lights AL6-LP
Replacement
Engraving Inserts
Engraving plates to allow legends underneath translucent
lenses (included with all lenses).
Round standard AL6M-W
Square standard AL6Q-W
Rectangular standard AL6H-W
Round oversize AL6M-MW
Square/rectangular oversize AL6Q-QW
Replacement Keys Pair of keys (#132).
All key switches use same standard key. All key selectors AS6-SK
1. In place of k specify color code. A=Amber, G=Green, Y=Yellow, R=Red, S=Blue, W=Warm White, JW=Cool White.
2. LEDs include built-in current limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diode.
16mm A6
467
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Appearance Description Used With Part Number
Flush Bezel
ø24mm round, metal (aluminum color), panel cut-out ø20.2mm
Pushbuttons, pilot lights, illuminated
pushbutton, selector switches, key
selector switches and illuminated selec-
tor switches.
A6 Switch
+
Flush Bezel
=
Flush Switch
LA9Z-SM61
ø24mm round, plastic (black), square panel cut-out ø20.2mm LA9Z-S61B
24mm square, plastic (black), panel cut-out 20.2 x 20.2mm LA9Z-S71B
24 x 30mm rectangular, plastic (black), rectangular
panel cut-out ø20.2 x 26.2mm LA9Z-S81B
Switch Guard
w/ Flush Bezel
(spring return)
Rectangular, plastic (black) LA9Z-KS8
Schematics — A Series: 5/8” (16mm)
Terminal Arrangement (Top View)
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Non-illuminated Pushbuttons and
Selector Switches Pilot Lights
NC1
NO1
C1
Lamp
Terminal (+)
Lamp
Terminal (–)
(TOP)
NC1
NO1
C1
NC2
NO2
C2
Lamp
Terminal (+)
Lamp
Terminal (–)
(TOP)
NC1
NO1
C1
(TOP)
NC1
NO1
C1
NC2
NO2
C2
(TOP)
Lamp
Terminal (+)
Lamp
Terminal (–)
(TOP)
SPDT Contact
(Single-pole/Double Throw)
DPDT Contact
(Double-pole/Double Throw)
SPDT Contact
(Single-pole/Double
Throw)
DPDT Contact
(Double-pole/Double
Throw)
IDEC’s Superbright LED Internal Circuits
LATD-1,-2,-6 (GS) LATD-5 (ARWY)
LED Chip
Protective Diode
Zener Diode
LATD-1,-2,-6 (ARWY) LATD-5 (GS)
16mm A6
468 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Dimensions (mm)
Pushbuttons, Ø 5/8” (16mm)
Anti-rotation Ring
Rubber Gasket
Locking Ring
ø18
(TOP)
Rectangular Round
(TOP)
Square
(TOP)
Terminal Width 2.8×0.5t
5.7
9
1824
18
1 0.6
8229
Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6
2.5 3
55
Oversize Lens
Anti-rotation Ring
Locking Ring
Rubber Gasket
Teminal Width 2.8×0.5t Round
(TOP)
Rectangular
(TOP)
Square
(TOP)
2.5 3
55
6 6 1 0.6 9
8 22 15.5
Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6
23.5
17.5
0.6 9
15.5
c 23.5
ø23.5
0.6
12.5
Selector Switches, Ø 5/8” (16mm)
Terminal Width 2.8×0.5t Anti-rotation Ring
Rubber Gasket
Locking Ring
Rectangular
(TOP)
Round
(TOP)
Square
(TOP)
2.5 3
55
Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6
1
8 22 15.5 24
18
c18
8
ø18
Key Selector Switches, Ø 5/8” (16mm)
Left Contact
Right Contact
TOP
32.5
Anti-rotation Ring
Rubber Gasket
Locking Ring
Terminal Width 2.8×0.5t
C
NC
NO
2.5 3
55
Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6
1
822 26
(TOP)
RoundSquare
(TOP)
Rectangular
(TOP)
24 18
18
ø18
16mm A6
469
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Switch Guard, Ø 5/8” (16mm)
Rubber Gasket
(90°/110° opening type) (180° opening type)
(45.5 minimum for 180° opening type)
(45.5 minimum for 180° opening type)
Rubber Gasket
34
33
14 28
32
Panel Thickness
0.5 to 5
Panel Thickness
0.5 to 5
R22
14 28
24
10.5 13
23.5
26.5 minimum
26.5 minimum
25 minimum
1310.5
23.5
19 minimum
18
Panel Thickness
0.5 to 5
Rubber
Gasket
Waterproof Gasket
for Switch Guard
34
33
14 28
R22
24
10.5 13
23.5
45.5 min.
25 min.
1310.5
23.5
19 min.
45.5 min.
18
0.4
Flush Bezel Flush Bezel with Switch
Round
21.4
20
24
18
ø18
ø24
ø21.4
24
30
18
24
14.8
ø18
ø24
21.4
0.9
27.4
23
0.8
9.8
26 20 20ø
22.6
28.5
28.5
29.3
Mounting
Bracket Gasket
Flush
Bezel Metal Plastic
298
1
Panel Thickness 0.5 to 5
2
Square Selector Switches
Illuminated &
Non-illuminated
2
8.5
Key
2
18.1
Lever
2
17
Rectangular
Flush Bezel Mounting Hole Layout
Round Square Rectangular
24 min.∗
24 min.∗
24 min.∗
24 min.∗
-
0.1
+0.2
20.2
24 min.∗
30 min.∗
20.2
–
0.1
+0.2
ø20.2
–
0.1
+0.2
26.2
–
0.1
+0.2
16mm A6
470 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Terminal Sockets
PC Board Terminal Type
(AL-C6V)
Lamp
Terminal (+)
Lamp
Terminal (–)
(TOP)
8-1.6 Holes
Terminal 1.5×0.3t
NC1 NC2
NO1 NO2
C1 C2
0
+0.3
16.2 3.8
33.5
66
55
32.5
Solder Terminal Type
(AL-C6)
2.5 3
66
55
2.4
16.2 7.5
33.5
TOP
PC Board
Mounting Hole Layout
(Bottom View)
Terminal Arrangement
(Bottom View)
Dust Covers Panel Cut-Outs For Units w/Dust Cover
AL-D6, Round AL-DQ6, Square AL-DH6, Rectangular Round/Square Rectangular
ø24
7.5
0.3 13
Waterproof Gasket
for Dust Cover
7.5
0.3 13
c 24
Waterproof Gasket
for Dust Cover
7.5
0.3 13
30
24
Waterproof Gasket
for Dust Cover
ø16.2 0
+0.2
24 min.
24 min.
ø16.2 0
+0.2
30 min.
24 min.
Marking Plates
Pushbuttons with Standard Size Lens
Style Round—AL6M-W Square—AL6Q-W Rectangular—AL6H-W
Dimensions
øOD
øa
Marking
Area
0.8
ca
0.8
Engraving
Area
øOD
a2
a1
0.8
Engraving
Area
OD1
OD2
Ø 5/8” (16mm)
Outside (OD) (13.8mm) (13.8mm) (OD1 x OD2) 13.8 x
19.8mm
Marking Area
(a) (12mm) (12mm) (a1xa2) 12 x 18mm
Engraving must be made on the engraving area within 0.02” (0.5mm) deep.
Pushbuttons with Oversize Lens
Style Round—AL6M-MW Square/Rectangular—AL6Q-QW
Dimensions
øOD
øa
Marking
Area
Marking
Area
❏a❏OD
Outside (OD) Ø 0.491” (12.6mm) 0.491” (12.6mm)
Marking Area
(a) Ø 0.429” (11mm) 0.429” (11mm)
Replacing & and Marking Plate
Removal
Remove the lens holder assembly (lens, marking plate and holder) from the opera-
tor by holding the color lens recesses with the lens removal tool (Part No.MT-101)
and pulling out. Remove marking plate by pushing the color lens from the rear to
disengage the latches. Marking plate must be engraved on the side as shown in
the fi gure on the right.
Fitting Grooves
Grooves
Engraving
Surface
Color Lens Marking Plate Lens Holder
Ø 5/8” (16mm)
Installation
For illuminated pushbuttons:
1. Insert marking plate inside lens in correct direction
2. Press color lens on to lens holder to engage latches.
3. Insert lens holder into housing in correct direction.
Do not loosen spring on illuminated pushbutton units (except on pilot light units). The
marking plate must be engraved on the front side as shown above.
ø16mm - L6 Series
471
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
L6 Series — Miniature Switches and Pilot Devices
Key features of the 5/8” L6 Series include:
5/8” (16mm) mounting holes
Locking lever removable contact blocks
Solder terminal or PCB terminal options
Available assembled or as sub-components
Worldwide approvals
Incandescent or LED illumination
Snap action contacts
UL Recognized
File No. E55996
CSA Certifi ed
File No. LR21451
Registration No. R9551089 (E-stops)
Registration No. J9551458 (all other switches)
Registration No. R95650511 (Pilot Lights)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Contact Ratings
Conforming to Standards EN60947-1, EN60947-5-1, VDE0660-200, UL508, CSA C22-2 N0.14
Operating Temperature Operation: –25 to +55°C (without freezing), 45 to 85% RH
Storage: -30 to +80°C (without freezing)
Vibration Resistance 5 to 55Hz, 1.0 peak-peak amplitude max
Shock Resistance Operating limit: 100 m/sec2 (approximately 10G)
Damage limit: 1000 m/sec2 (approximately 100G)
Mechanical Life Momentary pushbuttons 2,000,000 operations minimum
All others: 250,000 operations minimum
Degree of Protection IP65 (conforming to IEC 60529)
Dielectric Strength
Switch unit: between live and ground: 2500 volt AC, 1 minute
between terminals of different poles: 2500 volt AC, 1 minute
between terminals of same pole: 1000 volt AC, 1 minute
Illumination unit: between live part and ground: 2500 volt AC, 1 minute
Insulation Resistance 100MΩ minimum (using 500V DC megger)
Rated Insulation Voltage 250V AC/DC
Rated Thermal Current Gold Contacts (pcb): 3A
Silver Contacts (solder): 5A
Contact Resistance 50Ω maximum initial value
Rated Operating Current
Silver Contacts
(Solder Terminals)
Gold Clad Contacts
(PCB terminals)
30V 125V 250V 30V 125V
AC resistive — 5A 2A AC inductive - 0.1A
AC inductive — 2A 1.5A DC resistive 0.1A —
DC resistive 3A 0.4A —
DC inductive 1A 0.2A —
Minimum Recommended Load (reference value for silver
contacts) 5V AC/DC, 1mA
Terminal Style 0.110” Solder Tab /PCB
Contact Form Snap Action, Double Throw
Contact Material Solder Tab: Pure Silver /PCB: Gold Plated Silver
Electrical Life (at full load) Momentary pushbuttons: 100,000 operations minimum (1800 operations / hour)
All others: 100,000 operations minimum (1200 operations / hour)
Lamp Ratings
Lamp Current Draw
5V DC LED: 8mA
6V AC/DC LED: 7mA 6V AC/DC incandescent: 100 mA
12V AC/DC LED: 8mA 12V AC/DC incandescent: 50 mA
24V AC/DC LED: 8mA 24V AC/DC incandescent: 25 mA
120V AC = 8mA
Lamp Life Incandescent: 2000 hours./LED 50,000 hours. (on pure DC, half-life intensity)
ø16mm - L6 Series
472 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Built-in LED Lamp Ratings
Model LFTD-5kLFTD-1kLFTD-2kLFTD-H2k
Lamp Base SX6S/8x5.4
Rated Voltage 5V DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC
Operating Voltage 5V DC ±5% 12V AC/DC ±10% 24V AC/DC ±10% 120V AC ±5%
Current Draw AC — 9mA 9mA 8mA
DC 8mA 8mA 8mA —
Color Code kSpecify a color code in place of k in the Part No: A (amber), G (green), R (red), S (blue), W (white), Y (yellow)
Lamp Base Color Same as illumination color
Voltage Marking Stamped on the lamp base
Life (reference value) Approx. 50,000 hours
Internal Circuit
A, R, W, Y A, R, W, Y
LED Chip
Protection Diode
Zener Diode
(+) (–)
G, S G, S
(+) (–)
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons
Style Operation Contact Terminal Style
Solder Tab PCB
Round Momentary SPDT LA1B-M1C5-jLA1B-M1C1V-j
DPDT LA1B-M1C6-jLA1B-M1C2V-j
Maintained SPDT LA1B-A1C5-jLA1B-A1C1V-j
DPDT LA1B-A1C6-jLA1B-A1C2V-j
Square Momentary SPDT LA2B-M1C5-jLA2B-M1C1V-j
DPDT LA2B-M1C6-jLA2B-M1C2V-j
Maintained SPDT LA2B-A1C5-jLA2B-A1C1V-j
DPDT LA2B-A1C6-jLA2B-A1C2V-j
Rectangular Momentary SPDT LA3B-M1C5-jLA3B-M1C1V-j
DPDT LA3B-M1C6-jLA3B-M1C2V-j
Maintained SPDT LA3B-A1C5-jLA3B-A1C1V-j
DPDT LA3B-A1C6-jLA3B-A1C2V-j
Oversize Round Flush Momentary SPDT HA1B-M1C5-jHA1B-M1C1V-j
DPDT HA1B-M1C6-jHA1B-M1C2V-j
Maintained SPDT HA1B-A1C5-jHA1B-A1C1V-j
DPDT HA1B-A1C6-jHA1B-A1C2V-j
Style Operation Contact Terminal Style
Solder Tab PCB
Oversize Round
Extended Momentary SPDT HA1B-M2C5-jHA1B-M2C1V-j
DPDT HA1B-M2C6-jHA1B-M2C2V-j
Maintained
SPDT HA1B-A2C5-jHA1B-A2C1V-j
DPDT HA1B-A2C6-jHA1B-A2C2V-j
Oversize Square Flush Momentary SPDT HA2B-M1C5-jHA2B-M1C1V-j
DPDT HA2B-M1C6-jHA2B-M1C2V-j
Maintained SPDT HA2B-A1C5-jHA2B-A1C1V-j
DPDT HA2B-A1C6-jHA2B-A1C2V-j
Oversize Square
Extended Momentary SPDT HA2B-M2C5-jHA2B-M2C1V-j
DPDT HA2B-M2C6-jHA2B-M2C2V-j
Maintained
SPDT HA2B-A2C5-jHA2B-A2C1V-j
DPDT HA2B-A2C6-jHA2B-A2C2V-j
Mushroom Momentary SPDT HA1B-M3C5-jHA1B-M3C1V-j
DPDT HA1B-M3C6-jHA1B-M3C2V-j
Maintained SPDT HA1B-A3C5-jHA1B-A3C1V-j
DPDT HA1B-A3C6-jHA1B-A3C2V-j
1. In place of j specify Button Color Code from table.
2. Illuminated (translucent) style lenses also available, specify as such: instead of LA1B-M1C5-j use LA1B-M1C5L-k in place of k
(specify Lens Color Code from next page.)
3. PCB terminal models also available with silver contacts (change “1” or “2” to “5” or “6” respectively, ie LA1B-M1C1V-j becomes
LA1B-M1C5V-j).
jButton Color Codes
Color Code Color Code
Black B Blue S
Green G White W
Red R Yellow Y
ø16mm - L6 Series
473
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled)
Contact + Safety Lever Lock + Operator + Button = Complete Part
Operators
Style Momentary Maintained
Round
LA1L-MO LA1L-AO
Square
LA2L-MO LA2L-AO
Rectangular
LA3L-MO LA3L-AO
Oversize Round
HA1B-MO HA1B-AO
Oversize Square
HA2B-MO HA2B-AO
Mushroom
HA1B-MOL HA1B-A0L
1. In place of j specify Button Color Code from table
on right.
2. In place of k specify Lens Color Code from table
on right.
3. *requires HA1L-M0 or HA1L-A0 operator instead
of HA1B-M0 or HA1B-A0.
4. **requires HA2L-M0 or HA2L-A0 instead of
HA2B-M0 or HA2B-A0.
Buttons/Lenses
Style Button Lens
Round
AB6M-BK2-j AL6M-LK2-k
Square
AB6Q-BK2-j AL6Q-LK2-k
Rectangular
AB6H-BK2-j AL6H-LK2-k
Oversize Round
Flush
HA1A-B1-j HA1A-L1-k*
Oversize Round
Extended
HA1A-B2-j–
Oversize Square
Flush
HA2A-B1-jH A2A-L1-k**
Oversize Square
Extended
HA2A-B2-j–
Mushroom
HA1A-B3-jHA1A-L3-k
Contacts
Appearance Contacts
Terminal Style
Solder
Tab PCB
Gold
SPDT
DPDT
HA-C1
HA-C2
HA-C1V
HA-C2V
Silver
SPDT
DPDT
HA-C5
HA-C6
HA-C5V
HA-C6V
Safety Lever Lock
Appearance Part Number
HA9Z-LS
j Button Color Code
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
k Lens Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Yellow Y
White W
ø16mm - L6 Series
474 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
HA1B/HA1E E-Stop
Miniature Switches and Pilot Devices: 5/8”(16mm)
Key features of HA1B/HA1E Push Lock Turn Reset include:
PCB or Solder Terminals
Locking Lever Removable Contact Blocks
Positive Action Contacts
1 or 2 form B (SPST-NC) Contacts
IP65 Protection
16mm Mounting Hole
Tamper Proof Construction
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
File No. DK95-00138
CSA
File No. LR21451
UL Recognized
File No. E55996
Direct
Opening
Action
Specifi cations
Contact Form 1 or 2 form B (SPST-NC)
Termination PCB or Solder Terminal
Contact Material Silver
Applicable Standards EN60947-5-1, UL508, CSA 22.2. No. 14
Rated Insulation Voltage 250V AC/DC
Degree of Protection IP65
Conditional Short-Circuit Current and
Short-Circuit Protective Device
50 A (at 250V) 10A 250V Fuse, operation
class M according to IEC269-1 and IEC269-2
Positive
Opening
Operation
Positive opening travel 3.4mm
Minimum force required to achieve positive
opening operation of all break contacts. 10.3 N (2 form B contacts)
Maximum travel including travel beyond the
minimum travel position 5.5mm
Maximum frequency of actuation 1,200 operations/hour
Pollution Degree 3
Nameplates
HAAV–Yellow Plastic
ø43mm
Part Number
Blank HAAV-0
Engraved
Emergency Stop HAAV-27
Positive Action E-Stop
Appearance Operation Contact Terminal Style
Solder Tab PCB
E-Stop Pushlock/
Turn Reset
DPST(NC) (2 form B) HA1B-V2E2R HA1B-V2E2VR
Short Body SPST-NC (1 form B)
DPST-NC (2 form B)
HA1E-V2S1R
HA1E-V2S2R —
1. Button is non-removable, available in red and as complete assembled unit only.
2. E-Stop does not come with safety lever lock.
Buzzers (IP40)
Appearance Operating Voltage
Terminal Style
Solder/
Tab PCB
Buzzer-Rectangular
6V AC/DC ± 10% LA3Z-1X2 LA3Z-1X2V
12V to 24 AC/DC ± 10% LA3Z-1X4 LA3Z-1X4V
Buzzer Ratings
Frequency 2 khz ± 500 HZ
Amplitude 80db @ 0.1m (at rated voltage)
Operating Voltage 6V AC/DC or 12 - 24V AC/DC ± 10%
Adjustable Cycle 55 to 600 cycles per minute
Current Draw DC: 7mA
AC: 20mA
Life 1000 hrs. minimum
Insulation Voltage 60V AC/DC
Operating Temperature -20 to 55ºC (no freezing), 45 to 85%
RH
Degree of Protection IP40
ø16mm - L6 Series
475
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Pilot Lights (Assembled)
Pilot Lights
Style Terminal Style
Solder Tab PCB
Round
LA1P-1C0l-k LA1P-1C0lV-k
Square
LA2P-1C0l-k LA2P-1C0lV-k
Rectangular
LA3P-1C0l-k LA3P-1C0lV-k
Oversize Round
HA1P-1C0l-kHA1P-1C0lV-k
Oversize Square
HA2P-1C0l-kHA2P-1C0lV-k
Oversize Round Unibody
HA1P-1l-k—
Oversize Square Unibody
HA2P-1l-k—
kLens/LED Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
lVoltage/Lamp Code
Voltage Code
5V DC LED 1
6V AC/DC LED 2
12V AC/DC LED 3
24V AC/DC LED 4
120V AC LED 8
6V AC/DC Incandescent 5
12V AC/DC Incandescent 6
24V AC/DC Incandescent 7
1. In place of k specify Lens/LED Color Code
from table.
2. In place of l specify Voltage Code from
table.
3. Lamps also available in 5VDC, 6V AC/DC, 12V
AC/DC or 120V AC, change “4” or “7” using
Voltage/Lamp Codes (ie LA1P-1C03-k uses
12V AC/DC LED).
4. Light independent of switch position.
ø16mm - L6 Series
476 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Pilot Lights (Sub-Assembled)
Terminals + Safety Lever Lock + Lamp Holder + Lamp + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit
Operators
Style Part Number
Round
LA1P-0
Square
LA2P-0
Rectangular
LA3P-0
Oversize Round
HA1P-0
Oversize Square
HA2P-0
Oversize Round Unibody
HA1P-00
Oversize Square Unibody
HA2P-00
Lenses
Style Part Number
Round
AL6M-LK3-k
Square
AL6Q-LK3-k
Rectangular
AL6H-LK3-k
Oversize Round
HA1A-P1-k
Oversize Square
HA2A-P1-k
In place of k specify lens color code.
Lamps
Style Voltage Part Number
LED 5V DC
6V AC/DC
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
120 V AC
LFTD-5k
LFTD-6k
LFTD-1k
LFTD-2k
LFTD-H2k
Incandescent
6V AC/DC
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
LH-06
LH-14
LH-28
In place of k specify LED color code from table below.
Terminals
Appearance Solder Tab PCB
HA-C00 HA-C00V
Not required for unibody operators.
Lamp Holder
Appearance Part Number
HA9Z-AH
Safety Lever Lock
Appearance Part Number
HA9Z-LS
k Lens/LED Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Yellow Y
White W
ø16mm - L6 Series
477
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Style Operation Contact Terminal Style
Solder Tab PCB
Round
Momentary SPDT
DPDT
LA1L-M1C5l-k
LA1L-M1C6l-k
LA1L-M1C1lV-k
LA1L-M1C2lV-k
Maintained SPDT
DPDT
LA1L-A1C5l-k
LA1L-A1C6l-k
LA1L-A1C1lV-k
LA1L-A1C2lV-k
Square
Momentary SPDT
DPDT
LA2L-M1C5l-k
LA2L-M1C6l-k
LA2L-M1C1lV-k
LA2L-M1C2lV-k
Maintained SPDT
DPDT
LA2L-A1C5l-k
LA2L-A1C6l-k
LA2L-A1C1lV-k
LA2L-A1C2lV-k
Rectangular
Momentary SPDT
DPDT
LA3L-M1C5l-k
LA3L-M1C6l-k
LA3L-M1C1lV-k
LA3L-M1C2lV-k
Maintained SPDT
DPDT
LA3L-A1C5l-k
LA3L-A1C6l-k
LA3L-A1C1lV-k
LA3L-A1C2lV-k
Oversize Round
Momentary SPDT
DPDT
HA1L-M1C5l-k
HA1L-M1C6l-k
HA1L-M1C1lV-k
HA1L-M1C2lV-k
Maintained SPDT
DPDT
HA1L-A1C5l-k
HA1L-A1C6l-k
HA1L-A1C1lV-k
HA1L-A1C2lV-k
Oversize Square
Momentary SPDT
DPDT
HA2L-M1C5l-k
HA2L-M1C6l-k
HA2L-M1C1lV-k
HA2L-M1C2lV-k
Maintained SPDT
DPDT
HA2L-A1C5l-k
HA2L-A1C6l-k
HA2L-A1C1lV-k
HA2L-A1C2lV-k
Mushroom
Momentary SPDT
DPDT
HA1L-M3C5l-k
HA1L-M3C6l-k
HA1L-M3C1lV-k
HA1L-M3C2lV-k
Maintained SPDT
DPDT
HA1L-A3C5l-k
HA1L-A3C6l-k
HA1L-A3C1lV-k
HA1L-A3C2lV-k
kLens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Yellow Y
White W
lVoltage/Lamp Code
Voltage Code
5V DC LED 1
6V AC/DC LED 2
12V AC/DC LED 3
24V AC/DC LED 4
120 V AC LED 8
6V AC/DC Incandescent 5
12V AC/DC Incandescent 6
24V AC/DC Incandescent 7
1. In place of k specify Lens Color Code from
table.
2. In place of l specify Voltage Code from
table.
3. Lamps also available in 5V DC, 6V AC/DC,
12V AC/DC or 120V AC, change “4” or “7”
using voltage/lamp codes (ie LA1P-1C03-k
uses 12V AC/DC LED).
4. PCB terminal models also available with
silver contacts change “1” or “2” to “5” or “6”
respectively, (ie LA1L-M1C14V-j becomes
LA1L-M1C54V-j).
5. Light independent of switch position.
ø16mm - L6 Series
478 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled)
Terminals + Safety Lever Lock + Lamp Holder + Lamp + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit
Operators
Style Momentary Maintained
Round
LA1L-MO LA1L-AO
Square
LA2L-MO LA2L-AO
Rectangular
LA3L-MO LA3L-AO
Oversize Round
HA1L-MO HA1L-A0
Oversize Square
HA2L-MO HA2L-AO
Mushroom
HA1B-MOL HA1B-AOL
k Lens/LED Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Yellow Y
White W
Lenses
Style Part Number
Round
AL6M-LK2-k
Square
AL6Q-LK2-k
Rectangular
AL6H-LK2-k
Oversize Round
HA1A-L1-k
Oversize Square
HA2A-L1-k
Mushroom
HA1A-L3-k
In place of k specify lens color code.
Lamps
Style Voltage Part Number
LED 5V DC
6V AC/DC
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
120 V AC
LFTD-5k
LFTD-6k
LFTD-1k
LFTD-2k
LFTD-H2k
Incandescent
6V AC/DC
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
LH-06
LH-14
LH-28
Contacts
Appearance Contacts
Terminal Style
Solder
Tab PCB
Gold
SPDT
DPDT
HA-C10
HA-C20
HA-C10V
HA-C20V
Silver
SPDT
DPDT
HA-C50
HA-C60
HA-C50V
HA-C60V
Lamp Holder
Appearance Part Number
HA9Z-AH
Safety Lever Lock
Appearance Part Number
HA9Z-LS
ø16mm - L6 Series
479
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Selector Switches (Assembled)
Selector Switches
Style Position Contact Terminal Style
Solder Tab PCB
Round
90˚ 2 -Position
Maintained LR DPDT LA1S-2C6 LA1S-2C2V
Spring return
from right
LR DPDT LA1S-21C6 LA1S-21C2V
45˚ 3-Position
Maintained L
C
R DPDT LA1S-3C6 LA1S-3C2V
Spring return
from right LR DPDT LA1S-31C6 LA1S-31C2V
Spring return
from left L
C
R DPDT LA1S-32C6 LA1S-32C2V
2-Way spring
return L
C
R DPDT LA1S-33C6 LA1S-33C2V
Square
90˚ 2 -Position
Maintained LR DPDT LA2S-2C6 LA2S-2C2V
Spring return
from right
LR DPDT LA2S-21C6 LA2S-21C2V
45˚ 3-Position
Maintained L
C
R DPDT LA2S-3C6 LA2S-3C2V
Spring return
from right LR DPDT LA2S-31C6 LA2S-31C2V
Spring return
from left L
C
R DPDT LA2S-32C6 LA2S-32C2V
2-Way spring
return L
C
R DPDT LA2S-33C6 LA2S-33C2V
Rectangular
90˚ 2 -Position
Maintained LR DPDT LA3S-2C6 LA3S-2C2V
Spring return
from right
LR DPDT LA3S-21C6 LA3S-21C2V
45˚ 3-Position
Maintained L
C
R DPDT LA3S-3C6 LA3S-3C2V
Spring return
from right LR DPDT LA3S-31C6 LA3S-31C2V
Spring return
from left L
C
R DPDT LA3S-32C6 LA3S-32C2V
2-Way spring
return L
C
R DPDT LA3S-33C6 LA3S-33C2V
Oversize Round
90˚ 2 -Position
Maintained LR DPDT HA1S-2C6 HA1S-2C2V
Spring return
from right
LR DPDT HA1S-21C6 HA1S-21C2V
45˚ 3-Position
Maintained L
C
R DPDT HA1S-3C6 HA1S-3C2V
Spring return
from right LR DPDT HA1S-31C6 HA1S-31C2V
Spring return
from left L
C
R DPDT HA1S-32C6 HA1S-32C2V
2-Way spring
return L
C
R DPDT HA1S-33C6 HA1S-33C2V
Contact Operations
(for all selectors)
Contacts Operator Position and
Contact Operation
2-pos.
(DPDT)
Left
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
3-pos.
(DPDT)
Left NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
Center
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
As viewed from front of switch.
1. All assembled selector switches use DPDT
contacts.
2. For SPDT contacts see sub-components on
next page.
3. PCB terminal models also available with
silver contacts change “1” or “2” to “5” or
“6” respectively, (ie LA1S-21C2V becomes
LA1S-21C6V).
ø16mm - L6 Series
480 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)
Contact + Safety Lever Lock + Operator = Complete Part
Operators
Style Position Function Part Number
Round 2Maintained
Spring from right
LA1S-2Y
LA1S-21Y
3
Maintained
Spring from right
Spring from left
Spring from both
LA1S-3Y
LA1S-31Y
LA1S-32Y
LA1S-33Y
Square 2Maintained
Spring from right
LA2S-2Y
LA2S-21Y
3
Maintained
Spring from right
Spring from left
Spring from both
LA2S-3Y
LA2S-31Y
LA2S-32Y
LA2S-33Y
Rectangular 2Maintained
Spring from right
LA3S-2Y
LA3S-21Y
3
Maintained
Spring from right
Spring from left
Spring from both
LA3S-3Y
LA3S-31Y
LA3S-32Y
LA3S-33Y
Oversize Round 2Maintained
Spring from right
HA1S-2Y
HA1S-21Y
3
Maintained
Spring from right
Spring from left
Spring from both
HA1S-3Y
HA1S-31Y
HA1S-32Y
HA1S-33Y
Contacts
Appearance Contacts
Terminal Style
Solder
Tab PCB
Gold
SPDT
DPDT
HA-C1
HA-C2
HA-C1V
HA-C2V
Silver
SPDT
DPDT
HA-C5
HA-C6
HA-C5V
HA-C6V
1. All assembled switches listed on previous page
use DPDT contacts.
2. SPDT Contacts for use on 2 position selector
switch only
Safety Lever Lock
Appearance Part Number
HA9Z-LS
ø16mm - L6 Series
481
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Key Switches (Assembled)
Key Switches
Style Position Contact Terminal Style
Solder Tab PCB
Round
90˚ 2 -Position
Maintained LR DPDT LA1K-2C6lLA1K-2C2Vl
Spring return
from right
LR DPDT LA1K-21C6B LA1K-21C2VB
45˚ 3-Position
Maintained L
C
R DPDT LA1K-3C6lLA1K-3C2Vl
Spring return
from right L
C
R DPDT LA1K-31C6lLA1K-31C2Vl
Spring return
from left L
C
R DPDT LA1K-32C6lLA1K-32C2Vl
2-Way spring
return L
C
R DPDT LA1K-33C6D LA1K-33C2VD
Square
90˚ 2 -Position
Maintained LR DPDT LA2K-2C6lLA2K-2C2Vl
Spring return
from right
LR DPDT LA2K-21C6B LA2K-21C2VB
45˚ 3-Position
Maintained L
C
R DPDT LA2K-3C6lLA2K-3C2Vl
Spring return
from right L
C
R DPDT LA2K-31C6lLA2K-31C2Vl
Spring return
from left L
C
R DPDT LA2K-32C6lLA2K-32C2Vl
2-Way spring
return L
C
R DPDT LA2K-33C6D LA2K-33C2VD
Rectangular
90˚ 2 -Position
Maintained LR DPDT LA3K-2C6lLA3K-2C2Vl
Spring return
from right
LR DPDT LA3K-21C6B LA3K-21C2VB
45˚ 3-Position
Maintained L
C
R DPDT LA3K-3C6lLA3K-3C2Vl
Spring return
from right L
C
R DPDT LA3K-31C6lLA3K-31C2Vl
Spring return
from left L
C
R DPDT LA3K-32C6lLA3K-32C2Vl
2-Way spring
return L
C
R DPDT LA3K-33C6D LA3K-33C2VD
Oversize Round
90˚ 2 -Position
Maintained LR DPDT HA1K-2C6lHA1K-2C2Vl
Spring return
from right
LR DPDT HA1K-21C6B HA1K-21C2VB
45˚ 3-Position
Maintained L
C
R DPDT HA1K-3C6lHA1K-3C2Vl
Spring return
from right L
C
R DPDT HA1K-31C6lHA1K-31C2Vl
Spring return
from left L
C
R DPDT HA1K-32C6lHA1K-32C2Vl
2-Way spring
return L
C
R DPDT HA1K-33C6D HA1K-33C2VD
Contact Operations
(for all selectors)
Contacts Operator Position and
Contact Operation
2-pos.
(DPDT)
Left
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
3-pos.
(DPDT)
Left
NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
Center
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
As viewed from front of switch.
l Key Retention Option Codes
Code Description
AKey not retained in any position
(removable in all positions)
B Key retained in right position only
C Key retained in left position only
DKey retained in left and right
(3 position only)
EKey retained in center only
(3 position only)
GKey retained right and center
(3 position only)
HKey retained left and center
(3 position only)
Key cannot be removed from a
spring-return position.
1. In place of l specify Key Retention Code
from next page.
2. All assembled key switches have DPDT
contacts. For SPDT see sub-assembled on
next page.
3. PCB terminal models also available with
silver contacts change “1” or “2” to “5” or
“6” respectively, (ie LA1K-2C2Vl becomes
LA1K-2C6Vl).
ø16mm - L6 Series
482 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)
Contact + Safety Lever Lock + Operator = Complete Part
Operators
Style Position Function Part Number
Round 2Maintained
Spring from right
LA1K-2l
LA1K-21B
3
Maintained
Spring from right
Spring from left
Spring from both
LA1K-3l
LA1K-31l
LA1K-32l
LA1K-33D
Square 2Maintained
Spring from right
LA2K-2l
LA2K-21B
3
Maintained
Spring from right
Spring from left
Spring from both
LA2K-3l
LA2K-31l
LA2K-32l
LA2K-33D
Rectangular 2Maintained
Spring from right
LA3K-2l
LA3K-21B
3
Maintained
Spring from right
Spring from left
Spring from both
LA3K-3l
LA3K-31l
LA3K-32l
LA3K-33D
Oversize Round 2Maintained
Spring from right
HA1K-2l
HA1K-21B
3
Maintained
Spring from right
Spring from left
Spring from both
HA1K-3l
HA1K-31l
HA1K-32l
HA1K-33D
1. In place of l specify key removable code from table on right.
2. Operator includes two keys.
Contacts
Appearance Contacts
Terminal Style
Solder
Tab PCB
Gold
SPDT
DPDT
HA-C1
HA-C2
HA-C1V
HA-C2V
Silver
SPDT
DPDT
HA-C5
HA-C6
HA-C5V
HA-C6V
1. All assembled switches listed on previous page
use DPDT contacts.
2. SPDT Contacts for use on 2 position selector
switch only
Safety Lever Lock
Appearance Part Number
HA9Z-LS
l Key Retention Option Codes
Code Description
AKey not retained in any position
(removable in all positions)
B Key retained in right position only
C Key retained in left position only
DKey retained in left and right
(3 position only)
EKey retained in center only
(3 position only)
GKey retained right and center
(3 position only)
HKey retained left and center
(3 position only)
Key cannot be removed from a
spring-return position.
ø16mm - L6 Series
483
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled)
Illuminated Selector Switches
Style Position Contact Terminal Style
Solder Tab PCB
Round
90˚ 2 -Position
Maintained LR DPDT LA1F-2C6l-k LA1F-2C2lV-k
Spring return
from right
LR DPDT LA1F-21C6l-kLA1F-21C2lV-k
45˚ 3-Position
Maintained L
C
R DPDT LA1F-3C6l-kLA1F-3C2lV-k
Spring return
from right L
C
R DPDT LA1F-31C6l-kLA1F-31C2lV-k
Spring return
from left L
C
R DPDT LA1F-32C6l-kLA1F-32C2lV-k
2-Way
spring return L
C
R DPDT LA1F-33C6l-k LA1F-33C2lV-k
Square
90˚ 2 -Position
Maintained LR DPDT LA2F-2C6l-kLA2F-2C2lV-k
Spring return
from right
LR DPDT LA2F-21C6l-kLA2F-21C2lV-k
45˚ 3-Position
Maintained L
C
R DPDT LA2F-3C6l-kLA2F-3C2lV-k
Spring return
from right L
C
R DPDT LA2F-31C6l-kLA2F-31C2lV-k
Spring return
from left L
C
R DPDT LA2F-32C6l-kLA2F-32C2lV-k
2-Way
spring return L
C
R DPDT LA2F-33C6l-kLA2F-33C2lV-k
Rectangular
90˚ 2 -Position
Maintained LR DPDT LA3F-2C6l-k LA3F-2C2lV-k
Spring return
from right
LR DPDT LA3F-21C6l-kLA3F-21C2lV-k
45˚ 3-Position
Maintained L
C
R DPDT LA3F-3C6l-kLA3F-3C2lV-k
Spring return
from right L
C
R DPDT LA3F-31C6l-kLA3F-31C2lV-k
Spring return
from left L
C
R DPDT LA3F-32C6l-kLA3F-32C2lV-k
2-Way
spring return L
C
R DPDT LA3F-33C6l-k LA3F-33C2lV-k
Oversize Round
90˚ 2 -Position
Maintained LR DPDT HA1F-2C6l-kHA1F-2C2lV-k
Spring return
from right
LR DPDT HA1F-21C6l-kHA1F-21C2lV-k
45˚ 3-Position
Maintained L
C
R DPDT HA1F-3C6l-kHA1F-3C2lV-k
Spring return
from right L
C
R DPDT HA1F-31C6l-kHA1F-31C2lV-k
Spring return
from left L
C
R DPDT HA1F-32C6l-kHA1F-32C2lV-k
2-Way
spring return L
C
R DPDT HA1F-33C6l-kHA1F-33C2lV-k
Contact Operations
(for all selectors)
Contacts Operator Position and
Contact Operation
2-pos.
(DPDT)
Left
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
3-pos.
(DPDT)
Left NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
Center
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
As viewed from front of switch.
k Lens/LED Color Codes
Color Code Color Code
Amber A Blue S
Green G Yellow Y
Red R White W
l Voltage/Lamp Code
Voltage Code
5V DC LED 1
6V AC/DC LED 2
12V AC/DC LED 3
24V AC/DC LED 4
120V AC LED 8
6V AC/DC Incandescent 5
12V AC/DC Incandescent 6
24V AC/DC Incandescent 7
1. In place of k specify Lens/LED Color Code
from table above.
2. In place of l specify Voltage Code from
table above.
3. Lamps also available in 5V DC, 6V AC/DC, 12
V AC/DC or 120V AC, change “4” or “7” using
voltage/lamp codes (ie LA1F-2C63-k uses
12V AC/DC LED).
4. All switches listed have DPDT contacts. For
SPDT see sub-assembled on next page.
5. PCB terminal models also available with
silver contacts change “1” or “2” to “5” or
“6” respectively, (ie LA1F-2C24V-k becomes
LA1F-2C64V-k).
6. Light independent of switch position.
ø16mm - L6 Series
484 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)
Contacts + Safety Lever Lock + Lamp Holder + Lamp + Operator + Lens/Handle = Completed Unit
Operators
Style Position Function Part Number
Round
2Maintained
Spring from right
LA1F-20
LA1F-210
3
Maintained
Spring from right
Spring from left
Spring from both
LA1F-30
LA1F-310
LA1F-320
LA1F-330
Square
2Maintained
Spring from right
LA2F-20
LA2F-210
3
Maintained
Spring from right
Spring from left
Spring from both
LA2F-30
LA2F-310
LA2F-320
LA2F-330
Rectangular
2Maintained
Spring from right
LA3F-20
LA3F-210
3
Maintained
Spring from right
Spring from left
Spring from both
LA3F-30
LA3F-310
LA3F-320
LA3F-330
Oversize
Round
2Maintained
Spring from right
HA1F-20
HA1F-210
3
Maintained
Spring from right
Spring from left
Spring from both
HA1F-30
HA1F-310
HA1F-320
HA1F-330
Contacts
Appearance Con-
tacts
Terminal Style
Solder
Tab PCB
Gold
SPDT
DPDT
HA-C10
HA-C20
HA-C10V
HA-C20V
Silver
SPDT
DPDT
HA-C50
HA-C60
HA-C50V
HA-C60V
All assembled selectors on previous pages use DPDT
contacts. SPDT contacts are for use only on two posi-
tion selectors.
Lenses/Handles
Appearance Part Number
Standard
LA1A-F-k
Oversize
HA1A-F-k
In place of k specify lens color code from table.
Safety Lever Lock
Appearance Part Number
HA9Z-LS
Lamp Holder
Appearance Part Number
HA9Z-AH
Lamps
Style Voltage Part Number
LED 5V DC
6V AC/DC
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
120V AC
LFTD-5k
LFTD-6k
LFTD-1k
LFTD-2k
LFTD-H2k
Incandescent
6V AC/DC
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
LH-06
LH-14
LH-28
In place of k specify LED color code from table below.
k Lens/LED Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Yellow Y
White W
ø16mm - L6 Series
485
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Pushbutton Selectors (Assembled)
Pushbutton Selectors
Style Terminal Style
Solder Tab PCB
2 Position HA1R-2C6-jHA1R-2C2V-j
3 Position HA1R-3C6-jHA1R-3C2V-j
1. In place of j specify Button Color Code.
2. PCB terminal models also available with silver contacts (change “1” or “2” to “5” or “6”
respectively, ie HA1R-2C2V-j becomes HA1R-2C6V-j).
3. Pushed position, momentary only.
j Button Color Codes
Color Code Color Code
Amber A Blue S
Green G Yellow Y
Red R White W
Contact Operation
Contacts Operator Position and Contact Information
Down Center Up
2-pos.
(DPDT)
Maintained
Spring from Top
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
2-pos.
(DPDT)
Spring Return
from Bottom
NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC
3-pos.
(DPDT) All models NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
As viewed from front of switch.
Contact Operation
Style Operator Position
Left Center Right
2 Position
Normal Pushed Normal Pushed Normal Pushed
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Le
f
t
Contact
Right
Contact
——
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
3 Position
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC Blocked
Left
Contact
NO
C
NC
Right
Contact
NO
C
NC NO
C
NC NO
C
NC
Left
Contact
Right
Contact
Lever Switches
Style Operation Contacts Terminal Type
Solder Tab PCB
2 -Position
Maintained
U
D
DPDT LA1T-2C6 LA1T-2C2V
Spring return from top
U
D
DPDT LA1T-21C6 LA1T-21C2V
Spring return from bottom
U
D
DPDT LA1T-22C6 LA1T-22C2V
3-Position
Maintained
U
C
D
DPDT LA1T-3C6 LA1T-3C2V
Spring return from top
U
C
D
DPDT LA1T-31C6 LA1T-31C2V
Spring return from bottom
U
C
D
DPDT LA1T-32C6 LA1T-32C2V
Spring return from both
U
C
D
DPDT LA1T-33C6 LA1T-33C2V
1. PCB terminal models also available with silver contacts (change “1” or “2” to “5” or “6” respectively, ie LA1T-2C2V becomes
LA1T-2C6V).
2. Terminology: U = up, D = down, C = center.
ø16mm - L6 Series
486 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Switch Engraving Order Form – L6 Series
Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Maximum Number of Lines and Text to be engraved.
To insure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative or Distributor.
Your Company: Telephone:
Name: Fax:
Address: Email:
PO: Part Number to be Engraved:
Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options:
Rectangular
Switch
Square
Switch
Round
Switch
# of Lines Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line # of Lines Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
# of
Lines
Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
1 5/32 6 1 5/32 5
1
5/32 3
2
5/32 6
2
5/32 5 1/8 3
1/8 6 1/8 6 2 Custom*
3 1/8 6 3 1/8 6 3 Custom*
4 N/A 4 N/A 4 N/A
*Engraving is possible, but character size will be
smaller than standard sizes.
1. Above mentioned specifi cations hold true for standard size pushbuttons (round, square and rectangular).
2. Oversize pushbuttons and pilot lights allow you to engrave 1 additional character.
3. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-iIlluminated push buttons and on marking plate for illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights.
4. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to emphasize capital or small letters.
Enter text to be engraved:
Line 1:
Line 2:
Line 3:
Line 4:
Sample Letter Sizes
1/8 Letters:
5/32 Letters:
For IDEC Internal Use Only:
Work Order #:
ø16mm - L6 Series
487
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Accessories
Part Specifi cations Part Number Notes
Ring Wrench Made of metal MT-001
Used for tightening the plastic locking ring when install-
ing the L6 series unit on a panel.
Tightening torque should not exceed 9kgf cm when
tightening the locking ring.
Lamp Holder Tool
(Made of Rubber)
Made of rubber. Used for removing and replacing
LED and incandescent lamps in illuminated units. OR-44 Rubber tool used for replacing LED and incandescent
lamps.
Lens Removal Tool For Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights. MT-101 Used for removing the lens or button from the housing.
LED Lamp
5V DC
6V AC/DC
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
120V AC
LFTD-5k
LFTD-6k
LFTD-1k
LFTD-2k
LFTD-H2k
T 1-3/4 miniature fl ange base. In place of j specify LED
Color Code (A, G, R, S, W, Y).
Incandescent Lamp
6V AC/DC
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
LH-06
LH-14
LH-28
0.5W, T 1-3/4 miniature fl ange base
Switch Guard
90 degrees
opening maintained
Round/Square AL-K6 Prevents inadvertent switch operation. IP40 dust-tight
rated.
Rectangular AL-KH6
180 degrees
opening,
spring return
Round/Square AL-K6SP
Prevents inadvertent switch operation. IP65 oiltight
rated.
Rectangular AL-KH6SP
Oversize Round/Sq HA9Z-K1
Dust-proof Cover
For round units AL-D6 Provides extra level of sealing for “front-panel” portion
of switches. (Not applicable for units with oversize
lenses or buttons).
For square units AL-DQ6
For rectangular units AL-DH6
Terminal Cover Made of white nylon
All removable contacts H6-VL2 Covers terminals to prevent possible electric shock.
Unibody Pilot Lights H6-PVL
Mounting Hole Plug
Rubber AL-B6 Fills unused panel cutouts. Made of nitrile rubber. Push-
in installation from front of panel. IP65 (oiltight) rated.
Aluminum AL-BM6 Fills unused panel cutouts. Made of aluminum. Screw-
on locking ring from inside of panel. IP65 (oiltight) rated.
Replacement Keys
for LA1K, LA2K, LA3K (#132) AS6-SK
Pair of keys.
for HA1K (#231) – oversize KG9Z-SK
Replacement
Engraving Inserts
Round
Square
Rectangle
Oversize Round
Oversize Square
Mushroom
AL6M-W
AL6Q-W
AL6H-W
HA9Z-P1-W
HA9Z-P2-W
HA9Z-P13-W
Replacement
Locking Ring All models HA9Z-LN
Replacement
Anti-Rotation Ring
L6 standard AL6-LP Prevents rotation of switches in panel. (included with all
assembled switches)
L6 oversize HA9Z-LP
Replacement
Selector Inserts HA9Z-HC1-jApplicable to round oversize selectors only
j = (G, R, S, W, Y)
Replacement
Safety Lever Lock HA9Z-LS
ø16mm - L6 Series
488 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Appearance Description Used With Part Number
Flush Bezel
ø24mm round, metal (aluminum color), panel cut-out ø20.2mm
Pushbuttons, pilot lights, illuminated
pushbutton, selector switches, key selector
switches and illuminated selector switches.
L6 Switch
+
Flush Bezel
=
Flush Switch
LA9Z-SM61
ø24mm round, plastic (black), panel cut-out ø20.2mm LA9Z-S61B
024mm square, plastic (black), panel cut-out 020.2mm LA9Z-S71B
24 x 30mm rectangular, plastic (black), panel cut-out ø20.2 x
26.2mm LA9Z-S81B
Switch Guard
w/ Flush Bezel
(spring return)
Rectangular, plastic (black) LA9Z-KS8
Flush bezels not applicable for oversize units.
Dimensions (mm)
Pilot Lights (LA*P,) Pushbuttons (LA*B) Illuminated Pushbuttons (LA*L)
7.85
1.45
6.8
OT
Locking Ring
P
Gasket
LOCK
0.6
1.45
6.46.8
5.7
Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6
Anti-rotation Ring
Note:
1. Pushbuttons do not have lamp terminals.
2. Pilot lights have only lamp terminals.
LOCK
R15.5 PC Board Terminal
Width 0.8×0.5t
NC
C
X2
NO
CNO NC
X1
X2
15.8
ø21
17.8
55
2
5.5
1
PC Board Terminal
Tab Terminal Width 2.8×0.5t
1
66
1.2
10.5
2.61 13.5
9369
ø
Solder/Tab Terminal
RectangularRound Square
ø18
24
18
Lever Switches (LA1T) Buzzer (LA3Z)
10.8
24
ø18
LOCK
R15.5
X2 X1
17.8
6
15.8
ø21
2.7
6
2
5.5
10.5 13.5
9369
24
18
Tab Ter m i n al
2.8W×0.5t
2-R0.6
1.2
2.61
PC Board Terminal
0.8W×0.5t
Panel Thickness
0.5 to 6
Emergency Stop Switch (HA1B)
Ø 0.98"
(24.9mm)
Panel Thickness
0.02"-0.24" (0.5~6.0mm)
0.43"
(11mm)
0.98" (25mm)
1.42" (36mm)
0.53"
(13.5mm)
0.41"
(10.5mm)
0.20"
(5.2mm)
0.21"
(5.4mm)
0.34"
(8.7mm)
PCB Terminal
Rubber Washer
Stopper
Locking Ring
ø0.83"
(21mm)
ø0.70"
(17.8mm)
RO.61"
(15.5mm)
NC
0.62"
(15.8mm)
LOCK
+
-
NC
ø16mm - L6 Series
489
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Emergency Stop Switch (HA1E) - Short Body Style
Selector Switches (LA*S,) Illuminated Selector Switches (LA*F,) Key Selector Switches (LA*K)
LOCK
R15.5
NC
C
X2
NO
CNO NC
X1
X2
15.8
ø21
17.8
55
2
5.5
1
PC Board Terminal
Width 0.8×0.5t
TPO
LOCK
0.6
1.45
6.46.8
1
66
10.5 13.5
936 17
9
ø18
18 24
18
Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6
Gasket
Locking Ring
Anti-rotation Ring
Tab Terminal Width 2.8×0.5t Round Square Rectangular
1.2
2.6
1
PC Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal
9
26
ø18
18 24
18
Round Square Rectangular
PC Board Drilling Layout (Bottom View)
Panel Cut-Out
Illuminated Pushbuttons,
Illuminated Selector Switches
Pilot Lights, Selector Switches,
Key Selector Switches Pushbutton Lever Switches
ø16.2 +0.2
0
24
24
1.45
6.4 6.8
1
55
ø1.2 Hole
1
55
ø1.2 Hole
7.85
1.45
6.8
1
55
ø1.2 Hole
HA1B E-Stop
PCB Mounting Pattern
0.21"
(5.3mm) 0.21"
(5.3mm)
Ø 0.05"
(1.2mm)
0.21"
(5.4mm)
0.34"
(8.7mm)
ø16mm - L6 Series
490 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Oversize Flush Pushbutton and Pilot Lights
NO
NC
C
NO
NC
X2
X1
C
X2
0.94
[
24.0
]
1
.02
[
25.9
]
0.43
[
11.0
]
Oversize Extended Non-Illuminated Pushbutton
C
NO
NC
C
NO
NC
0.59
[
15.1
]
Oversize Unibody Pilot Lights
1.48
[
37.5
]
Mushroom Pushbuttons
NCNO
C
NO NC
C
0.79 [20.0]
1.18 [30.0]
Oversize Selector Switch
NO
C
NC
NO
C
NC
0.94 [23.8
0.77 [19.5]
ø16mm - L6 Series
491
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Oversize Key Switch
C
C
NC
NO
NC
NO
1.54
[
39.0
]
Lever Switch
C
NC
NO
NC
NO
0.94
[
23.8
]
Flush Bezel Flush Bezel with Switch
Round
21.4
20
24
18
ø18
ø24
ø21.4
24
30
18
24
14.8
ø18
ø24
21.4
0.9
27.4
23
0.8
9.8
26 20 20ø
22.6
28.5
28.5
29.3
Mounting
Bracket Gasket
Flush
Bezel Metal Plastic
439
Panel Thickness 0.5 to 5
Square Selector Switches
Illuminated &
Non-illuminated
2
10
Key
2
18.1
Lever
2
17
Rectangular
Flush Bezel Mounting Hole Layout
Round Square Rectangular
24 min.∗
24 min.∗
24 min.∗
24 min.∗
-
0.1
+0.2
20.2
24 min.∗
30 min.∗
20.2
–
0.1
+0.2
ø20.2
–
0.1
+0.2
26.2
–
0.1
+0.2
ø16mm - L6 Series
492 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Terminal Confi gurations
Non Illuminated Pushbutton Pilot Lights Illuminated Pushbuttons Buzzer
TOP
NOCNC
NOCNC
Lamp Terminal
(+)
Lamp Terminal
(−)
TOP
X2X2 X1
Lamp Terminal
(+)
Lamp Terminal
(−)
TOP
X2X2 X1
NOCNC
NOCNC
X2X2
X1 X1
QuickSlowSteady
Input
Terminal
(X1)
Input
Terminal
(X2)
Buzzer
Sound
Switch
AL-KH6SP
AL-K6SP
13
10.5
23.5
24
25 minimum
45.5 minimum
Panel Thickness 0.5 to 5
33
34
R22
14
18
45.5 minimum
19 minimum
13
10.5
23.5
AL-D6 AL-DQ6 AL-DH6 H6-VL2 AL-B6
ø24
Waterproof gasket
for dust cover
7.5
0.3 13
7.5
0.3 13
24
Waterproof gasket
for dust cover
7.5
0.3 13
30
24
Waterproof gasket
for dust cover
47 TOP
17.6
4
21
15
26
ø16.5
ø18
AL-BM6 LFTD LED Lamp
Internal Circuit
LED Chip
Protective Diode
Zener Diode
Locking Ring
Gasket
2.5 12
ø17.8
Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6
AL-B6
26
ø16.5
ø18
ø16mm - L6 Series
493
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
General Instructions
Pushbutton Assembly
Lamp Installation
Lamps can be replaced in two ways:
1. If contacts are accessible (or pushbutton not installed in a panel) then it is
easiest to fi rst remove the contacts from the operator. This will allow easy
access to the lamp/lamp-holder assembly. Grab lamp, depress slightly, and
turn counter clockwise. Lamp can then be removed by pushing it back through
the lamp holder.
2. If contacts are not accessible, then the lamp can be replaced by fi rst removing
the lens from the operator. Just pull lens straight out either with a fi ngernail
or optional lens removal tool (MT-101). Lamp/lamp-holder assembly can then
be removed with lamp removal tool (OR-44). Insert lamp removal tool through
operator, depress slightly, turn counter clockwise, then pull lamp/lamp-holder
assembly out. Lamp can then be removed by pushing it back through the lamp
holder.
Engraving Lenses
All buttons and lenses can be engraved directly on the outside surface. Illumi-
nated lenses also allow for engraving on a plate that is underneath the colored
section of the lens. Remove the colored section of the lens by pulling on the
edge while simultaneously unhooking it from the latches on the lens holder. The
marking plate will then be accessible. It can then be engraved or a thin marked
insert (such as mylar or paper) can be sandwiched between the marking plate
and colored section of the lens.
Fitting Grooves
Grooves
Engraving
Surface
Color Lens Marking Plate Lens Holder
Panel Mounting
Before any unit can be mounted into a panel, the contact block must be removed. Slide metal locking lever and pull contact off. Loosen and remove the locking ring
and square anti-rotation ring from the operator and insert operator through panel cutout from the front of the panel. Slide on anti-rotation ring and tighten locking
ring, using locking ring wrench (MT-001). Slide contact block onto operator, observing TOP marking on both parts. Slide metal locking lever in direction indicated by
LOCK. The yellow plastic safety lever lock can then be snapped onto the locking lever; this will prevent vibration or maintenance actions from releasing the contact
from the operator.
PCB Mounting
Being able to separate the contacts from the operator allows for assembly of the
front panel components (operator and lens) to be performed in tandem with the
PC board assembly and soldering. For applications where multiple rows of push-
buttons are mounted closely together, or where other components may obstruct
access to the contact locking lever, be sure to include access holes in the PC
board (refer to PC board layout dimensions for location). Also be sure to allow for
space above and to the side of contact to ensure that no components block the
contact block locking lever. PC board pins are designed to rest on the PCB, take
this into consideration to ensure that pins do not short closely spaced traces.
22mm XW E-Stops
494 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
22mm XW E-Stops
Key features:
The depth behind the panel is only 48.7 mm for 1 to 4 contacts (with terminal cover)
for illuminated and non-illuminated units.
IDEC’s original “Safe break action” ensures that the NC contacts open when the contact
block is detached from the operator.
1 to 4NC main contacts and 1 or 2NO monitor contacts
Push-to-lock, Pull or Turn-to-reset operator
Safety lock mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 6.2)
Degree of protection IP65 (IEC60529)
Fingersafe (IP20) terminals
Two button sizes: ø40 and ø60 mm
Push-ON illumination type available (40mm mushroom head)
Direct opening action mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 5.2, IEC60947-5-1, Annex K)
RoHS compliant (EU directive 2002/95/EC).
UL c-UL listed. EN compliant
UL NISD category emergency stop device (File# E305148)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
UL File #E68961 CCC No. 2005010305150897
Specifi cations
Applicable Standards IEC60947-5-1, EN60947-5-1, IEC60947-5-5, EN60947-5-5, UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14
Operating Temperature Non-illuminated: –25 to +60°C (no freezing), Illuminated: –25 to +55°C (no freezing)
Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH (no condensation)
Storage Temperature –45 to +80°C
Operating Force
Push-to-lock: 32N
Pull-to-reset: 21N
Turn-to-reset: 0.27N·m
Minimum Force Required for
Direct Opening Action 80N
Min Operator Stroke Required
for Direct Opening Action 4mm
Maximum Operator Stroke 4.5mm
Contact Resistance 50mΩ maximum (initial value)
Contact Material Gold plated silver
Insulation Resistance 100MΩ minimum (500V DC megger)
Impulse Withstand Voltage 2.5kV
Pollution Degree 3
Operation Frequency 900 operations/hour
Shock Resistance Operating extremes: 150m/s2 (15G), Damage limits: 1000m/s2 (100G)
Vibration Resistance Operating extremes: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2
Damage limits: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2
Mechanical Life 250,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life 100,000 operations minimum, (250,000 operations minimum @ 24V AC/DC, 100mA)
Degree of Protection Operator: IP65 (IEC60529)
Terminal: IP20 (when XW9Z-VL2MF is installed)
Terminal Style M3.0 screw terminal
Recommended Tightening
Torque for Locking Ring 2.0N·m
Wire Size 16 AWG max
Weight ø40mm: 72g
ø60mm: 81g
22mm XW E-Stops
495
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Part Numbers
Illumination Operator Type Monitor Contact Main Contact Part Number
Non-Illuminated
40mm Mushroom
1NO 1NC XW1E-BV411M-R
– 2NC XW1E-BV402M-R
2NO 2NC XW1E-BV422M-R
1NO 3NC XW1E-BV413M-R
– 4NC XW1E-BV404M-R
60mm Mushroom
1NO 1NC XW1E-BV511M-R
– 2NC XW1E-BV502M-R
2NO 2NC XW1E-BV522M-R
1NO 3NC XW1E-BV513M-R
– 4NC XW1E-BV504M-R
Illuminated 1
40mm Mushroom LED
with built-in 24V AC/DC LED
1NO 1NC XW1E-LV411Q4M-R
– 2NC XW1E-LV402Q4M-R
2NO 2NC XW1E-LV422Q4M-R
1NO 3NC XW1E-LV413Q4M-R
– 4NC XW1E-LV404Q4M-R
40mm Mushroom Push-ON LED 21NO 2NC XW1E-TV412Q4M-R
1. The light is independent of the position of the switch, except for push-on LED type.
2. The light only operates when the switch is pressed as it is internally wired.
22mm XW E-Stops
496 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Contact Ratings
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 250V
Rated Current (Ith) 5A
Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) 30V 125V 250V
Rated Operating Current
Main
Contacts (NC)
AC 50/60Hz Resistive Load (AC-12) – 5A 3A
Inductive Load (AC-15) – 3A 1.5A
DC Resistive Load (DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A
Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A
Monitor
Contacts (NO)
AC 50/60Hz Resistive Load (AC-12) – 1.2A 0.6A
Inductive Load (AC-14) – 0.6A 0.3A
DC Resistive Load (DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A
Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A
Minimum applicable load: 5V AC/DC, 1mA (reference value).
The rated operating currents are measured at resistive/inductive load types specifi ed
in IEC 60947-5-1.
Illuminated Unit LED Ratings
Operating Voltage Current
24V AC/DC ±10% 15mA
Depth Behind the Panel
Depth (mm) Description
48.7 1 - 4 contacts, both illuminated and non-illuminated
Mounting Hole Layout
øA
X
Y
Measurements
Size øA X & Y
40mm 22.3+0.4 70mm min
Panel Cutout
0
+0.2
3.2
0
+0.4
24.1
0
+0.4
ø22.3
R0.8 max.
Part Number Key
XW1E - L V 4 11 Q4M - R
Illumination
B: Non-Illuminated
L: Illuminated LED
T: Illuminated
Push-ON LED
Mushroom Size
4: ø40mm
5: ø60mm
(non-illuminated only)
Contact Confi guration
11: 1NO - 1NC
02: 2NC
13: 1NO - 3NC
04: 4NC
22: 2NO-2NC
12: 1NO-2NC (Push-ON
LED only)
Voltage Code
Blank: Non-illuminated
Q4: Illuminated 24V AC/DC
Terminal Arrangements (Bottom View)
4NC 1NO-3NC 2NC 1NO-1NC 2NO-2NC 1NO-2NC
Non-Illuminated
TOPTOP
*1 *2
*2*1
*1
*3*4
*2
TOP
*1 *2
*4*3
*1
*3*4
*2
*2
*1 *2
*2*1
*1
*1*2
LRLR
TOP
*1 *2
*2*1
*1
*3*4
*2
LRLR
TOP
LR
∗3∗4
∗4∗3
∗1∗2
∗2∗1
Push-ON
LED
TOP
X1 X2
LR
∗3∗4
∗1∗2
∗2∗1
Illuminated
TOPTOP
X2
*2
LED
*4 *3X1
*1
*1 *2
*2*1
TOP
X2
*2
LED
*4 *3X1
*1
*3 *4
*2*1
*1 *2
*2*1
*1
X1
LED
*2
X2*1*2
LR
TOP
X2
*2
LED
*4 *3X1
*1
*3 *4
*2*1
LRLRLR
TOP
X2
LED
X1
LR
∗3∗4
∗4∗3
∗1∗2
∗2∗1
Terminal Marking Description
• Contact Type
• Contact Number (1-4)
TOP
(Example: 1NO-3NC contact)
LR
11 12
34 33
21 22
42 41
1-2: NC main contact
3-4: NO monitor contact
Starting with the
contact on TOP in a
counterclockwise direction.
Note:
1: contact on the TOP
2: contact on the Left
3: contact on the Bottom
4: contact on the Right
22mm XW E-Stops
497
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Dimensions (mm)
XW Non-Illuminated (with terminal cover)
ø
18.5 20.1
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
Gasket
Terminal Cover
XW9Z-VL2M
M3 Terminal Screw
Locking Ring
32
0.5
48.7
37
47.2
R
ø6
0
32
ø40
ø40mm Button
ø60mm Button
XW LED Illuminated/Push-ON (with terminal cover)
Panel Cut-out
0
+0.2
3.2
0
+0.4
24.1
0
+0.4
ø22.3
R0.8 max.
ø40
48.7
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
Gasket
IP20 Protection Cover
XW9Z-VL2MF
Locking Ring
M3 Terminal
Screw
32
0.5
37
18.5 20.1
Push-ON
18.5 20.1
R
Illuminated
XW9Z-VL2M
M3 Terminal
Screw
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
Gasket
Terminal Cover
Locking Ring
32
0.5
47.2
48.7
37
R
ø40mm Button
Accessories: Terminal Covers
Model Description Part Numbers
Terminal Cover for contact block XW9Z-VL2M
IP20 Fingersafe Cover XW9Z-VL2MF
Accessories: Nameplates
Legend Part Number Inner Ø Outer Ø
(blank) HWAV-0 22mm 60mm
“Emergency Stop” HWAV-27 22mm 60mm
“Emergency Stop” HWAV5-0 22mm 80mm
(blank) HWAV5-27 22mm 80mm
Use 60mm nameplates for 40mm mushroom buttons and 80mm nameplates for 60mm
mushroom buttons.
Accessories: Shrouds
Part Numbers E-Stop Types Applicable
Standards
HW9Z-KG1 40mm
Mushroom Head
SEMI S2-0703, 12.5.1
Compliant
HW9Z-KG2
40mm,
and 60mm
Mushroom Head
SEMI S2-0703, 12.5.1 &
SEMATECH Compliant
HW9Z-KG3 40mm
Mushroom Head
SEMI S2 Compliant
(Approved by TUV)
HW9Z-KG4 40mm
Mushroom Head
SEMI S2 Compliant
(Approved by TUV)
& SEMATECH
22mm XW E-Stops
498 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Operating Instructions
Removing the Contact Block
First unlock the operator button. Grab the bayonet ring j and pull back the
bayonet ring until the latch pin clicks k, then turn the contact block counter-
clockwise and pull out l.
k Turn counterclockwise
j Grab
Bayonet Ring
k Pull
j Grab
Notes for removing the contact block
1. When the contact block is removed, the monitor contact (NO contact) is
closed.
2. While removing the contact block, do not exert excessive force, otherwise the
switch may be damaged.
3. An LED lamp is built into the contact block for illuminated pushbuttons. When
removing the contact block, pull the contact block straight to prevent damage
to the LED lamp. If excessive force is exerted, the LED lamp may be damaged
and fail to light.
Panel Mounting
Remove the locking ring from the operator and check that the rubber gasket is
in place. Insert the operator from panel front into the panel hole. Face the side
without thread on the operator with TOP marking upward, and tighten the lock-
ing ring using ring wrench MW9Z-T1 to a torque of 2.0 N·m maximum.
Rubber Gasket
Locking Ring
TOP marking
Operator without thread
Notes for Panel Mounting
To prevent the XW emergency stop switch from rotating when resetting from
the latched position, use of an anti-rotation ring (HW9Z-RL) or a nameplate is
recommended.
Installing the Contact Block
First unlock the operator button. Align the small t marking on the edge of the
operator with the small s marking on the yellow bayonet ring. Hold the contact
block, not the bayonet ring. Press the contact block onto the operator and turn
the contact block clockwise until the bayonet ring clicks.
k Turn clockwise
j Push
p markingq marking
Notes for installing the contact block
Make sure that the bayonet ring is in the locked position. Check that the two
projections on the bayonet ring are securely in place.
Projections
Latched Unlatched
Wiring
The applicable wire size is 16 AWG maximum.
22mm XW E-Stops
499
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Screw Terminal
1. Wire thickness: AWG18 to 16
2. Tighten the M3 terminal screw to a tightening torque of 0.6 to 1.0 N·m.
Installing and Removing Terminal Covers
XW9Z-VL2M
To install the terminal cover, align the TOP marking on the terminal cover with
the TOP marking on the contact block. Place the two projections on the bottom
side of the contact block into the slots in the terminal cover. Press the terminal
cover toward the contact block.
k Press the
terminal cover
TOP marking
j Place the projections
on the contact block
To remove the terminal cover, pull out the two latches on the top side of the
terminal cover. Do not exert excessive force to the latches, otherwise the latches
may break.
TOP Markings
Pull out the latches
IP20 Protection Terminal Cover
XW9Z-VL2MF
To install the IP20 protection cover, align the TOP marking on the cover with the
TOP marking on the contact block, and press the cover toward the contact block.
TOP marking
TOP marking
(Press)
1. Once installed, the XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be removed.
2. The XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be installed after wiring.
3. With the XW9Z-VL2MF installed, crimping terminals cannot be used.
4. Make sure that the XW9Z-VL2MF is securely installed. IP20 protection cannot be achieved
when installed loosely, and electric shocks may occur.
Contact Bounce
When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the NC main contacts will bounce.
When pressing the button, the NO monitor contacts will bounce.
When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consider-
ation (reference value: 20 ms).
LED Illuminated Switches
LED lamp is built into the contact block and cannot be replaced.
Installing the Anti-rotation Ring
HW9Z-RL
Align the side without thread on the operator with TOP marking, the small s
marking on the anti-rotation ring, and the recess on the mounting panel.
TOP marking
p marking on the anti-rotation ring
Without thread
Anti-rotation Ring (HW9Z-RL)
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
500 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
HW Series — 22mm IEC Style Global Pushbuttons
Key features include:
Locking lever removable contact blocks•
Finger-safe IP20 contacts as standard, other terminal •
styles available
Tamperproof construction•
All E-stops meet EN418 and are compliant with •
SEMI S2 standards
Worldwide approvals•
Easy to assemble•
Choice of black plastic or metallic front bezels•
Incandescent or LED illumination•
Transformer or full voltage•
Slow make double break self cleaning contacts•
HW: The Best Engineered Switch in the World
IDEC’s HW switches are “The best engineered switch in the world” for a
reason. Carrying the CE mark, UL, CSA, CCC (Chinese), and TUV approvals, these
switches are designed for use in almost any part of the world.
Complete with finger-safe contact blocks offering IP20 protection, these 7/8”
(22mm) switches include illuminated and non-illuminated pushbuttons, pilot
lights, selector switches, and emergency stop switches.
All switches also incorporate mechanically keyed safety locking levers, ensuring
correct installation and maintaining safety in high-vibration applications.
Certificate No.
2005010305145656
File No. E68961
®
File No. LR92374
Registration No. R9551089 (E-stops)
Registration No. R50054316 (Dual Pushbuttons)
Registration No. J9650511 (Pilot Lights)
Registration No. J9551458 (all other switches)
Specifications
Electrical
Rated Operational Characteristics
AC-15: A600 or Ue = 250V, le = 3A (NO, NC, NO-EM, NC-LB)
DC-13: P600 or Ue = 125V, le = 1.1A (NO, NC)
DC-13: Q600 or Ue = 125V, le = 0.9A (NO-EM, NC-LB)
Maximum Inrush Current 40 A (40 ms)
Rated Insulation Voltage 600V
Rated Switching Over-Voltage Less than 4kV, conforming to IEC60947-1
Rated Impulse Withstanding Voltage 4kV for contact circuit, 2.5kV for lamp circuit
Rated Thermal Current 10 Amp
Minimum Switching Capacity 5 mA at 3V AC/DC
Electrical Reliability MTBF < 1 fault for 10 million operation cycles (3V DC, 5mA)
Lamp Ratings Incandescent: 1 W
LEDs: 6V/17mA max, 12V & 24V/11mA max, 120 & 240V/10mA max
Mechanical
Contact Operation Slow break NC or NO, self-cleaning
Positive Action Operation
(Emergency Stops with NC contacts)
5.5mm to 10mm travel to latch, 45N minimum force to latch
10mm maximum travel, 1,800 operations per hour maximum for a Pushlock Turn Reset
900 operations per hour maximum for a Push-Pull
Operating Force Flush and extended pushbuttons—with 1NO or 1NC contact: 6.2±2N (momentary), 7.0±2N (maintained)
Additional contacts—1NO or 1NC: +3.2N (momentary), + 3.3N (maintained)
Recommended Terminal Torque 0.8 N m (7.1 in lb.)
Applicable Wire Size Minimum 1 x 22 AWG, max. 2 x 14 AWG or 1 x 12 AWG
Contact Resistance Initial contact resistance of 50mΩ or less
Contact Gap 4mm (NO and NC), 2mm (NO-EM and NC-LB)
Horsepower Rating Reference Value: 1/4 HP @ 120V (1ø non-reversing), 1HP @ 240V (3ø non-reversing)
Contact Material Silver (gold plated contacts available - contact IDEC)
Operating Temperature Operation: –25 to +50°C (without freezing), Storage: –40 to +70°C (without freezing)
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55Hz, 98m/sec2 (10G) conforming to IEC6068-2-6
Shock Resistance 980m/sec2 (100G) conforming to IEC6068-2-7
Mechanical Life Momentary pushbuttons: 5,000,000 (900 operations per hour), All other switches: 500,000
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
501
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Standards & Approvals
Conforming to Standards EN60947-1, EN60947-5-1, VDE0660-200, UL508, CSA C22-2 No.14
Approvals
Certificate No.
2005010305145656
File No. E68961
®
File No. LR92374
Registration No. R9551089 (E-stops)
Registration No. R50054316 (Dual Pushbuttons)
Registration No. J9650511 (Pilot Lights)
Registration No. J9551458 (all other switches)
CSA: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600
pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with
integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V)
UL: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600
pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with
integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V)
TÜV: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600=P600 (NO, NC)/Q600 (NO-EM, NC-LB)
pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with
integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V)
Electric Shock Protection Class 0 conforming to IEC60536
Degree of Protection
(conforming to IEC60529)
(conforming to NEMA ICS6-110)
IP65 (from front of the panel)
IP20 (Type HW-F contact block)
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 5, 12, 13 (from front of panel)
Pollution Degree (conforming to IEC60947-1) 3 for switches not using a transformer, 2 for switches using a transformer
External Short-Circuit Protection 10A 250V fuse conforming to IEC60269-1
Terminal Referencing Conforming to CENELEC EN50005
Contact Ratings
Pushbuttons
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Selector Switches
Illuminated Selector Switches
Pushbutton Selectors
Contact Block Type HW-C/HW-F /HW-G
Rated Insulation Voltage 600V
Rated Continuous Current 10A
Contact Ratings by Utilization Category
IEC 60947-5-1
AC-15 (A600)
DC-13 (P600)
Characteristics
Operational Voltage 24V 48V 50V 110V 220V 440V
Operational
Current
AC 50/60 Hz AC-12 Control of resistive loads & solid state loads 10A — 10A 10A 6A 2A
AC-15 Control of electromagnetic loads (> 72VA) 10A — 7A 5A 3A 1A
DC DC-12 Control of resistive loads & solid state loads 8A 5A — 2.2A 1.1A —
DC-13 Control of electromagnets 5A 2A — 1.1A 0.6A —
For dimensions, see page 551.
LED Lamp Ratings (LSTD Type)
Model No. LSTD-6kLSTD-1kLSTD-2kLSTD-H2kLSTD-M4k
In place of k,
specify the Lens/LED
Color Code.
Lamp Base BA9S/13
Rated Voltage 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC 240V AC
Voltage Range 6V AC/DC ±10% 12V AC/DC ±10% 24V AC/DC ±10% 120V AC ±5% 240V AC
±5%
Current
Draw
AC A, R, W:
G, S:
17mA
8mA 11mA 11mA 10mA 10mA
DC A, R, W:
G, S:
14mA
5.5mA 10mA 10mA – –
Color Code A (amber), G (green), R (red), S (blue), W (white)
Lamp Base Color Same as illumination color
Voltage Marking Die stamped on the base
Life (reference value) Approx. 50,000 hours (The luminance reduces to 50% the initial intensity when used on complete DC.)
Internal Circuit
A, R, W A, R, W
LED Chip
Protection Diode
Zener Diode
LED Chip
Protection Diode
Zener Diode
G, S
LED Chip
Protection Diode
Zener Diode
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
502 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Non-illuminated Round Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Round Flush Round Extended
Function Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
Momentary
Operator Only HW1B-M1-jHW4B-M1-jHW1B-M2-jHW4B-M2-j
1NO HW1B-M1F10-jHW4B-M1F10-jHW1B-M2F10-jHW4B-M2F10-j
1NC HW1B-M1F01-jHW4B-M1F01-jHW1B-M2F01-jHW4B-M2F01-j
1NO-1NC HW1B-M1F11-jHW4B-M1F11-jHW1B-M2F11-jHW4B-M2F11-j
2NO HW1B-M1F20-jHW4B-M1F20-jHW1B-M2F20-jHW4B-M2F20-j
2NC HW1B-M1F02-jHW4B-M1F02-jHW1B-M2F02-jHW4B-M2F02-j
2NO-2NC HW1B-M1F22-jHW4B-M1F22-jHW1B-M2F22-jHW4B-M2F22-j
Maintained
Operator Only HW1B-A1-jHW4B-A1-jHW1B-A2-jHW4B-A2-j
1NO HW1B-A1F10-jHW4B-A1F10-jHW1B-A2F10-jHW4B-A2F10-j
1NC HW1B-A1F01-jHW4B-A1F01-jHW1B-A2F01-jHW4B-A2F01-j
1NO-1NC HW1B-A1F11-jHW4B-A1F11-jHW1B-A2F11-jHW4B-A2F11-j
2NO HW1B-A1F20-jHW4B-A1F20-jHW1B-A2F20-jHW4B-A2F20-j
2NC HW1B-A1F02-jHW4B-A1F02-jHW1B-A2F02-jHW4B-A2F02-j
2NO-2NC HW1B-A1F22-jHW4B-A1F22-jHW1B-A2F22-jHW4B-A2F22-j
j Button Color Code
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
Gray N*
*Gray available for round flush only.
1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table below.
2. For nameplates and accessories, see page 546 and 549.
3. For dimensions, see page 551.
4. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 550.
5. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard, fingersafe
(HW-F...) contacts.
6. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered
by removing an “F” from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R
becomes HW1B-M111-R).
7. Operator only models include operator plus button.
8. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
503
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Button Colors
B: Black
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
N: Gray*
*Available for round
flush only
Part Number Structure
H W 1 B - M 1 F 10 – R
Bezel
1: Plastic Bezel
4: Metal Bezel
Operator
1: Flush
2: Extended
Function
M: Momentary Action
A: Maintained Action Terminals
F: Fingersafe Contacts
C: Exposed Screw Terminals
blank: Spring-up Terminals
10: 1NO
01: 1NC
11: 1NO-NC
20: 2NO
02: 2NC
22: 2NO-2NC
Contact Arrangement
Non-illuminated Round Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)
Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety
Lever Lock +Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator + Button = Completed Unit
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10 HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10 HW-G01
HW-G10R
(early make)
HW-G01R
(late break)
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10 HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CB2C
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator.
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety
lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or
maintenance personnel from inadvertently
unlocking contacts.
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
Operators
Style Plastic
Bezel
Metal
Bezel
Round Flush/
Extended
Momentary
HW1B-M0 HW4B-MO
Maintained
HW1B-A0 HW4B-AO
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Buttons
Style Part Number
Round Flush
HW1A-B1-j
Round Extended
HW1A-B2-j
1. In place of j, specify the Button
Color Code from table.
j Button Color Code
Color Code Color Code
Black B White W
Green G Yellow Y
Red R Gray N*
Blue S
*Gray available for
round flush only.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
504 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Non-illuminated Mushroom Head Pushbuttons (Assembled)
ø29mm Mushroom Head ø40mm Mushroom Head
Function Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
Momentary
Operator Only HW1B-M3-jHW4B-M3-jHW1B-M4-jHW4B-M4-j
1NO HW1B-M3F10-jHW4B-M3F10-jHW1B-M4F10-jHW4B-M4F10-j
1NC HW1B-M3F01-jHW4B-M3F01-jHW1B-M4F01-jHW4B-M4F01-j
1NO-1NC HW1B-M3F11-jHW4B-M3F11-jHW1B-M4F11-jHW4B-M4F11-j
2NO HW1B-M3F20-jHW4B-M3F20-jHW1B-M4F20-jHW4B-M4F20-j
2NC HW1B-M3F02-jHW4B-M3F02-jHW1B-M4F02-jHW4B-M4F02-j
2NO-2NC HW1B-M3F22-jHW4B-M3F22-jHW1B-M4F22-jHW4B-M4F22-j
Maintained
Operator Only HW1B-A3-jHW4B-A3-jHW1B-A4-jHW4B-A4-j
1NO HW1B-A3F10-jHW4B-A3F10-jHW1B-A4F10-jHW4B-A4F10-j
1NC HW1B-A3F01-jHW4B-A3F01-jHW1B-A4F01-jHW4B-A4F01-j
1NO-1NC HW1B-A3F11-jHW4B-A3F11-jHW1B-A4F11-jHW4B-A4F11-j
2NO HW1B-A3F20-jHW4B-A3F20-jHW1B-A4F20-jHW4B-A4F20-j
2NC HW1B-A3F02-jHW4B-A3F02-jHW1B-A4F02-jHW4B-A4F02-j
2NO-2NC HW1B-A3F22-jHW4B-A3F22-jHW1B-A4F22-jHW4B-A4F22-j
j Button Color Code
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table.
2. *60mm mushroom available only in red, green, black, and yellow.
3. For nameplates and accessories, see page 546 and 549.
4. For dimensions, see page 551.
5. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 550.
6. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-
F...) contacts.
7. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by
removing an “F” from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes
HW1B-M111-R).
8. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-
components.
9. Operator only models include operator plus button.
10. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
ø60mm Mushroom Head
Function Contacts Plastic Bezel
Momentary
Operator Only HW1B-M5-j*
1NO HW1B-M5F10-j*
1NC HW1B-M5F01-j*
1NO-1NC HW1B-M5F11-j*
2NO HW1B-M5F20-j*
2NC HW1B-M5F02-j*
2NO-2NC HW1B-M5F22-j*
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
505
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Button Colors
B: Black
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Part Number Structure
H W 1 B - M 3 F 10 – R
Bezel
1: Plastic Bezel
4: Metal Bezel
(Not available for 60mm
mushroom)
Operator
3: ø29mm Mushroom
4: ø40mm Mushroom
5: ø60mm Mushroom
Function
M: Momentary Action
A: Maintained Action
(Not available for 60mm jumbo
mushroom pushbutton.)
Terminals
F: Fingersafe Contacts
C: Exposed Screw Terminals
blank: Spring-up Terminals
10: 1NO
01: 1NC
11: 1NO-NC
20: 2NO
02: 2NC
22: 2NO-2NC
Contact Arrangement
Non-illuminated Mushroom Head Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)
Contact Blocks + Mounting
Adaptor +Safety Lever
Lock +Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator + Button = Completed Unit
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10 HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10 HW-G01
HW-G10R
(early make)
HW-G01R
(late break)
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10 HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CB2C
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator.
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety
lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or
maintenance personnel from inadvertently
unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Operators
Style Plastic Bezel Metal
Bezel
ø29mm Mushroom
ø40mm Mushroom
Momentary
HW1B-M0L HW4B-MOL
Maintained
HW1B-A0L HW4B-AOL
Ø60mm Jumbo
Mushroom
Momentary
HW1B-M5-j*–
1. *60mm mushroom operator includes non-removable
button (available in red, black, green and yellow only).
2. For nameplates and accessories, see page 546 and 549.
3. For dimensions, see page 551.
Buttons
Style Part Num-
ber
ø29mm Mushroom
Cap
HW1A-B3-j
ø40mm
Mushroom Cap
HW1A-B4-j
1. In place of j, specify the Button
Color Code from table.
j Button Color Code
Color Code Color Code
Black B Blue S
Green G White W
Red R Yellow Y
HW1B-M5 available only in black,
red, green and yellow.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
506 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Non-illuminated Square Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Square Flush Square Extended
Function Contacts Plastic Bezel Plastic Bezel
Momentary
Operator Only HW2B-M1-jHW2B-M2-j
1NO HW2B-M1F10-jHW2B-M2F10-j
1NC HW2B-M1F01-jHW2B-M2F01-j
1NO-1NC HW2B-M1F11-jHW2B-M2F11-j
2NO HW2B-M1F20-jHW2B-M2F20-j
2NC HW2B-M1F02-jHW2B-M2F02-j
2NO-2NC HW2B-M1F22-jHW2B-M2F22-j
Maintained
Operator Only HW2B-A1-jHW2B-A2-j
1NO HW2B-A1F10-jHW2B-A2F10-j
1NC HW2B-A1F01-jHW2B-A2F01-j
1NO-1NC HW2B-A1F11-jHW2B-A2F11-j
2NO HW2B-A1F20-jHW2B-A2F20-j
2NC HW2B-A1F02-jHW2B-A2F02-j
2NO-2NC HW2B-A1F22-jHW2B-A2F22-j
j Button Color Code
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table.
2. For nameplates and accessories, see page 546 and 549.
3. For dimensions, see page 551.
4. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 550.
5. Square pushbuttons available in plastic bezel only.
6. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe
(HW-F...) contacts.
7. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered
by removing an “F” from the part number (Ex. HW2B-M1F11-R
becomes HW1B-M111-R).
8. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as
sub-components.
9. Operator only model includes operator and button.
10. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
507
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Button Colors
B: Black
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Part Number Structure
H W 2 B - M 1 F 10 – R
Operator
1: Flush
2: Extended
Function
M: Momentary Action
A: Maintained Action
Terminals
F: Fingersafe Contacts
C: Exposed Screw Terminals
blank: Spring-up Terminals
10: 1NO
01: 1NC
11: 1NO-NC
20: 2NO
02: 2NC
22: 2NO-2NC
Contact Arrangement
Non-illuminated Square Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)
Contact Blocks + Mounting
Adaptor +Safety
Lever Lock +Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator + Button = Completed Unit
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10 HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10 HW-G01
HW-G10R
(early make)
HW-G01R
(late break)
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10 HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CB2C
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator.
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety
lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or
maintenance personnel from inadvertently
unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
Operators
Style Plastic
Bezel
Square Flush
Extended
Momentary
HW2B-M0
Maintained
HW2B-A0
2. For nameplates and accessories, see
page 546 and 549.
3. For dimensions, see page 551.
Buttons
Style Part Number
Square Flush
HW2A-B1-j
Square Extended
HW2A-B2-j
1. In place of j, specify the Button
Color Code from table.
j Button Color Code
Color Code Color Code
Black B Blue S
Green G White W
Red R Yellow Y
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
508 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Non-illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Ø29mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset Ø40mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset
Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
Operator Only HW1B-V3j†HW4B-V3j†HW1B-V4j†HW4B-V4j†
1NO HW1B-V3F10-j† HW4B-V3F10-j† HW1B-V4F10-j† HW4B-V4F10-j†
1NC HW1B-V3F01-j† HW4B-V3F01-j† HW1B-V4F01-j† HW4B-V4F01-j†
1NO-1NC HW1B-V3F11-j† HW4B-V3F11-j† HW1B-V4F11-j† HW4B-V4F11-j†
2NO HW1B-V3F20-j† HW4B-V3F20-j† HW1B-V4F20-j† HW4B-V4F20-j†
2NC HW1B-V3F02-j† HW4B-V3F02-j† HW1B-V4F02-j† HW4B-V4F02-j†
Ø40mm Head EMO Pushlock Turn Reset Ø40mm Head Pushlock Key Reset
Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
Operator Only HW1B-V4R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4R* HW4B-X4R*
1NO HW1B-V4F10-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F10-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F10-R* HW4B-X4F10-R*
1NC HW1B-V4F01-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F01-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F01-R* HW4B-X4F01-R*
1NO-1NC HW1B-V4F11-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F11-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F11-R* HW4B-X4F11-R*
2NO HW1B-V4F20-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F20-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F20-R* HW4B-X4F20-R*
2NC HW1B-V4F02-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F02-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F02-R* HW4B-X4F02-R*
ø60mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset
Contacts Plastic Bezel
Operator Only HW1B-V5R*
1NO HW1B-V5F10-R*
1NC HW1B-V5F01-R*
1NO-1NC HW1B-V5F11-R*
2NO HW1B-V5F20-R*
2NC HW1B-V5F02-R*
1. * Available in Red only.
2. † Available in red or yellow. Insert color code in place of j (R: Red, Y: Yellow).
2. For accessories, see page 549.
3. For dimensions, see page 551.
5. For nameplates and shrouds, see page 550.
4. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 550.
7. All HW series E-stops comply with EN418, the IEC “E-Stop Addendum to the Low Voltage
Directive,” this includes “tamper proof” operation whereby a change of contact state is not
possible by “teasing” or “floating” the operator.
8. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts.
9. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an “F” from
the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R).
10. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components.
11. Operator only models include operator and button.
12. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
509
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 B – V 3 F 10 – R – EMO-2
Bezel
1: Plastic Bezel
4: Metal Bezel
(not available for 60mm
jumbo mushroom)
Engraved Button*
EMO-2: EMO switch
*Option available for red
EMO E-Stop only
Operator
3: ø29mm Head
4: ø40mm Head
5: ø60mm Head
Function
V: Pushlock Turn Reset
X: Pushlock Key Reset
10: 1NO
01: 1NC
11: 1NO-NC
20: 2NO
02: 2NC
22: 2NO-2NC
Contact Arrangement Button Colors
R: Red
Y: Yellow
Note: some switches only
available in red.
Terminals
F: Fingersafe
C: Exposed Screw
blank: Springup
Non-illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)
Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever
Lock +Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator = Completed Unit
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10 HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10 HW-G01
HW-G10R
(early make)
HW-G01R
(late break)
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10 HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CB2C
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator.
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety
lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or
maintenance personnel from inadvertently
unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
Operators
Style Plastic Metal
ø29mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset red HW1B-V3R HW4B-V3R
yellow HW1B-V3Y HW4B-V3Y
ø40mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset red HW1B-V4R HW4B-V4R
yellow HW1B-V4Y HW4B-V4Y
ø40mm Head EMO Pushlock Turn Reset*
HW1B-V4R-EMO-2 HW4B-V4R-EMO-2
ø40mm Head Pushlock Key Reset*
HW1B-X4R HW4B-X4R
ø60mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset*
HW1B-V5R –
1. *Available in red only.
2. All E-Stop buttons are not removable from the operator.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
510 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Push Pull & Unibody E-Stop Pushbuttons (Assembled)
ø40mm Head Push–Pull
Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
Operator Only (Red) HW1B-Y2R HW4B-Y2R
Operator Only (Yellow) HW1B-Y2Y HW4B-Y2Y
1NO HW1B-Y2F10-j† HW4B-Y2F10-j†
1NC HW1B-Y2F01-j† HW4B-Y2F01-j†
1NO-1NC HW1B-Y2F11-j† HW4B-Y2F11-j†
2NC HW1B-Y2F02-j† HW4B-Y2F02-j†
2NO HW1B-Y2F20-j† HW4B-Y2F20-j†
Unibody Illuminated E-Stops*
Contacts LED Incandescent
1NO-1NC HW1E-LV4F11QD-R-lHW1E-LV4F11Q-R-l
2NC HW1E-LV4F02QD-R-lHW1E-LV4F02Q-R-l
2NC (with push-on
illumination) HW1E-TV4F02QD-R-lHW1E-TV4F11Q-R-l
1NO-1NC (with push-on
illumination ) HW1E-TV4F11QD-R-lHW1E-TV4F02Q-R-l
1. * Available in Red only.
2. † Available in red or yellow. Insert color code in place of j (R: Red, Y: Yellow).
3. In place of l, specify Full Voltage Code.
4. With single unit construction, the positive action contacts are integrated in the body of the switch. This provides an extra
degree of safety and reliability for critical emergency stop functions.
5. In the illuminated version, the light is independent of the switch action (except push-on LED model).
6. For accessories, see page 549.
7. For dimensions, see page 551.
8. For nameplates and shrouds, see page 550.
9. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 550.
10. All HW Series E-Stop operators include non-removable color caps.
11. All HW series E-Stops comply with EN418, the IEC “E-Stop Addendum to the Low Voltage Directive,” this includes “tamper
proof” operation whereby a change of contact state is not possible by “teasing” or “floating” the operator.
12. All HW series E-Stop switches comply with SEMI S2 standards.
13. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts.
14. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an “F” from the part number (Ex. HW1B-
M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R).
15. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components.
16. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
ø40mm Unibody Pushlock Turn Reset*
Contacts Plastic Bezel
1NO-1NC HW1E-BV4F11-R
2NC HW1E-BV4F02-R
1NO-2NC HW1E-BV412R-TK2093-1
l Full Voltage Code
Voltage Code
6VAC/DC 6V
12VAC/DC 12V
24VAC/DC 24V
120V AC* 120V
240V AC* 240V
*LED only.
Terminal Numbering
(Unibody only)
Models Terminal Number
1NO-1NC NO = 13/14, NC = 11/12
2NC NC = 11/12, NC = 21/22
HW1E-L
HW1E-T Lamp + = X2, Lamp - = X1
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
511
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 E – L V 4 F 11 – Q D R - 24V
Bezel
1: Plastic Bezel
4: Metal Bezel*
(*not available for
HW1E unibody)
Illumination
BV4: Non-illuminated (unibody style)
LV4: Illuminated
TV4: Illuminated Push On
Y2: Non-illuminated Push Pull E-Stop
Function
B: Push Pull
E: Pushlock Turn Reset
11: 1NO-1NC
02: 2NC
10: 1NO
20: 1NO
Contacts
Lamp Code
D: LED
blank: Incandescent
Button Colors
R: Red
Y: Yellow*
(*only available in
40mm Push Pull
E-Stop)
Illumination Circuit
blank: 40mm Push Pull & Non-illuminated Unibody E-Stop
Q: Illuminated Unibody E-Stop
Full Voltage Code
(Illuminated E-Stop)
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120VC AC*
240V: 240V AC*
*LED only
Illuminated & Non-illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)
Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever
Lock +Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator = Completed Unit
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10 HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10 HW-G01
HW-G10R
(early make)
HW-G01R
(late break)
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10 HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CB2C
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator.
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety
lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or
maintenance personnel from inadvertently
unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
Operators
Style Part Number
ø40mm Head
Push-Pull Plastic
red
HW1B-Y2R
Metal HW4B-Y2R
Plastic
yellow
HW1B-Y2Y
Metal HW4B-Y2Y
All E- Stop Buttons are not removable from the
operator.
1. There are no replacement parts for the HW1E unibody E-Stop.
2. For illuminated unibody E-Stop, see page 550 for replacement lens.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
512 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
E-Stop Stations
29mm Pushlock Turn Reset 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset
Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
1NO-1NC FB1W-HW1B-V311R FB1W-HW4B-V311R FB1W-HW1B-V411R FB1W-HW4B-V411R
2NC FB1W-HW1B-V302R FB1W-HW4B-V302R FB1W-HW1B-V402R FB1W-HW4B-V402R
40mm Push-Pull Reset 40mm Pushlock Key Reset
Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
1NO-1NC FB1W-HW1B-Y211R FB1W-HW4B-Y211R FB1W-HW1B-X411R FB1W-HW4B-X411R
2NC FB1W-HW1B-Y202R FB1W-HW4B-Y202R FB1W-HW1B-X402R FB1W-HW4B-X402R
40mm EMO Pushlock Turn Reset
Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
1NO-1NC FB1W-HW1B-V411R-EMO-2 FB1W-HW4B-V411R-EMO-2
2NC FB1W-HW1B-V402R-EMO-2 FB1W-HW4B-V402R-EMO-2
1. Maximum of two contact blocks.
2. Box is supplied with yellow top and black bottom only.
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
513
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Jumbo Dome Pilot Lights (Assembled)
Plastic Bezel
Jumbo Dome
LED
Operator Only HW1P-5Q0
Full Voltage
24V AC/DC HW1P-5Q4-k
Incandescent
Operator Only HW1P-5Q7*
Full Voltage
24V AC/DC HW1P-5Q7-k
1. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code.
2. *Incandescent operator comes with bulb.
3. Available with spring-up terminals and 24V only.
4. For nameplates and accessories, see page 546 and 549.
5. For dimensions, see page 551.
k Lens/LED Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
Jumbo Dome Replacement Parts
Description Item Part Number
Lens
Polycarbonate Lens
HW1A-P5k
LED Diffusing
Lens* HW9Z-PP5C
LED Lamps LED Lamp LSTDB-2k
1. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code.
2. *Diffusing lens for LED models only.
Lamp Ratings
Part
Number
Operating
Voltage
Rated
Current
Power
Consumption
Lamp Rat-
ings
LED LSTDB-2 24V AC/DC ±10% 15mA 0.36W –
Incandescent LSB-2 150mA 3.6W 24V, 0.15A
Jumbo Dome
Actual Size
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
514 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Pilot Lights (Assembled)
Round Flush Dome
Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
Operator Only HW1P-1FQ0-kHW4P-1FQ0-kHW1P-2FQ0-kHW4P-2FQ0-k
Full Voltage HW1P-1FQm-k-lHW4P-1FQm-k-lHW1P-2FQm-k-lHW4P-2FQm-k-l
Transformer
120V AC HW1P-1FH2m-kHW4P-1FH2m-kHW1P-2FH2m-kHW4P-2FH2m-k
240V AC HW1P-1FM4m-kHW4P-1FM4m-kHW1P-2FM4m-kHW4P-2FM4m-k
480V AC HW1P-1FT8m-kHW4P-1FT8m-kHW1P-2FT8m-kHW4P-2FT8m-k
DC-DC Converter* 110V DC HW1P-1D2D-k–HW1P-2D2D-k–
Square Flush
Plastic Bezel
Operator Only HW2P-1FQ0-k
Full Voltage HW2P-1FQm-k-l
Transformer
120V AC HW2P-1FH2m-k
240V AC HW2P-1FM4m-k
480V AC HW2P-1FT8m-k
DC-DC Converter* 110V DC HW2P-1D2D-k
k Lens/LED Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
l Full Voltage Code
Voltage Code
6VAC/DC 6V
12VAC/DC 12V
24VAC/DC 24V
120V AC (LED only) 120V
240V AC (LED only) 240V
m Lamp Type Code
Lamp Code
Incandescent Blank
LED D
1. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code from table
below.
2. In place of lspecify the Full Voltage Code from table below.
3. In place of m specify Lamp Type Code from table below.
4. *DC-DC convertor voltage input from 90-140V DC, comes with
spring-up terminals only.
5. DC-DC converter models with LED lamps only.
6. For nameplates and accessories, see page 546 and 549.
7. For dimensions, see page 551.
8. Pilot lights do not come with anti-rotation ring.
9. Operator models come with operator and lens.
10. Yellow pilot light comes with white LED.
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
515
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 P – 2 F Q D – R – 12V
Lamp Voltage
(full voltage units only)
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120V AC*
240V: 240V AC*
*LED only
Operator
1: Flush
2: Dome
Lens/LED Colors
A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Illumination Circuit
Q: Full Voltage
H2: 120V AC Transformer
M4: 240V AC Transformer
T8: 480V AC Transformer
D2: DC-DC Converter
Lamp Type Code
D: LED
Blank: Incandescent
Bezel
1: Round Plastic
2: Square Plastic
4: Round Metal
Pilot Lights (Replacement Parts)
Transformer* + Lamp + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit
(not applicable for full voltage units)
Transformer Units
Style Voltage Part Number
LED/Incandescent
(6V secondary
voltage)
120V AC HW-FH20
HW-MH20*
240V AC HW-FM40
HW-MM40*
480V AC HW-FT80
HW-RT80*
110V DC** HW-RD0*
1. *With spring-up terminals - to use spring-up terminal type,
must use transformer type operator designed for spring-up
transformer.
2. ** DC-DC converter voltage input from 90-140V DC.
Lamps
Type Voltage Part Number
LED 6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent 6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and
reverse polarity protection diodes.
k LED Color Code
Color Code Color Code
Amber A Blue S
Green G White W
Red R
For yellow lens use white LED.
Operators
Style Type Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
Round Flush Full Voltage Standard HW1P-1FQ0 HW4P-1FQ0
Spring-up Terminals HW1P-1Q0 HW4P-1Q0
Transformer Standard HW1P-10 HW4P-10
Spring-up Terminals HW1P-100 –
Dome Full Voltage Standard HW1P-2FQ0 HW4P-2FQ0
Spring-up Terminals HW1P-2Q0 HW4P-2Q0
Transformer Standard HW1P-20 HW4P-20
Spring-up Terminals HW1P-200 –
Square Flush Full Voltage Standard HW2P-1FQ0 –
Spring-up Terminals HW2P-1Q0
Transformer Standard HW2P-10 –
Spring-up Terminals HW2P-100 –
1. Transformer type requires separate transformer & lamp. Must select correct transformer bases on standard or
spring up terminal type. Use 6V lamps or LEDs.
2. Full voltage type only requires lamp.
Lenses
Style Part Number
Round/
Flush HW1A-P1-l
Dome HW1A-P2-l
Square/
Flush HW2A-P1-l
In place of l, specify the Lens Color Code.
l Lens Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
For yellow lens use white LED.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
516 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Illuminated Round Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Illuminated Full Voltage Pushbuttons
Contacts
Flush Extended Extended w/ Full Shroud
Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
Momentary
Operator Only
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
HW1L-M1-k
HW1L-M1F10Qm-k-l
HW1L-M1F01Qm-k-l
HW1L-M1F11Qm-k-l
HW1L-M1F20Qm-k-l
HW4L-M1-k
HW4L-M1F10Qm-k-l
HW4L-M1F01Qm-k-l
HW4L-M1F11Qm-k-l
HW4L-M1F20Qm-k-l
HW1L-M2-k
HW1L-M2F10Qm-k-l
HW1L-M2F01Qm-k-l
HW1L-M2F11Qm-k-l
HW1L-M2F20Qm-k-l
HW4L-M2-k
HW4L-M2F10Qm-k-l
HW4L-M2F01Qm-k-l
HW4L-M2F11Qm-k-l
HW4L-M2F20Qm-k-l
HW1L-MF2-k
HW1L-MF2F10Qm-k-l
HW1L-MF2F01Qm-k-l
HW1L-MF2F11Qm-k-l
HW1L-MF2F20Qm-k-l
HW4L-MF2-k
HW4L-MF2F10Qm-k-l
HW4L-MF2F01Qm-k-l
HW4L-MF2F11Qm-k-l
HW4L-MF2F20Qm-k-l
Maintained
Operator Only
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
HW1L-A1-k
HW1L-A1F10Qm-k-l
HW1L-A1F01Qm-k-l
HW1L-A1F11Qm-k-l
HW1L-A1F20Qm-k-l
HW4L-A1-k
HW4L-A1F10Qm-k-l
HW4L-A1F01Qm-k-l
HW4L-A1F11Qm-k-l
HW4L-A1F20Qm-k-l
HW1L-A2-k
HW1L-A2F10Qm-k-l
HW1L-A2F01Qm-k-l
HW1L-A2F11Qm-k-l
HW1L-A2F20Qm-k-l
HW4L-A2-k
HW4L-A2F10Qm-k-l
HW4L-A2F01Qm-k-l
HW4L-A2F11Qm-k-l
HW4L-A2F20Qm-k-l
HW1L-AF2-k
HW1L-AF2F10Qm-k-l
HW1L-AF2F01Qm-k-l
HW1L-AF2F11Qm-k-l
HW1L-AF2F20Qm-k-l
HW4L-AF2-k
HW4L-AF2F10Qm-k-l
HW4L-AF2F01Qm-k-l
HW4L-AF2F11Qm-k-l
HW4L-AF2F20Qm-k-l
Illuminated Transformer Pushbuttons
Contacts Flush Extended Extended w/ Full Shroud
Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
Momentary
Operator Only
1NO-1NC
2NO
HW1L-M1-k
HW1L-M1F11lm-k
HW1L-M1F20lm-k
HW4L-M1-k
HW4L-M1F11lm-k
HW4L-M1F20lm-k
HW1L-M2-k
HW1L-M2F11lm-k
HW1L-M2F20lm-k
HW4L-M2-k
HW4L-M2F11lm-k
HW4L-M2F20lm-k
HW1L-MF2-k
HW1L-MF2F11lm-k
HW1L-MF2F20lm-k
HW4L-MF2-k
HW4L-MF2F11lm-k
HW4L-MF2F20lm-k
Maintained
Operator Only
1NO-1NC
2NO
HW1L-A1-k
HW1L-A1F11lm-k
HW1L-A1F20lm-k
HW4L-A1-k
HW4L-A1F11lm-k
HW4L-A1F20lm-k
HW1L-A2-k
HW1L-A2F11lm-k
HW1L-A2F20lm-k
HW4L-A2-k
HW4L-A2F11lm-k
HW4L-A2F20lm-k
HW1L-AF2-k
HW1L-AF2F11lm-k
HW1L-AF2F20lm-k
HW4L-AF2-k
HW4L-AF2F11lm-k
HW4L-AF2F20lm-k
1. In place of k, specify Lens/LED Color Code from
table.
2. In place of lspecify Voltage Code from table.
3. In place of m specify Lamp Code from table.
4. Light independent of switch position.
5. For replacement part numbers, see page 517.
6. For nameplates and accessories, see page 546.
and 549.
7. For dimensions, see page 551.
8. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 550.
9. Full voltage and transformer models use the same
operator.
10. Additional contact configurations available (up to
6 total contacts).
11. Yellow pushbutton comes with white LED.
k Lens/LED Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
Yellow LED not avail-
able. Use white LED for
yellow lens.
l Voltage Code
Full Voltage
Models
Transformer
Models
Voltage Code Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 6V 120V AC H2
12V AC/DC 12V 240V AC M4
24V AC/DC 24V 480V AC T8
120V AC (LED only) 120V
240V AC (LED only) 240V
m Lamp Code
Lamp Code
Incandescent Blank
LED D
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
517
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 L – M F2 F 10 Q D – G – 12V
Function
M: Momentary
A: Maintained
Operator
1F: Flush
2F: Extended
F2: Extended
w/ shroud Lamp Code
D: LED
Blank: Incandescent
Bezel
1: Plastic
4: Metal
Illumination Circuit
Q: Full Voltage
H2: Transformer 120V AC
M4: Transformer 240V AC
T8: Transformer 480V AC
10: 1NO
01: 1NC
11: 1NO-1NC
20: 2NO
Contact Arrangement
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120VC AC*
240V: 240V AC*
*LED only
Lamp Voltage
(full voltage units only)
A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Lens Color
Illuminated Round Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)
Transformer* + Contact
Blocks +Lead
Holder +Mounting
Adaptor +Safety
Lever Lock + Lamp + Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator + Lens = Completed
Unit
*Transformer not needed with full voltage models.
Lamp Circuit Components
Style Description Terminals Part
Number
Lead Holder For use with HW-CBL on all
illuminated pushbutton units.
One required for each deck
(pair) of contacts.
HW-LH3
Dummy Block with
Full Voltage Adaptor For use with
odd number of
contacts.
Fingersafe HW-DA1FB
Exposed HW-DA1B
Spring Up HW-GA1
Full Voltage Adaptor For use with
even number of
contacts.
Fingersafe TW-DA1FB
Exposed TW-DA1B
Transformer Unit
(6V secondary
voltage)
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
Fingersafe
TW-F126B
TW-F246B
TW-F486B
120V
240V
480V
Spring Up
HW-T126
HW-T246
HW-L486
120V
240V
480V
Exposed
TW-T126B
TW-T246B
TW-T486B
DC-DC Converter 110VDC HW-L16D
HW-GA1 “Dummy Block with full voltage adaptor” does not require the
use of HW-LH3.
Operators
Style Plastic
Bezel
Metal
Bezel
Round Flush/
Extended
Momentary HW1L-M0 HW4L-M0
Maintained HW1L-A0 HW4L-A0
Extended with
Full Shroud
Momentary HW1L-MF0 HW4L-MF0
Maintained HW1L-AF0 HW4L-AF0
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe (IP20)
HW-F10
HW-F10R (early make)
HW-F01
HW-F01R (late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10
HW-G10R (early make)
HW-G01
HW-G01R (late break)
Exposed Screw
Terminal
HW-C10
HW-C10R (early make)
HW-C01
HW-C01R (late break)
1. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts.
2. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an “F” from the part
number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R).
3. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components.
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CBL
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator
(first pair only).
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the
safety lever lock to prevent heavy
vibration or maintenance personnel from
inadvertently unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Lenses
Style Part Number
Round Flush
HW1A-L1-k
Round Extended
HW1A-L2-k
In place of k, specify the Lens Color
Code from previous page.
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part
Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
Lamps
Type Voltage Part Number
LED
6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent 6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor
and reverse polarity protection diodes.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
518 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Illuminated Mushroom & Square Pushbuttons (Assembled)
40mm Mushroom Head Square Flush
Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel
Full Voltage
Momentary
Operator Only†HW1L-M4-kHW4L-M4-kHW2L-M1-k
1NO HW1L-M4F10Qm-k-lHW4L-M4F10Qm-k-lHW2L-M1F10Qm-k-l
1NC HW1L-M4F01Qm-k-lHW4L-M4F01Qm-k-lHW2L-M1F01Qm-k-l
1NO-1NC HW1L-M4F11Qm-k-lHW4L-M4F11Qm-k-lHW2L-M1F11Qm-k-l
2NO HW1L-M4F20Qm-k-lHW4L-M4F20Qm-k-lHW2L-M1F20Qm-k-l
Maintained
Operator Only†HW1L-A4-kHW4L-A4-kHW2L-A1-k
1NO HW1L-A4F10Qm-k-lHW4L-A4F10Qm-k-lHW2L-A1F10Qm-k-l
1NC HW1L-A4F01Qm-k-lHW4L-A4F01Qm-k-lHW2L-A1F01Qm-k-l
1NO-1NC HW1L-A4F11Qm-k-lHW4L-A4F11Qm-k-lHW2L-A1F11Qm-k-l
2NO HW1L-A4F20Qm-k-lHW4L-A4F20Qm-k-lHW2L-A1F20Qm-k-l
Transformer
Momentary 1NO-1NC HW1L-M4F11lm-kHW4L-M4F11lm-kHW2L-M1F11lm-k
2NO HW1L-M4F20lm-kHW4L-M4F20lm-kHW2L-M1F20lm-k
Maintained 1NO-1NC HW1L-A4F11lm-kHW4L-A4F11lm-kHW2L-A1F11lm-k
2NO HW1L-A4F20lm-kHW4L-A4F20lm-kHW2L-A1F20lm-k
1. † Full voltage and transformer units use the same
operator.
2. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code
from table.
3. In place of lspecify the Voltage Code from table.
4. In place of m specify Lamp Type Code from table.
5. Light independent of switch position
6. For nameplates and accessories, see page 546.
and 549.
7. For dimensions, see page 551.
8. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 550.
9. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6
total contacts).
10. Yellow pushbutton comes with white LED.
k Lens/LED Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y*
1. *40mm mushroom lenses
not available in yellow.
2. Yellow LED not available.
Use white LED for yellow
lens.
l Voltage Code
Full Voltage
Models
Transformer
Models
Voltage Code Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 6V 120V AC H2
12V AC/DC 12V 240V AC M4
24V AC/DC 24V 480V AC T8
120V AC (LED only) 120V
240V AC (LED only) 240V
m Lamp Code
Lamp Code
Incandescent Blank
LED D
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
519
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 L – M F2 F 10 Q D – G – 12V
Function
M: Momentary
A: Maintained
Operator
1: Square Flush
4: Mushroom
Lamp Code
D: LED
Blank: Incandescent
Bezel
1: Round Plastic
2: Square Plastic
4: Round Metal
Illumination Circuit
Q: Full Voltage
H2: Transformer 120V AC
M4: Transformer 240V AC
T8: Transformer 480V AC
10: 1NO
01: 1NC
11: 1NO-1NC
20: 2NO
Contact Arrangement
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120VC AC*
240V: 240V AC*
*LED only
Lamp Voltage
(full voltage units only)
A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Lens Color
Illuminated Mushroom & Square Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)
Transformer* +Contact
Blocks +Lead
Holder + Adaptor†+Safety
Lever Lock + Lamp + Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator + Lens = Completed
Unit
*Transformer not needed with full voltage models.
Lamp Circuit Components
Style Description Terminals Part
Number
Lead Holder For use with HW-CBL on all
illuminated pushbutton units.
One required for each deck
(pair) of contacts.
HW-LH3
Dummy Block with
Full Voltage Adaptor For use with
odd number of
contacts.
Fingersafe HW-DA1FB
Exposed HW-DA1B
Spring Up HW-GA1
Full Voltage Adaptor For use with
even number of
contacts.
Fingersafe TW-DA1FB
Exposed TW-DA1B
Transformer Unit
(6V secondary
voltage)
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
Fingersafe
TW-F126B
TW-F246B
TW-F486B
120V
240V
480V
Spring Up
HW-T126
HW-T246
HW-L486
120V
240V
480V
Exposed
TW-T126B
TW-T246B
TW-T486B
DC-DC Converter 110VDC HW-L16D
HW-GA1 “Dummy Block with full voltage adaptor” does not require the
use of HW-LH3.
Operators
Style Plastic
Bezel
Metal
Bezel
ø40mm
Mushroom
Momentary HW1L-M0L HW4L-M0L
Maintained HW1L-A0L HW4L-A0L
Square
Momentary HW2L-M0
–
Maintained HW2L-A0
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe (IP20)
HW-F10
HW-F10R (early make)
HW-F01
HW-F01R (late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10
HW-G10R (early make)
HW-G01
HW-G01R (late break)
Exposed Screw
Terminal
HW-C10
HW-C10R (early make)
HW-C01
HW-C01R (late break)
1. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts.
2. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an “F” from the part
number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R).
3. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components.
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CBL
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator
(first pair only).
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the
safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration
or maintenance personnel from inadver-
tently unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Lenses
Style Part Number
ø40mm
Mushroom
Lens ALW4BLU-k*
Square
Flush HW2A-L1-k
1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code.
2. *Mushroom lens not available in yellow.
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part
Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
Lamps
Type Voltage Part Number
LED
6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent 6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and
reverse polarity protection diodes.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
520 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Selector Switches 2-Position (Assembled)
2-Position Selector Switches
Contact
Mounting
Operator
Position Handle Maintained Spring Return
from Right
LR
LR
LR
Operator Only Knob
Lever
HWnS-2T
HWnS-2L
HWnS-21T
HWnS-21L
1NO 1 O X Knob
Lever
HWnS-2TF10
HWnS-2LF10
HWnS-21TF10
HWnS-21LF10
1NO-
1NC
1
2
O
X
X
O
Knob
Lever
HWnS-2TF11
HWnS-2LF11
HWnS-21TF11
HWnS-21LF11
2NO 1
2
O
O
X
X
Knob
Lever
HWnS-2TF20
HWnS-2LF20
HWnS-21TF20
HWnS-21LF20
2NO-
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
O
X
O
O
X
O
X
Knob
Lever
HWnS-2TF22
HWnS-2LF22
HWnS-21TF22
HWnS-21LF22
1. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel.
2. For nameplates, see page 546.
3. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe
(HW-F...) contacts.
4. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be
ordered by removing an “F” from the part number (Ex. HW1B-
M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R).
5. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as
sub-components.
6. Standard color for knob and lever is black.
7. Optional colors available for lever type. Must order in compo-
nents. See next page for part numbers.
8. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
9. For Truth Tables see page 558.
n Bezel Type
Type Code
Plastic 1
Metal 4
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
521
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 S - 2 1 T F 10
Operator
blank: Maintained
1: Spring Return
from Right
Bezel
1: Plastic
4: Metal Handle
T: Knob
L: Lever
10: 1NO
11: 1NO-1NC
20: 2NO
Contact Arrangement
# of Positions
2: 2-Position
Selector Switches 2-Position (Replacement Parts)
Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator = Completed Unit
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10 HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10 HW-G01
HW-G10R
(early make)
HW-G01R
(late break)
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10 HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CB2C
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to
prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from
inadvertently unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
Operators
Style Description Handle Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
Maintained
Knob HW1S-2T HW4S-2T
Lever HW1S-2 HW4S-2
Spring Return
from Right
Knob HW1S-21T HW4S-21T
Lever HW1S-21 HW4S-21
1. Knob operator comes with black handle.
2. To order lever type, lever and inserts must be ordered separately, along with
lever operator. See part numbers below.
Levers & Inserts
Style Part Number
Lever ASWHHL-j
Lever
Color
Insert
TW-HC1-j
Standard lever color is black. Standard
insert color is white.
j Handle/Insert
Color Code
Color Code
Black* B
Blue S
Green G
Red R
Yellow Y
White†W
1. * Lever color inserts not avail-
able in black.
2. †Lever not available in white.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
522 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Selector Switches 3-Position (Assembled)
3–Position Selector Switches
Contact
Mounting
Operator Position Handle Maintained Spring Return
from Right
Spring Return
from Left
Spring Return
Two-Way
LCR
L
C
R
L
C
R
L
C
R
L
C
R
Operator Only Knob
Lever
HWnS-3T*
HWnS-3L
HWnS-31T
HWnS-31L
HWnS-32T
HWnS-32L
HWnS-33T
HWnS-33L
1NO-
1NC
1
2
0
0
X
0
X
X
Knob
Lever
HWnS-3TF11
HWnS-3LF11
HWnS-31TF11
HWnS-31LF11
HWnS-32TF11
HWnS-32LF11
HWnS-33TF11
HWnS-33LF11
2NO 1
2
X
0
0
0
0
X
Knob
Lever
HWnS-3TF20
HWnS-3LF20
HWnS-31TF20
HWnS-31LF20
HWnS-32TF20
HWnS-32LF20
HWnS-33TF20
HWnS-33LF20
2NC 1
2
0
X
X
X
X
0
Knob
Lever
HWnS-3TF02
HWnS-3LF02
HWnS-31TF02
HWnS-31LF02
HWnS-32TF02
HWnS-32LF02
HWnS-33TF02
HWnS-33LF02
2NO-
1NC
1
2
3
X
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
Knob HWnS-3JTF21N1 – – –
2NO-
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
0
0
X
0
0
X
X
0
X
X
0
Knob HWnS-3TF22 HWnS-31TF22 HWnS-32TF22 HWnS-33TF22
2NO-
2NC
1
2
3
4
0
X
X
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
0
X
Knob HWnS-3STF22N9 – – –
4NO
1
2
3
4
X
0
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
Knob HWnS-3TF40 HWnS-31TF40 HWnS-32TF40 HWnS-33TF40
4NO
1
2
3
4
X
0
X
0
0
X
0
0
0
X
0
X
Knob HWnS-3STF40N2 – – –
4NC
1
2
3
4
0
X
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
0
Knob HWnS-3TF04 HWnS-31TF04 HWnS-32TF04 HWnS-33TF04
1. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel.
2. Knob operator includes black knob/lever operator includes black lever.
3. * Three position operator is available with three different cams.
HWnS-3T: Maintained (standard cam)
HWnS-3ST: Maintained (S cam)
HWnS-3JT: Maintained (J cam)
4. Operator cams are color coded (white=standard cam, red=S cam, black =J cam).
5. For nameplates, see page 546.
6. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 550.
7. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts.
8. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an “F”
from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R).
9 . Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components.
10. Standard color for knob and lever is black.
11. Optional colors available for lever type. Must order in components. See next page for
part numbers.
12. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
13. For Truth Tables see page 558.
n Bezel Type
Type Code
Plastic 1
Metal 4
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
523
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 S - 3 1 T F 20
Operator
blank: Maintained
1: Spring Return from Right
2: Spring Return from Left
3: Spring Return Two Way
Bezel
1: Plastic
4: Metal Handle
T: Knob
L: Lever
11: 1NO-1NC
20: 2NO
21: 2NO-1NC
22: 2NO-2NC
40: 4NO
04: 4NC
Contact Arrangement
# of Positions
3: 3-Position
Selector Switches 3-Position (Replacement Parts)
Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator = Completed Unit
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10 HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10 HW-G01
HW-G10R
(early make)
HW-G01R
(late break)
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10 HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CB2C
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to
prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadver-
tently unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
Operators
Style Description Handle Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
Maintained
(standard cam)
Knob HW1S-3T HW4S-3T
Lever HW1S-3 HW4S-3
Maintained (S cam) Knob HW1S-3ST HW4S-3ST
Maintained (J cam) Knob HW1S-3JT HW4S-3JT
Spring Return from
Right (standard cam)
Knob HW1S-31T HW4S-31T
Lever HW1S-31 HW4S-31
Spring Return from
Left (standard cam)
Knob HW1S-32T HW4S-32T
Lever HW1S-32 HW4S-32
2-Way Spring Return
(standard cam)
Knob HW1S-33T HW4S-33T
Lever HW1S-33 HW4S-33
1. Knob operator comes with black handle.
2. Three position knob operator is available with three different cams.
3. Operator cams are color coded (white=standard cam, red=S cam, black =J cam).
4. To order lever type, lever and inserts must be ordered separately, along with
lever operator. See part numbers below.
Levers & Inserts
Style Part Number
Lever ASWHHL-j
Lever
Color
Insert
TW-HC1-j
Standard lever color is black. Standard
insert color is white.
j Handle/Insert
Color Code
Color Code
Black* B
Blue S
Green G
Red R
Yellow Y
White†W
1. * Lever color inserts not avail-
able in black.
2. †Lever not available in white.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
524 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Selector Switches 4- & 5-Position (Assembled)
4-Position Selector Switches
Contact
Mounting
Operator Position Handle Maintained
123 4
1
2
3
4
Operator Only Knob
Lever
HWnS-4T
HWnS-4L
1NO-
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
0
0
0
0
X
0
0
O
0
X
0
O
0
0
0
Knob
Lever
HWnS-4TF12
HWnS-4LF12
1NO-
3NC
1
2
3
4
O
O
O
O
X
X
O
O
X
O
X
O
X
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
HWnS-4TF13N6
HWnS-4LF13N6
2NO-
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
HWnS-4TF22N3
HWnS-4LF22N3
5-Position Selector Switch
Contact
Mounting
Operator Position Handle Maintained
1234 5
1
234
5
Operator Only Knob
Lever
HWnS-5T
HWnS-5L
2NO-
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
HWnS-5TF22N3
HWnS-5LF22N3
1. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel.
2. Knob operator includes black knob/lever operator includes black lever.
3. For nameplates, see page 546.
4. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 550.
5. Five position circuit cannot be made to make five independent contact
closures.
6. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-
F...) contacts.
7. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by
removing an “F” from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes
HW1B-M111-R).
8. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-
components.
9. Standard color for knob and lever is black.
10. Optional colors available for lever type. Must order in components. See
next page for part numbers.
11. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
12. For Truth Tables see page 558.
n Bezel Type
Type Code
Plastic 1
Metal 4
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
525
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 S - 4 T F 13N6
Bezel
1: Plastic
4: Metal Handle
T: Knob
L: Lever
(based on desired truth table)
12: 1NO-2NC
13N6: 1NO-3NC
22N3: 2NO-2NC
Contact Arrangement
# of Positions
4: 4-Position
5: 5-Position
Selector Switches 4- & 5-Position (Replacement Parts)
Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator = Completed Unit
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10 HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10 HW-G01
HW-G10R
(early make)
HW-G01R
(late break)
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10 HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CB2C
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to
prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadver-
tently unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
Operators
Style Position Description Handle Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
4 Maintained
Knob HW1S-4T HW4S-4T
Lever HW1S-4 HW4S-4
5 Maintained
Knob HW1S-5T HW4S-5T
Lever HW1S-5 HW4S-5
1. Knob operator comes with black handle.
2. To order lever type, lever and inserts must be ordered separately, along with
lever operator. See part numbers below.
Levers & Inserts
Style Part Number
Lever ASWHHL-j
Lever
Color
Insert
TW-HC1-j
Standard lever color is black. Standard
insert color is white.
j Handle/Insert
Color Code
Color Code
Black* B
Blue S
Green G
Red R
Yellow Y
White†W
1. * Lever color inserts not avail-
able in black.
2. †Lever not available in white.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
526 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Key Switches 2-Position (Assembled)
2-Position Key Switches
Contact
Mounting
Operator
Position Maintained Spring Return
from Right
LR
LR
LR
Operator Only HWnK-2A HWnK-21B
1NO 1 O X HWnK-2AF10 HWnK-21BF10
1NO-
1NC
1
2
0
X
X
0HWnK-2AF11 HWnK-21BF11
2NO 1
2
O
O
X
XHWnK-2AF20 HWnK-21BF20
2NO-
2NC
1
2
3
4
0
X
0
X
X
0
X
0
HWnK-2AF22 HWnK-21BF22
1. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel.
2. Key is removable in all maintained positions. Other key removable options available.
3. Two keys are supplied with all switches.
4. All standard operators are keyed alike.
5. Other key removable options available. See table below
6. For nameplates, see page 546.
7. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 550.
8. Key is retained in “Spring Return” position.
9. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts.
10. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an “F” from the part number (Ex.
HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R).
11. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components.
12. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
13. For Truth Tables see page 558.
n Bezel Type
Type Code
Plastic 1
Metal 4
Key Removable Option Codes
Code Description
A Key not retained in any position (removable in all positions)
B Key retained in right position only
C Key retained in left position only
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
527
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 K - 2 1 B F 10
Operator
blank: Maintained
1: Spring Return from Right
Bezel
1: Plastic
4: Metal Key Retained Position
A: Key not retained in any position (removable in all positions)
B: Key retained in right position only
C: Key retained in left position only
10: 1NO
11: 1NO-1NC
20: 2NO
22: 2NO-2NC
Contact Arrangement
# of Positions
2: 2-Position
Key Switches 2-Position (Replacement Parts)
Contact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator = Completed Unit
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10 HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10 HW-G01
HW-G10R
(early make)
HW-G01R
(late break)
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10 HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CB2C
1. Used to mount contact blocks to opera-
tor (first pair only).
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the
safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibra-
tion or maintenance personnel from
inadvertently unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
Operators
Style Description Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
Maintained HW1K-2A HW4K-2A
Maintained, key removed
left only HW1K-2B HW4K-2B
Spring Return from Right HW1K-21B HW4K-21B
1. Operator includes two keys.
2. All standard operators are keyed alike.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
528 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Key Switches 3-Position (Assembled)
3-Position Key Switches
Contact
Mounting
Operator Position Maintained Spring Return
from Right
Spring Return
from Left
Spring Return
Two Way
LCR
L
C
R
L
C
R
L
C
R
L
C
R
Operator Only HWnK-3A* HWnK-31B HWnK-32C HWnK-33D
1NO-
1NC
1
2
0
0
X
0
X
XHWnK-3AF11 HWnK-31BF11 HWnK-32CF11 HWnK-33DF11
2NO 1
2
X
0
0
0
0
XHWnK-3AF20 HWnK-31BF20 HWnK-32CF20 HWnK-33DF20
2NC 1
2
0
X
X
X
X
0HWnK-3AF02 HWnK-31BF02 HWnK-32CF02 HWnK-33DF02
2NO-
1NC
1
2
3
X
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
HWnK-3JAF21N1 – – –
2NO-
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
0
0
X
0
0
X
X
0
X
X
0
HWnK-3AF22 HWnK-31BF22 HWnK-32CF22 HWnK-33DF22
2NO-
2NC
1
2
3
4
0
X
X
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
0
X
HWnK-3SAF22N9 – – –
4NO
1
2
3
4
X
0
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
HWnK-3AF40 HWnK-31BF40 HWnK-32CF40 HWnK-33DF40
4NO
1
2
3
4
X
0
X
0
0
X
0
0
0
X
0
X
HWnK-3SAF40N2 – – –
4NC
1
2
3
4
0
X
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
0
HWnK-3AF04 HWnK-31BF04 HWnK-32CF04 HWnK-33DF04
n Bezel Type
Type Code
Plastic 1
Metal 4
1. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel or 4 for metal
bezel.
2. Key is removable in all maintained positions. Other
key removable options available.
3. Two keys are supplied with all switches.
4. All standard operators are keyed alike.
5. Other key removable options available. See table to
the right.
6. * Operator is available with three different cams.
HWnK-3A: Maintained (standard cam)
HWnK-3SA: Maintained (Cam S)
HWnK-3JA: Maintained (Cam J)
7. For nameplates, see page 546.
8. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 550.
9. All assembled part numbers in catalog include
standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts.
10. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...)
can be ordered by removing an “F” from the part
number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-
R).
11. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must
be ordered as sub-components.
12. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6
total contacts).
13. For Truth Tables see page 558.
Key Removable Option Codes
Code Description
A Key not retained in any position (removable in all positions)
B Key retained in right position only
C Key retained in left position only
D Key retained in left and right (3 position only)
E Key retained in center only (3 position only)
G Key retained right and center (3 position only)
H Key retained left and center (3 position only)
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
529
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 K - 3 1 B F 11
Operator
blank: Maintained
1: Spring Return from Right
2: Spring Return from Left
3: Spring Return Two Way
Bezel
1: Plastic
4: Metal
Key Removable Option Code
(see chart on previous page)
11: 1NO-1NC
20: 2NO
22: 2NO-2NC
40: 4NO
04: 4NC
Contact Arrangement
# of Positions
3: 3-Position
Key Switches 3-Position (Replacement Parts)
Contact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator = Completed Unit
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10 HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10 HW-G01
HW-G10R
(early make)
HW-G01R
(late break)
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10 HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CB2C
1. Used to mount contact blocks to opera-
tor (first pair only).
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the
safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibra-
tion or maintenance personnel from
inadvertently unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
Operators
Style Description Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
Maintained (standard cam) HW1K-3A HW4K-3A
Maintained (S cam) HW1K-3SA HW4K-3SA
Maintained (J cam) HW1K-3JA HW4K-3JA
Spring Return from Right (standard cam) HW1K-31B HW4K-31B
Spring Return from Left (standard cam) HW1K-32C HW4K-32C
2-Way Spring Return (standard cam) HW1K-33D HW4K-33D
1. Operator includes two keys.
2. All standard operators are keyed alike.
3. Other key removable options available. See table on previous page.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
530 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Illuminated Selector Switches 2-Position (Assembled)
2-Position Illuminated Selector Switches
Style Part Number
Contact
Mounting
Operator
Position Type Maintained Spring Return from
Right
LR
LR
LR
Operator Only HWnF-2kHWnF-21k
1NO-
1NC
1
2
O
X
X
O
Full Voltage HWnF-2F11Qm-k-lHWnF-21F11Qm-k-l
Transformer
120V
240V
480V
HWnF-2F11H2m-k
HWnF-2F11M4m-k
HWnF-2F11T8m-k
HWnF-21F11H2m-k
HWnF-21F11M4m-k
HWnF-21F11T8m-k
2NO 1
2
O
O
X
X
Full Voltage HWnF-2F20Qm-k-lHWnF-21F20Qm-k-l
Transformer
120V
240V
480V
HWnF-2F20H2m-k
HWnF-2F20M4m-k
HWnF-2F20T8m-k
HWnF-21F20H2m-k
HWnF-21F20M4m-k
HWnF-21F20T8m-k
2NO-
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
O
X
O
Full Voltage HWnF-2F22Qm-k-lHWnF-21F22Qm-k-l
Transformer
120V
240V
480V
HWnF-2F22H2m-k
HWnF-2F22M4m-k
HWnF-2F22T8m-k
HWnF-21F22H2m-k
HWnF-21F22M4m-k
HWnF-21F22T8m-k
1. In place of k specify Lens/LED color code.
2. In place of l specify Full Voltage code.
3. In place of m specify Lamp code.
4. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel.
5. For nameplates, see page 546.
6. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 550.
7. Light is independent of switch position.
8. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts.
9. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an “F” from the part
number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R).
10. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components.
11. Yellow selector switch comes with white LED.
12. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
13. For Truth Tables see page 558.
k Lens/LED Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
l Full Voltage Code
Full Voltage Models
Voltage Code
6VAC/DC 6V
12VAC/DC 12V
24VAC/DC 24V
120V AC (LED only) 120V
240V AC (LED only) 240V
m Lamp Code
Lamp Code
Incandescent Blank
LED D
n Bezel Code
Type Code
Plastic 1
Metal 4
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
531
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 F – 21 F 20 Q D – G – 24V
Position
2: Maintained
21: Spring Return
from Right
Lamp Code
D: LED
Blank: Incandescent
Bezel
1: Plastic
4: Metal
Illumination Circuit
Q: Full Voltage
H2: Transformer 120V AC
M4: Transformer 240V AC
T8: Tranformer 480V AC
11: 1NO-1NC
20: 2NO
22: 2NO-2NC
Contact Arrangement
(Full voltage units only)
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120V AC*
240V: 240V AC*
*LED only
Lamp Voltage
A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Lens Color
Illuminated Selector Switches 2-Position (Replacement Parts)
Transformer* +Contact
Blocks +Lead
Holder +Mounting
Adaptor +Safety
Lever Lock + Lamp + Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit
*Transformer not needed with full voltage models.
Lamp Circuit Components
Style Description Terminals Part
Number
Lead Holder For use with HW-CBL on all
illuminated pushbutton units.
One required for each deck
(pair) of contacts.
HW-LH3
Dummy Block with
Full Voltage Adaptor For use with
odd number of
contacts.
Fingersafe HW-DA1FB
Exposed HW-DA1B
Spring Up HW-GA1
Full Voltage Adaptor For use with
even number of
contacts.
Fingersafe TW-DA1FB
Exposed TW-DA1B
Transformer Unit
(6V secondary
voltage)
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
Fingersafe
TW-F126B
TW-F246B
TW-F486B
120V
240V
480V
Spring Up
HW-T126
HW-T246
HW-L486
120V
240V
480V
Exposed
TW-T126B
TW-T246B
TW-T486B
DC-DC Converter 110VDC HW-L16D
1. HW-GA1 “Dummy Block with full voltage adaptor” does not require the
use of HW-LH3.
2. DC-DC convertor features spring-up terminals.
3. DC-DC convertor applicable voltage range 90-140V DC.
Operators
Appearance Description Plastic
Bezel
Metal
Bezel
Maintained HW1F-2 HW4F-2
Spring return
from right HW1F-21 HW4F-21
Illuminated knobs must be ordered separately.
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe (IP20)
HW-F10
HW-F10R (early make)
HW-F01
HW-F01R (late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10
HW-G10R (early make)
HW-G01
HW-G01R (late break)
Exposed Screw
Terminal
HW-C10
HW-C10R (early make)
HW-C01
HW-C01R (late break)
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CBL
1. Used to mount contact blocks to
operator (first pair only).
2. IDEC strongly recommends
using the safety lever lock
to prevent heavy vibration or
maintenance personnel from
inadvertently unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Illuminated Knob
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-FDY-k
In place of k, specify the Color Code.
k Lens/LED Color Code
Color Code Color Code
Amber A Blue S
Green G White W
Red R Yellow Y
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
Lamps
Type Voltage Part Number
LED
6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent 6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and
reverse polarity protection diodes.
3. Use white LED for yellow lens. Yellow LED not
available.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
532 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Illuminated Selector Switches 3-Position (Assembled)
3-Position Illuminated Selector Switches
Style Part Number
Contact
Mounting
Operator Position Type Maintained Spring Return from
Right
Spring Return from
Left
Spring Return Two-
Way
LCR
L
C
R
L
C
R
L
C
R
L
C
R
Operator Only HWnF-3kHWnF-31kHWnF-32kHWnF-33k
1NO-
1NC
1
2
O
O
X
O
X
X
Full Voltage HWnF-3F11Qm-k-lHWnF-31F11Qm-k-lHWnF-32F11Qm-k-lHWnF-33F11Qm-k-l
Transformer
120V
240V
480V
HWnF-3F11H2m-k
HWnF-3F11M4m-k
HWnF-3F11T8m-k
HWnF-31F11H2m-k
HWnF-31F11M4m-k
HWnF-31F11T8m-k
HWnF-32F11H2m-k
HWnF-32F11M4m-k
HWnF-32F11T8m-k
HWnF-33F11H2m-k
HWnF-33F11M4m-k
HWnF-33F11T8m-k
2NO 1
2
O
0
X
0
O
X
Full Voltage HWnF-3F20Qm-k-lHWnF-31F20Qm-k-lHWnF-32F20Qm-k-lHWnF-33F20Qm-k-l
Transformer
120V
240V
480V
HWnF-3F20H2m-k
HWnF-3F20M4m-k
HWnF-3F20T8m-k
HWnF-31F20H2m-k
HWnF-31F20M4m-k
HWnF-31F20T8m-k
HWnF-32F20H2m-k
HWnF-32F20M4m-k
HWnF-32F20T8m-k
HWnF-33F20H2m-k
HWnF-33F20M4m-k
HWnF-33F20T8m-k
2NC 1
2
O
X
X
X
X
O
Full Voltage HWnF-3F02Qm-k-lHWnF-31F02Qm-k-lHWnF-32F02Qm-k-lHWnF-33F02Qm-k-l
Transformer
120V
240V
480V
HWnF-3F02H2m-k
HWnF-3F02M4m-k
HWnF-3F02T8m-k
HWnF-31F02H2m-k
HWnF-31F02M4m-k
HWnF-31F02T8m-k
HWnF-32F02H2m-k
HWnF-32F02M4m-k
HWnF-32F02T8m-k
HWnF-33F02H2m-k
HWnF-33F02M4m-k
HWnF-33F02T8m-k
2NO-
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
O
O
X
O
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
Full Voltage HWnF-3F22Qm-k-lHWnF-31F22Qm-k-lHWnF-32F22Qm-k-lHWnF-33F22Qm-k-l
Transformer
120V
240V
480V
HWnF-3F22H2m-k
HWnF-3F22M4m-k
HWnF-3F22T8m-k
HWnF-31F22H2m-k
HWnF-31F22M4m-k
HWnF-31F22T8m-k
HWnF-32F22H2m-k
HWnF-32F22M4m-k
HWnF-32F22T8m-k
HWnF-33F22H2m-k
HWnF-33F22M4m-k
HWnF-33F22T8m-k
4NO
1
2
3
4
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
Full Voltage HWnF-3F40Qm-k-lHWnF-31F40Qm-k-lHWnF-32F40Qm-k-lHWnF-33F40Qm-k-l
Transformer
120V
240V
480V
HWnF-3F40H2m-k
HWnF-3F40M4m-k
HWnF-3F40T8m-k
HWnF-31F40H2m-k
HWnF-31F40M4m-k
HWnF-31F40T8m-k
HWnF-32F40H2m-k
HWnF-32F40M4m-k
HWnF-32F40T8m-k
HWnF-33F40H2m-k
HWnF-33F40M4m-k
HWnF-33F40T8m-k
4NC
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
O
Full Voltage HWnF-3F04Qm-k-lHWnF-31F04Qm-k-lHWnF-32F04Qm-k-lHWnF-33F04Qm-k-l
Transformer
120V
240V
480V
HWnF-3F04H2m-k
HWnF-3F04M4m-k
HWnF-3F04T8m-k
HWnF-31F04H2m-k
HWnF-31F04M4m-k
HWnF-31F04T8m-k
HWnF-32F04H2m-k
HWnF-32F04M4m-k
HWnF-32F04T8m-k
HWnF-33F04H2m-k
HWnF-33F04M4m-k
HWnF-33F04T8m-k
1. In place of k specify Lens/LED color
code.
2. In place of l specify Full Voltage
code.
3. In place of m specify Lamp code.
4. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel
or 4 for metal bezel.
5. For nameplates, see page 546.
6. For contact assembly part numbers,
see page 550.
7. Light is independent of switch posi-
tion.
8. All assembled part numbers in catalog
include standard fingersafe (HW-F...)
contacts.
9. Assembled units with spring-up
terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by
removing an “F” from the part number
(Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-
M111-R).
10. Units with exposed screw terminals
(HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-
components.
11. Yellow selector switch comes
with white LED.
12. Additional contact configurations
available (up to 6 total contacts).
13. For Truth Tables see page 558.
k Lens/LED Color
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
l Full Voltage Code
Full Voltage Models
Voltage Code
6VAC/DC 6V
12VAC/DC 12V
24VAC/DC 24V
120V AC (LED only) 120V
240V AC (LED only) 240V
m Lamp Code
Lamp Code
Incandescent Blank
LED D
n Bezel Code
Type Code
Plastic 1
Metal 4
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
533
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 F – 31 F 20 Q D – G – 24V
Position
3: Maintained
31: Spring Return
from Right
32: Spring Return
from Left
33: Spring Return 2-Way
Lamp Code
D: LED
Blank: Incandescent
Bezel
1: Plastic
4: Metal
Illumination Circuit
Q: Full Voltage
H2: Transformer 120V AC
M4: Transformer 240V AC
T8: Tranformer 480V AC
11: 1NO-1NC
20: 2NO
02: 2NC
22: 2NO-2NC
40: 4NO
04: 4NC
Contact Arrangement
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120V AC*
240V: 240V AC*
*LED only
Full Voltage Code
A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Lens Color
Illuminated Selector Switches 3-Position (Replacement Parts)
Transformer* + Contact
Blocks +Lead
Holder +Mounting
Adaptor +Safety
Lever Lock + Lamp + Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit
*Transformer not needed with full voltage models.
Lamp Circuit Components
Style Description Terminals Part
Number
Lead Holder For use with HW-CBL on all
illuminated pushbutton units.
One required for each deck
(pair) of contacts.
HW-LH3
Dummy Block with
Full Voltage Adaptor For use with
odd number of
contacts.
Fingersafe HW-DA1FB
Exposed HW-DA1B
Spring Up HW-GA1
Full Voltage Adaptor For use with
even number of
contacts.
Fingersafe TW-DA1FB
Exposed TW-DA1B
Transformer Unit
(6V secondary
voltage)
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
Fingersafe
TW-F126B
TW-F246B
TW-F486B
120V
240V
480V
Spring Up
HW-T126
HW-T246
HW-L486
120V
240V
480V
Exposed
TW-T126B
TW-T246B
TW-T486B
DC-DC Converter 110VDC HW-L16D
1. HW-GA1 “Dummy Block with full voltage adaptor” does not require the
use of HW-LH3.
2. DC-DC convertor features spring-up terminals.
3. DC-DC convertor applicable voltage range 90-140V DC.
Operators
Appearance Description Plastic
Bezel
Metal
Bezel
Maintained HW1F-3 HW4F-3
Spring return from right HW1F-31 HW4F-31
Spring return from left HW1F-32 HW4F-32
2-Way spring return HW1F-33 HW4F-33
Illuminated knobs must be ordered separately.
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe (IP20)
HW-F10
HW-F10R (early make)
HW-F01
HW-F01R (late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10
HW-G10R (early make)
HW-G01
HW-G01R (late break)
Exposed Screw
Terminal
HW-C10
HW-C10R (early make)
HW-C01
HW-C01R (late break)
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CBL
1. Used to mount contact blocks to
operator (first pair only).
2. IDEC strongly recommends
using the safety lever lock
to prevent heavy vibration or
maintenance personnel from
inadvertently unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Illuminated Knob
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-FDY-k
In place of k, specify the Color Code.
k Lens/LED Color Code
Color Code Color Code
Amber A Blue S
Green G White W
Red R Yellow Y
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
Lamps
Type Voltage Part Number
LED
6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent 6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and
reverse polarity protection diodes.
3. Use white LED for yellow lens. Yellow LED not
available.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
534 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Mono Lever Switches 2-Position (Assembled)
2-Position Mono Lever Switches
Description Part Number Description
HW1M
Standard Lever
HW1M-F1010-20 Maintained up and down
HW1M-F2020-20 Spring return up and down
HW1M-F1010-40 Maintained up and down
HW1M-F2020-40 Spring return up and down
HW1M-F0101-20 Maintained right and left
HW1M-F0202-20 Spring return right and left
HW1M-F0101-40 Maintained right and left
HW1M-F0202-40 Spring return right and left
HW1M-L
Interlocking Lever
HW1M-LF1010-20 Maintained up and down
HW1M-LF2020-20 Spring return up and down
HW1M-LF1010-40 Maintained up and down
HW1M-LF2020-40 Spring return up and down
HW1M-LF0101-20 Maintained right and left
HW1M-LF0202-20 Spring return right and left
HW1M-LF0101-40 Maintained right and left
HW1M-LF0202-40 Spring return right and left
1. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard (HW-F...) contacts.
2. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an “F”
from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R).
3. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components.
4. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
Circuit Diagrams
2 Position Left/Right
Circuit
Number
Contact Mounting Position
No. Left Center Right
20 1 HW-F10 X 0 0
2 HW-F10 0 0 X
40
1 HW-F10 X 0 0
2 HW-F10 0 0 X
3 HW-F10 X 0 0
4 HW-F10 0 0 X
2 Position Up/Down
Circuit
Number
Contact Mounting Position
No. Down Center Up
20 1 HW-F10 X 0 0
2 HW-F10 0 0 X
40
1 HW-F10 X 0 0
2 HW-F10 0 0 X
3 HW-F10 X 0 0
4 HW-F10 0 0 X
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
535
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 M - L F 0 1 0 1 20
Type
blank: Standard
L: Interlocking Lever Action
1: Maintained
2: Spring
0: Blocked
20 or 40 (see contact arrange-
ment on previous page)
Circuit Number
up right down left
Mono Lever Switches 2-Position (Sub-assembled) Part Numbers
Contact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever
Lock +Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator = Completed Unit
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10 HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10 HW-G01
HW-G10R
(early make)
HW-G01R
(late break)
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10 HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CB2C
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety
lever lock (included) to prevent heavy vibration
or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking
contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to prevent
unit rotation.
Operators
Appearance Description Part Number
Standard Maintained Up/Down HW1M-1010
Spring return Up/Down HW1M-2020
Maintained Left/Right HW1M-0101
Spring return Left/Right HW1M-0202
Interlocking Maintained Up/Down HW1M-L1010
Spring return Up/Down HW1M-L2020
Maintained Left/Right HW1M-L0101
Spring return Left/Right HW1M-L0202
Replacement Parts
Item Part Number
Black Cap
HW9Z-CPM
Boot
HW9Z-BLM (fits standard
operator only)
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
536 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Mono Lever Switches 3- & 4-Position (Assembled)
3-Position
Description Part Number Description
HW1M
Standard Lever
HW1M-F0121-30 Maintained right and left,
spring return down
HW1M-F0222-30 Spring return right, down, left
HW1M-L
Interlocking Lever
HW1M-LF0121-30 Maintained right and left,
spring return down
HW1M-LF0222-30 Spring return right, down, left
Circuit Diagram
Circuit
Number
Contact Mounting Position
No. Down Left Center Up Right
30
1 HW-F01 0 0 0 O X
2 HW-F01 X 0 0 O 0
3 HW-F10 0 X 0 0 0
4-Position
Description Part Number Description
HW1M
Standard Lever
HW1M-F1111-22N9 Maintained all positions
HW1M-F1212-22N9 Maintained up and down,
spring left and right
HW1M-2121-22N9 Spring up and down, main-
tained left and right
HW1M-2222-22N9 Spring return all positions
HW1M-L
Interlocking Lever
HW1M-LF1111-22N9 Maintained all positions
HW1M-LF1212-22N9 Maintained up and down,
spring left and right
HW1M-LF2121-22N9 Spring up and down, main-
tained left and right
HW1M-LF2222-22N9 Spring return all positions
Circuit Diagram
Circuit
Number
Contact Mounting Position
No. Down Left Center Up Right
22N9
1 HW-F01 0 O 0 0 X
2 HW-F01 X 0 0 0 0
3 HW-F10 0 X 0 0 0
4 HW-F10 0 0 0 X 0
1. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard (HW-F...) contacts.
2. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an “F” from the part number (Ex. HW1B-
M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R).
3. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components.
4. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
537
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 M - L F 0 1 2 1 30
Type
blank: Standard
L: Interlocking Lever Action
1: Maintained
2: Spring
0: Blocked
3 Position: 30
4 Position: 22N9
Circuit Number
up right down left
Mono Lever Switches 3 & 4-Position (Sub-assembled) Part Numbers
Contact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Safety
Lever Lock +Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator = Completed Unit
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10 HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10 HW-G01
HW-G10R
(early make)
HW-G01R
(late break)
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10 HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
HW-CB2C
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock (included)
to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from
inadvertently unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to prevent
unit rotation.
Operators
Appearance Description Part Number
Standard
Combination, 3 position HW1M-0121
Spring return, 3 position HW1M-0222
Maintained, 4 position HW1M-1111
Combination, 4 position HW1M-1212
Combination, 4 position HW1M-2121
Spring return, 4 position HW1M-2222
Interlocking
Combination, 3 position HW1M-L0121
Spring return, 3 position HW1M-L0222
Maintained, 4 position HW1M-L1111
Combination, 4 position HW1M-L1212
Combination, 4 position HW1M-L2121
Spring return, 4 position HW1M-L2222
Replacement Parts
Item Part Number
Black Cap
HW9Z-CPM
Boot
HW9Z-BLM (fits standard
operator only)
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
538 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Pushbutton Selectors (Assembled)
2-Position Pushbutton Selectors
Operator Position
Left Right
Cam Contacts Mounting Normal Push Normal Push Part Number
A
Operator Only HW1R-2A-j
1NO-1NC 1
2
HW-F10
HW-F01
0
X
X
0
0
0
X
0HW1R-2AF11-j
2NO 1
2
HW-F10
HW-F10
0
0
X
X
0
X
X
XHW1R-2AF20-j
2NO-2NC
1
2
3
4
HW-F10
HW-F01
HW-F10
HW-F01
0
X
0
X
X
0
X
0
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
HW1R-2AF22-j
D
Operator Only HW1R-2D-j
2NO 1
2
HW-F10
HW-F10
0
0
X
0
0
0
0
XHW1R-2DF20-j
2NO-2NC
1
2
3
4
HW-F10
HW-F10
HW-F01
HW-F01
0
0
X
X
X
0
0
X
0
0
X
X
0
X
X
0
HW1R-2DF22N1-j
E
Operator Only HW1R-2E-j
2NO-2NC
1
2
3
4
HW-F10
HW-F10
HW-F01
HW-F01
0
0
0
X
X
0
0
X
0
0
X
0
0
X
X
0
HW1R-2EF22N1-j
F
Operator Only HW1R-2F-j
2NO-2NC
1
2
3
4
HW-F10
HW-F10
HW-F01
HW-F01
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
0
0
HW1R-2FF22N1-j
N
Operator Only HW1R-2N-j
2NO-2NC
1
2
3
4
HW-F01
HW-F10
HW-F01
HW-F10
0
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
X
0
X
0
0
X
0
X
HW1R-2NF22N2-j
T
Operator Only HW1R-2T-j
2NO-2NC
1
2
3
4
HW-F10
HW-F10
HW-F01
HW-F01
0
0
X
X
X
X
0
0
X
X
0
0
Blocked HW1R-2TF22N1-j
j Button Color Code
Color Code Color Code
Black B White W
Green G Yellow Y
Red R Gray N
Blue S
1. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard (HW-F...)
contacts.
2. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by
removing an “F” from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes
HW1B-M111-R).
3. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-
components.
4. Operator only models come with operator and button.
5. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
539
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 1 R - 2 D F 22N1 – R
Button Colors
B: Black
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
N: Gray
Operator
A: Cam A
D: Cam D
E: Cam E
F: Cam F
N: Cam N
T: Cam T
11: 1NO-1NC
20: 2NO
(For additional contact codes see
previous page)
Contact Arrangement Code
Pushbutton Selectors (Sub-assembled)
Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever
Lock +Anti-Rotation
Ring + Operator + Button = Completed Unit
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10 HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10 HW-G01
HW-G10R
(early make)
HW-G01R
(late break)
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10 HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
(safety lever lock included)
Style Part Number
HW-CB2C
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety
lever lock (included) to prevent heavy vibration
or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking
contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to prevent
unit rotation.
Operators
Appearance Description Part
Number
Cam A HW1R-2A
Cam D HW1R-2D
Cam E HW1R-2E
Cam F HW1R-2F
Cam N HW1R-2N
Cam T HW1R-2T
Buttons
Style Part Number
Round Flush
HW1A-B1-j
In place of j, specify the Button
Color Code from table below.
j Button Color Code
Color Code Color Code
Black B White W
Green G Yellow Y
Red R Gray N
Blue S
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
540 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Dual Pushbutton Switches
Two pushbuttons and a pilot light are integrated into one
space-saving ø22 mm control unit.
Momentary and interlock types are available for pushbuttons. Inter-•
lock type prevents both buttons from being pressed at the same time.
Pilot lights are available in full voltage and transformer with LED or •
incandescent lamps.
IP40 protection, IP65 when using silicon cover.•
UL Listed, CSA approved, and EN compliant•
Applications:
Ideal for use as power switches and start/stop switches (available •
with I/ON and O/OFF markings on the buttons and a pilot light in the
center).
Interlock type prevents two pushbuttons from being pressed at the •
same time.
Dual Pushbutton Switches (Assembled) Part Numbers
Without Center Pilot Light
Operation
Type Button Style Contact Arrangement Part Number mButton Color
Code nLegend Code
Top Button Bottom Button
Momentary
Flush (top)
Flush (bottom)
1NO 1NC HW7D-B11F1001-mn
GR:
Green (top)
Red (bottom)
WB:
White (top)
Black (bottom)
Blank:
Without legend
1:
I/ON (top)
O/OFF (bottom)
1NO 1NO HW7D-B11F1010-mn
1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-B11F1111-mn
2NO 2NC HW7D-B11F2002-mn
2NO 2NO HW7D-B11F2020-mn
Flush (top)
Extended (bottom)
1NO 1NC HW7D-B12F1001-mn
1NO 1NO HW7D-B12F1010-mn
1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-B12F1111-mn
2NO 2NC HW7D-B12F2002-mn
2NO 2NO HW7D-B12F2020-mn
Interlock*
Flush (top)
Flush (bottom)
1NO 1NC HW7D-B21F1001-mn
1NO 1NO HW7D-B21F1010-mn
1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-B21F1111-mn
2NO 2NC HW7D-B21F2002-mn
2NO 2NO HW7D-B21F2020-mn
Flush (top)
Extended (bottom)
1NO 1NC HW7D-B22F1001-mn
1NO 1NO HW7D-B22F1010-mn
1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-B22F1111-mn
2NO 2NC HW7D-B22F2002-mn
2NO 2NO HW7D-B22F2020-mn
1. *Interlock type prevents both top and bottom buttons from being pressed simultaneously.
2. Clear silicon rubber cover part number HW9Z-D7D.
3. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
541
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
With Center Pilot Light
Operation Type Button Style Top Button Bottom Button Part Number
Flush (top)
Flush (bottom)
Flush (top)
Extended (bottom)
Momentary
Flush (Top)
Flush (Bottom)
1NO 1NC HW7D-L11F1001kl-mn
1NO 1NO HW7D-L11F1010kl-mn
1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-L11F1111kl-mn
2NO 2NC HW7D-L11F2002kl-mn
2NO 2NO HW7D-L11F2020kl-mn
Flush (Top)
Extended (Bottom)
1NO 1NC HW7D-L12F1001kl-mn
1NO 1NO HW7D-L12F1010kl-mn
1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-L12F1111kl-mn
2NO 2NC HW7D-L12F2002kl-mn
2NO 2NO HW7D-L12F2020kl-mn
Interlock*
Flush (Top)
Flush (Bottom)
1NO 1NC HW7D-L21F1001kl-mn
1NO 1NO HW7D-L21F1010kl-mn
1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-L21F1111kl-mn
2NO 2NC HW7D-L21F2002kl-mn
2NO 2NO HW7D-L21F2020kl-mn
Flush (Top)
Extended (Bottom)
1NO 1NC HW7D-L22F1001kl-mn
1NO 1NO HW7D-L22F1010kl-mn
1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-L22F1111kl-mn
2NO 2NC HW7D-L22F2002kl-mn
2NO 2NO HW7D-L22F2020kl-mn
1. *Interlock type prevents both top and bottom buttons from being pressed simultaneously.
2. Clear silicon rubber cover part number HW9Z-D7D.
3. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard (HW-F...) contacts.
4. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an “F” from the
part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R).
5. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components.
kPilot Light Illumination
& Voltage Code
Full Voltage
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC, LED Q2
12V AC/DC, LED Q3
24V AC/DC, LED Q4
120V AC, LED Q8
6V AC/DC, Incandescent Q5*
12V AC/DC, Incandescent Q6*
24V AC/DC, Incandescent Q7*
Step-Down Transformer
(6V Secondary Lamp Voltage)
Voltage Code
120V AC, LED H22
240V AC, LED M42
480V AC, LED T82
120V AC, Incandescent H25*
240V AC, Incandescent M45*
480V AC, Incandescent T85*
*Only available for White
Lens Pilot Lamp.
l Pilot Lamp Color Code
Color Code
Amber A*
Green G*
Red R*
Blue S*
White W
*Only available in LED
illumination.
mPushbutton Color Code
Color Code
Top Green GR
Bottom Red
Top White WB
Bottom Black
nEngraving Codes
Engraving Code
No Engraving Blank
I/ON Top 1
O/OFF Bottom
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
542 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Part Number Structure
H W 7 D – L 21 F 20 20 H22 R – GR 1
11: Momentary (Flush/Flush)
12: Momentary (Flush/Extended)
21: Interlock (Flush/Flush)
22: Interlock (Flush/Extended)
Button Arrangement
Pilot Light
B: Without Center Pilot Light
L: With Center Pilot Light
Engraving Code
blank: No Engraving
1: Top: I/ON
Bottom: O/OFF
Pushbutton Color
GR: Top: Green
Bottom: Red
WB: Top: White
Bottom: Black
A: Amber*
G: Green*
R: Red*
S: Blue*
W: White
Y: Yellow*
blank: with-
out center
pilot light
Pilot Lamp Color
*Only available in LED illumination.
Full Voltage*
Q2: 6V LED
Transformer*
H22: 120V AC LED
Voltage Code
*For additional voltage codes, please see previous page
blank: without center pilot light
01: 1NC
10: 1NO
02: 2NC
20: 2NO
Contact Arrangement
Top Button
01: 1NC
10: 1NO
02: 2NC
20: 2NO
Bottom Button
Dual Pushbutton Switches (Sub-assembled) Part Numbers
Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever
Lock + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit
Lamp Circuit Components with Fingersafe Terminals
Style Description Part
Number
Lead Holder
For use with HW-CBL
on all illuminated
pushbutton units. One
required for each deck
(pair) of contacts.
HW-LH3
Dummy Block
with Full Voltage
Adaptor
For use with odd
number of contacts. HW-DA1FB
Full Voltage
Adaptor
For use with even
number of contacts. TW-DA1FB
Transformer Unit
(6V secondary
voltage)
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
TW-F126B
TW-F246B
TW-F486B
Exposed and spring up terminals also available.
Operators
Style Button Part Number
Momentary
Flush (top) HW7D-*11m-n
Instead of * insert:
B: Non-illuminated
L: Illuminated
Flush (bottom)
Flush (top) HW7D-*12m-n
Extended (bottom)
Interlock
Flush (top) HW7D-*21m-n
Flush (bottom)
Flush (top) HW7D-*22m-n
Extended (bottom)
mPushbutton Color Code
Color Code Color Code
Top Green GR Top White WB
Bottom Red Bottom Black
Contact Blocks
Style Contacts 1NO 1NC Style Contacts 1NO 1NC
Standard
Fingersafe
(IP20)
HW-F10
HW-F10R
(early
make)
HW-F01
HW-F01R
(late break)
Spring-Up
Terminal
HW-G10
HW-
G10R
(early
make)
HW-G01
HW-G01R
(late
break)
Dummy
Block TW-DB
Exposed
Screw
Terminal
HW-C10
HW-
C10R
(early
make)
HW-C01
HW-C01R
(late
break)
Contact Block Mounting Adaptor
Style Part Number
Non-illuminated HW-CB2C
Illuminated (with
Pilot Light) HW-CBL
1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first
pair only).
2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety
lever lock (included) to prevent heavy vibration
or maintenance personnel from inadvertently
unlocking contacts.
Safety Lever Lock
Style Part Number
HW9Z-LS
Anti-Rotation Ring
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RL
Use with notched panel cutout to
prevent unit rotation.
nEngraving Codes
Engraving Code
No Engraving Blank
I/ON Top 1
O/OFF Bottom
Lamps/Lens
Type Voltage Part Number
LED
6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent
6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
Non-
illuminated HW9Z-B7B
Illuminated HW9Z-L7W
1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resis-
tor and reverse polarity protection diodes.
kLED Color Code
Color Code Color Code
Amber A* Blue S*
Green G* White W
Red R*
Only for LED illumination.
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
543
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Contact Arrangement Chart Contact Block Mounting Position Example
Contact Arrangement Contact Block Top Button Bottom Button
Mounting Position 1
Mounting Position 3
Mounting Position 4
Mounting Position 2
Top Button Bottom Button Contact Code Mounting Position Type Normal Push Normal Push
1NO 1NO 1010 1 NO X
2 NO X
1NO 1NC 1001 1 NO X
2 NC X
1NC 1NO 0110 1 NC X
2 NO X
1NC 1NC 0101 1 NC X
2 NC X
1NO 2NO 1020
1 NO X
2 NO X
3 Dummy
4 NO X
1NO 1NO-1NC 1011
1 NO X
2 NO X
3 Dummy
4 NC X
1NO 2NC 1002
1 NO X
2 NC X
3 Dummy
4 NC X
1NC 2NO 0120
1 NC X
2 NO X
3 Dummy
4 NO X
1NC 1NO-1NC 0111
1 NC X
2 NO X
3 Dummy
4 NC X
1NC 2NC 0102
1 NC X
2 NC X
3 Dummy
4 NC X
2NO 1NO 2010
1 NO X
2 NO X
3 NO X
4 Dummy
2NO 1NC 2001
1 NO X
2 NC X
3 NO X
4 Dummy
1NO-1NC 1NO 1110
1 NO X
2 NO X
3 NC X
4 Dummy
1NO-1NC 1NC 1101
1 NO X
2 NO X
3 NC X
4 Dummy
1. Transformers can have two or four contact blocks only.
2. Contact blocks 1 and 3 are actuated by the top button. Contact blocks 2 and 4 are actuated by the bottom button.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
544 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Contact Arrangement Chart (con’t)
Contact Arrangement Contact Block Top Button Bottom Button
Mounting Position 1
Mounting Position 3
Mounting Position 4
Mounting Position 2
Top But-
ton
Bottom
Button
Contact
Code
Mounting
Position Type Normal Push Normal Push
2NC 1NO 0210
1 NC X
2 NO X
3 NC X
4 Dummy
2NC 1NC 0201
1 NC X
2 NC X
3 NC X
4 Dummy
2NO 2NO 2020
1 NO X
2 NO X
3 NO X
4 NO X
2NO 1NO-1NC 2011
1 NO X
2 NO X
3 NO X
4 NC X
2NO 2NC 2002
1 NO X
2 NC X
3 NO X
4 NC X
1NO-1NC 2NO 1120
1 NO X
2 NO X
3 NC X
4 NO X
1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC 1111
1 NO X
2 NO X
3 NC X
4 NC X
1NO-1NC 2NC 1102
1 NO X
2 NC X
3 NC X
4 NC X
2NC 2NO 0220
1 NC X
2 NO X
3 NC X
4 NO X
2NC 1NO-1NC 0211
1 NC X
2 NO X
3 NC X
4 NC X
2NC 2NC 0202
1 NC X
2 NC X
3 NC X
4 NC X
Contact Block Mounting Position Example
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
545
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Contactor Reset Button
Reset Buttons (Assembled)
Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel
(Blank) HW1B-M1RS-jT HW4B-M1RS-jT
Engraved “R” HW1B-M1RS-jT-ENG-R HW4B-M1RS-jT-ENG-R
1. In place of j specify Button Color Code.
2. 130mm (5.1”) overall length.
3. 16mm flat base for easy alignment
j Button Color Code
Color Code Color Code
Black B White W
Green G Yellow Y
Red R Gray N
Blue S
Contactor Reset Button (Sub-assembled)
Rod + Operator + Button = Completed Unit
Rod
Appearance Part Number
HW9Z-RS-TK2141
Operator
Appearance Plastic Metal
HW1B-MO HW4B-MO
Button
Appearance Part Number
HW1A-B1-j
In place of j, specify the Button
Color Code from table.
j Button Color Code
Color Code Color Code
Black B White W
Green G Yellow Y
Red R Gray N
Blue S
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
546 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Nameplates - HW Series
HWAM–Black Plastic HWAQ–Black Plastic HWAS–Black Plastic HWAV–Yellow Plastic
Engraving Plate
11.5
2.7
30
12.1
14.9
14.5
27
29
ø22
R14.9
29
2.7
11.9
14.5 14.9
ø22
30
12.1
27
R14.9
Engraving Plate
0.9
1.6
45
ø22
ø60mm
22mm
Nameplate (blank
engraving plate
included)
HWAM-OB HWAQ-OB HWAS-OB HWAV-O
HWAV5-0†
Nameplate (en-
graved) HWAM-jHWAQ-jHWAS-jHWAV-27*
HWAV5-27†
Additional Insert
(blank) HWNP-O HWNP-O HWNP Dimensions
27
12
Additional Insert
(engraved) HWNP-jHWNP-j
1. In place of j, insert either the standard legend code from table below or custom engraving delimited by “ “.
2. Standard engravings are available at no charge.
3. * HWAV-27 comes engraved “Emergency Stop” as shown in drawing.
4. † HWAV5-27 and HWAV5-0 for 60mm diameter E-Stops (80mm diameter nameplate).
Standard Legend Codes
Pushbuttons Pushbuttons/Selector Switches Selector Switches
Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code
AUTO
CLOSE
DOWN
EMERG.STOP
FAST
FORWARD
HAND
HIGH
IN
INCH
JOG
LOW
LOWER
OFF
ON
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
OPEN
OUT
RAISE
RESET
REVERSE
RUN
SLOW
START
STOP
TEST
UP
I (Int’l On)
O (Int’l Off)
EMO
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
125
126
127
150
151
152
AUTO-MAN
CLOSE-OPEN
DOWN-UP
FAST-SLOW
FOR-REV
HAND-AUTO
HIGH-LOW
JOG-RUN
LEFT-RIGHT
LOWER-RAISE
MAN-AUTO
OFF-ON
ON-OFF
OPEN-CLOSE
RAISE-LOWER
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
REV-FOR
RUN-JOG
RUN-SAFE
SAFE-RUN
SLOW-FAST
START-STOP
STOP-START
UP-DOWN
OI (Int’l OFF ON)
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
250
AUTO-MAN-OFF
AUTO-OFF-MAN
CLOSE-OFF-OPEN
DOWN-OFF-SLOW
FAST-OFF-SLOW
FOR-OFF-REV
LEFT-OFF-RIGHT
LOWER-OFF-RAISE
OFF-MAN-AUTO
OFF-SLOW-FAST
OFF-1-2
OPEN-OFF-CLOSE
SLOW-OFF-FAST
SUMMER-OFF-WINTER
UP-OFF-DOWN
1-OFF-2
HAND-OFF-AUTO
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
1. To order engraved nameplates, add legend code to nameplate part number.
2. Character height based on the number of characters and size of nameplate. Standard character size is 3/16”.
3. Nameplates with standard legends are the same list price as blank nameplates.
4. Nameplates have built-in anti-rotation feature for use with notched panel cut-outs. Additional anti-rotation ring (HW9Z-RL) is not necessary.
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
547
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Nameplates Order Form — HW Series
Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Custom Engravings, Location of Engraving on Nameplate, and Quantity Desired.
To insure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative or Distributor.
Your Company: IDEC Rep/Distributor Contact:
Name: PO number (if known):
Telephone: IDEC Rep/Distributor Phone:
Fax & Email: IDEC Rep/Distributor Fax & Email:
HWAM Nameplate
Engraving
Location
Step 1.
Choose Letter Size - 7/64” or 1/8”.
Check the box for the letter size you want.
Then write your lettering in box below the
check boxes. Note: 1/8” size letters cannot
exceed 9 characters.
7/64”
Letter
Size
11 characters maximum
(for 7/64” size letters)
1/8”
Letter
Size
9 characters maximum
(for 7/8” size letters)
Step 2.
Specify Quantity.
Enter the number of nameplates
desired in the box on the right. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Sample Letter Sizes
7/64” Letters: A B C D
1/8” Letters: A B C D
HWAQ Nameplate
Engraving
Location
Step 1.
Choose Letter Size - 7/64” or 1/8”.
Check the box for the letter size you want.
Then write your lettering in box below the
check boxes. Note: 1/8” size letters cannot
exceed 9 characters.
7/64”
Letter
Size
11 characters maximum
(for 7/64” size letters)
1/8”
Letter
Size
9 characters maximum
(for 7/8” size letters)
Step 2.
Specify Quantity.
Enter the number of nameplates
desired in the box on the right. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Sample Letter Sizes
7/64” Letters: A B C D
1/8” Letters: A B C D
HWAS Nameplate
Engraving Location A
Engraving Location B
Step 1.
Choose Letter Size - 3/22” or 1/8”.
Check the box for the letter size you want.
Then write your lettering in box below the
check boxes. Note: 1/8” size letters cannot
exceed 9 characters.
3/32”
Letter
Size
20 characters maximum
(for 3/32” size letters)
1/8”
Letter
Size
14 characters maximum
(for 7/8” size letters)
Step 2.
Specify Quantity.
Enter the number of nameplates
desired in the box on the right. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Step 3.
Specify Location.
Enter the location of engraving
(A or B), in box on the right.
Sample Letter Sizes
3/32” Letters: A B C D
1/8” Letters: A B C D
Qty
Qty
Qty
Location
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
548 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switch Engraving Order Form – HW Series
Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Maximum Number of Lines and Text to be engraved.
To insure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative or Distributor.
Your Company: Telephone:
Name: Fax:
Address: Email:
PO: Part Number to be Engraved:
Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options:
Square
Switch
Round
Switch
ø29mm, ø40mm Mushroom Head
Engraving
Area 1
Engraving
Area 2†
# of Lines Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
# of
Lines
Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
# of
Lines
Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
1
5/32 5
1
5/32 5 Engraving
Area 1 1
5/32 5
1/8 6 1/8 5 1/8 5
2
5/32 5
2
5/32 5 Engraving
Area 2 1
5/32 7
1/8 6 1/8 6 1/8 7
3 1/8 6 3 1/8 5
4 3/32 5 4 3/32 5
1. Above mentioned specifications hold true for standard size pushbuttons (round and square).
2. †Engraving Area 2 can be engraved for 40mm mushroom Head non-Illuminated push button only.
3. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-Illuminated push buttons and on marking plate for illuminated push buttons and pilot lights.
4. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to emphasize capital or small letters.
Enter text to be engraved:
Line 1:
Line 2:
Line 3:
Line 4:
Sample Letter Sizes
1/8 Letters:
5/32 Letters:
For IDEC Internal Use Only:
Work Order #:
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
549
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Appearance Description/Usage Part Number
Locking Ring Wrench Metallic tool used to tighten the plastic locking ring when installing the HW
series in a panel MW9Z-T1
Lamp/LED Removal
Tool Rubber tool makes lamp/LED removal easier. OR-55
Anti-Rotation Ring Prevents rotation of switches in panel. (included with all assembled
switches except pilot lights)
for notched panel
cutout (standard) HW9Z-RL
for round panel cutout LW9Z-L
Rubber Mounting
Hole Plug Black rubber plug fills unused 7/8” mounting holes in panel. OB-31
Metallic Mounting
Hole Plug
For plugging unused 7/8” mounting holes in the panel. Tighten the attached
locking ring to a torque of 12 kfg-cm maximum
Degree of protection: IP66
LW9Z-BM
Barrier To prevent contact between adjacent lead wires when buttons or switches
are tightly mounted close together. HW-VL1
Pushbutton Clear
Boot
Used to cover and protect pushbuttons
Operating temperature: –50 to +60°C
Flush Pushbuttons OC-31
Extended Pushbuttons OC-32
Padlock Cover
Plastic hinged padlockable cover to protect pushbuttons or selector
switches. (Not intended for E-Stops)
Degree of protection: IP65
HW9Z-KL1
Tab Terminal Adapter Tab #250 (6.35 x 0.8mm): Single tab TW-FA1
Mounting Adaptor
Used to mount round HW series (except Jumbo Mush-
room, unibody, and square units) into a larger panel
cut-out. (includes both pieces)
22 to 30mm HW9Z-A30
22 to 25mm HW9Z-A25
Replacement Safety
Lever Lock
Used to prevent contact mounting lever from moving due to heavy vibration
or panel maintenance. HW9Z-LS
Reset Rod for
Contactors Overload 5” rod used with HW1B-M0. HW9Z-RS-TK2141
Replacement Opera-
tor Washer Provided with operator. Insert between bezel and locking ring. HWM-WASHER
Replacement Locking
Ring Plastic locking nut comes with all HW operators & assemblies.
Standard (plastic) HW9Z-LN
Optional (metal) HW9Z-LNM
Switch Cover
(Square) Used only with round or square flush pushbuttons. HW9Z-K1 (spring return)
HW9Z-K11 (maintained cover)
Replacement Keys Pair of Keys (#231) HW9Z-SKP
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
550 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Appearance Description/Usage Part Number
Replacement Lens HW Illuminated Unibody Replacement Lens HWLV-LENSR
Replacement Jumbo
Dome Lens
Polycarbonate Replacement Lens
HW1A-P5j
j = (A, G, R, S, W, Y)
Replacement Jumbo
LED Diffusing Lens HW9Z-PP5C
Replacement LED
Lamps for HW
Jumbo Dome
Replacement LED Lamp - applicable for jumbo pilot lights only LSTDB-2j
j = (A, G, R, S, W, Y)
Rubber Cover for
Dual Pushbuttons Clear Silicon rubber cover HW9Z-D7D
Barrier for Dual
Pushbuttons
Plastic barrier. Used when mounting the HW7 units on 30mm horizontal
centers, to prevent possible interconnections between adjoining terminals. HW-VG1
EMO Sticker
EMO
Emergency stop nameplate sticker HW9Z-EMO-NP-TK2120
E-Stop Shrouds
Style Part Numbers E-Stop Types Applicable
Standards
HW9Z-KG1 40mm
Mushroom Head
SEMI S2-0703,
12.5.1 Compliant
HW9Z-KG2
40mm,
and 60mm
Mushroom Head
SEMI S2-0703, 12.5.1 &
SEMATECH Compliant
Style Part Numbers E-Stop Types Applicable
Standards
HW9Z-KG3 40mm
Mushroom Head
SEMI S2 Compliant
(Approved by TUV)
HW9Z-KG4 40mm
Mushroom Head
SEMI S2 Compliant
(Approved by TUV)
& SEMATECH
Contact Assemblies
Standard Contact Assemblies
For use with Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons & E-Stops
Style Contacts Part Number
Standard Fingersafe Contacts 1NO
1NC
1NO/1NC
2NO
2NC
2NO/2NC
HW-CBF10
HW-CBF01
HW-CBF11
HW-CBF20
HW-CBF02
HW-CBF22
Spring Up Terminal Contacts 1NO
1NC
1NO/1NC
2NO
2NC
2NO/2NC
HW-CB10
HW-CB01
HW-CB11
HW-CB20
HW-CB02
HW-CB22
Gold contact option is available for spring-up terminals. Add suffix
“MAU” to end of part number. For example, HW-CB20 becomes
HW-CB20-MAU.
Full Voltage Contact Assemblies
For use with Illuminated Pushbuttons.
Style Contacts Part Number
1NO
2NO
1NO/1NC
1NC
2NC
HW-FL10Q0
HW-FL20Q0
HW-FL11Q0
HW-FL01Q0
HW-FL02Q0
Order lamp separately.
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
551
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Transfomer Contact Assemblies
For use with Illuminated Pushbuttons.
Style Contacts Part Number
120V AC
with LED
1NO
2NO
1NC
1NO/1NC
HW-FL10H2-k
HW-FL20H2-k
HW-FL01H2-k
HW-FL11H2-k
240V AC
with LED
1NO
2NO
1NC
1NO/1NC
HW-FL10M4-k
HW-FL20M4-k
HW-FL01M4-k
HW-FL11M4-k
480V AC
with LED
1NO
2NO
1NC
1NO/1NC
HW-FL10T8-k
HW-FL20T8-k
HW-FL01T8-k
HW-FL11T8-k
120V AC with
Incandescent
1NO
2NO
1NC
1NO/1NC
HW-FL10H2
HW-FL20H2
HW-FL01H2
HW-FL11H2
240V AC with
Incandescent
1NO
2NO
1NC
1NO/1NC
HW-FL10M4
HW-FL20M4
HW-FL01M4
HW-FL11M4
1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code.
k = A, G, R, S, W or Y
2. 6V LED or incandescent lamp included. Dimensions (mm)
Non-illuminated Pushbuttons
Flush (HW1B-M1, -A1) Extended (HW1B-M2, -A2) ø29mm Mushroom (HW1B-M3 -A3)
13 29.4
41.4
Locking Ring Panel Thickness
0.8 to 6
25
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
70.2 (4 blocks)
ø23.6
ø29
50.2 (1 or 2 blocks)
LOCK
13
19
29.4
25
Panel Thickness
0.8 to 6
41.4
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
LOCK
70.2 (4 blocks)
ø29
ø23.6
Locking Ring
50.2 (1 or 2 blocks)
13
23.2
29.4
25
41.4
LOCK
Panel Thickness
0.8 to 6
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
70.2 (4 blocks)
ø29
Locking Ring
50.2 (1 or 2 blocks)
ø40mm Mushroom (HW1B-M4, -A4) ø60mm Mushroom (HW1B-M5) Square Flush (HW2B-M1, -A1)
29.4
23.2
13
25
41.4
LOCK
ø40
Panel Thickness
0.8 to 6
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
70.2 (4 blocks)
Locking Ring
50.2 (1 or 2 blocks)
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
15
30
ø60
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
70.2 (4 blocks)
Locking Ring
50.2 (1 or 2 blocks)
LOCK
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
13
Panel Thickness
0.8 to 6
70.2 (4 blocks)
50.2 (1 or 2 blocks)
Locking Ring
29.4
25
41.4
24.8
29.6
Square Extended (HW2B-M2, -A2) Contact Block (Bottom View) Terminal Wiring
LOCK
Panel Thickness
0.8 to 6
25
24.8
13
19
70.2 (4 blocks)
50.2 (1 or 2 blocks)
29.4
41.4
29.6
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
Locking Ring
1 contact block 2 contact blocks
4 contact blocks
Arrows indicate access directions for wiring
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
552 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Operators Dimensions (mm)
Flush (Round & Square) Extended
Round Square
LOCK
ø23.6
29.4
25
13
Panel Thickness
0.8 to 6
41.4
LOCK
25
41.4
29.4
24.8
29.6
Extended
LOCK
13
18.5
ø23.5
ø23.6
29.4
41.4
25
Extended with Full Shroud ø40mm Mushroom
ø23.6
18.5
ø29.5
LOCK
29.4
41.4
25
13
23.2
ø40
LOCK
29.4
41.4
25
Emergency Stop Pushbuttons Dimensions (mm)
ø29mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-V3)
1 contact block
LOCK
50.2 (1 or 2 blocks)
70.2 (4 blocks)
ø29
32
29.4
41.4
25
13
Terminal Screw M3.5
Gasket
Locking Ring
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
2 contact blocks
4 contact blocks
ø40mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-V4) ø40mm Head EMO Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-V4)
LOCK
29.4
41.4
25
32
ø40
13
41.4
50.2 (1 or 2 blocks)
70.2 (4 blocks)
13 29.4
32
20
Locking Ring
26.5
25
Lock Lever
ø40
LOCK
ø40mm Head Pushlock Key Reset (HW1B-X4) ø60mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-V5)
LOCK
29.4
41.4
25
32
ø40
13
49.4
34.5
15
ø60
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
553
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
ø40mm Head Push-Pull (HW1B-Y2) ø40mm Head Unibody Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-BV4)
LOCK
29.4
41.4
25
25.5
ø40
13
M3.5 Terminal Screw Gasket
Locking Ring
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
ø40
14
32
11.5
46
48
Terminal Cover
TOP Marking
Illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (HW1E-LV4) Mounting Hole
M3.5 Terminal Screw
Lamp Terminal
ø40
14
32
11.5
61
63
M3.5 Terminal Screw Gasket
Locking Ring
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
Terminal Cover
TOP Marking
R0.8 max.
0
+0.4
+0.4
0
+0.2
0
ø22.3
3.2
24.1
The minimum mounting centers shown be-
low are applicable to E-Stop switches with
one layer of contact blocks (two contact
blocks). When two layers of contact blocks
are mounted, determine the minimum
mounting centers for ease of wiring.
Unit Vertical Spacing Horizontal Spacing
HW1B-V3
HW1B-V4
HW1B-X4
HW1B-Y2
50 mm 50 mm
HW1B-V5 60 mm 60 mm
Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View)
HW1E-BV4
(1NO-1NC)
Side
.2 (NC) .3 (NO)
.4 (NO)
.1 (NC)
HW1E-LV4
(1NO-1NC)
LAMP
X1
X2
TOP
.2 (NC) .3 (NO)
.4 (NO)
.1 (NC)
Emergency Stop Stations Dimensions (mm)
HW1B-V4R
Box Cover Box Base
Box Cover Mouting Screws
59.5A
76
76
Operator Dimension A (mm)
Pushlock Turn Reset 32
Pushlock Key Reset 32 (Key inserted: 49.4)
Push Pull 25.5
Mounting Hole Layout
41
4-M4 Tapped Holes for Rear Mounting
(Depth: 10 mm)
ø14 Knockout
2-Front Mounting Holes
62
21
15.5
21
2-ø4.6
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
554 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Pilot Lights Dimensions (mm)
Full Voltage
X2
X1
Gasket
Locking Ring
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
0.5
7
44.7
17.5
ø29
Flush Dome Round/Dome Square Flush
M3.5 Terminal Screw
29.6
Transformer Mounting Hole Layout
Flush
M3.5 Terminal Screw
X1
X2
772.1
24
29.6
Dome Round/Dome
17.5
ø29
Square Flush
29.6
Close mounting on 30mm centers
Degree of protection: IP65
30 min.
30 min.
ø22.3 0
+0.4
When mounting transformer or DC-DC converter type
units on 30mm centers vertically and horizontally, keep
the ambient temperature below 40ºC.
DC-DC Converter
X1
X2
7
76.2
24
29.6 17.5
ø29
29.6
Flush Dome Round/Dome Square Flush
M3.5 Terminal Screw
Jumbo Dome Pilot Lights
ø66
M3.5 Terminal Screw
Rubber Gasket
Locking Ring
Panel Thickness 1 to 5
50.5
0.5
34.4
LED Lamp LSTDB
Base BA9S/13
Light blue:
LSTDB Illumination Color
20.4
ø10.6
Incandescent Lamp LSB
±2
±1
Base BA9S/13
27
ø10
Mounting Hole Layout
+0.2
0
3.2
85
+0.4
R0.8 max.
ø22.3+0.4
0
24.1 0
85
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Full Voltage Models
1 Contact Block 2 Contact Blocks 3 Contact Blocks
Panel
Thickness
0.8 to 6
50.2 (1 block)
Full Voltage Adapter
Locking Ring
Contact Block
M3.5 Terminal Screw
1 contact block
65.8 (2 blocks)
Full Voltage Adapter
Locking Ring
Contact Block
M3.5 Terminal Screw
2 contact blocks
Panel
Thickness
0.8 to 6
70.2 (3 blocks)
3 contact blocks
X1 X2
Full Voltage Adapter
Contact Block
M3.5 Terminal Screw
Locking Ring Panel
Thickness
0.8 to 6
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
555
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Illuminated Pushbuttons con’t Dimensions (mm)
4 Contact Blocks Terminal Wiring
Arrows indicate access directions for wiring.
Locking Ring
Full Voltage Adapter
Contact Block
M3.5 Terminal Screw
4 contact blocks
Panel
Thickness
0.8 to 6
85.8 (4 contacts)
Contact Block
Full Voltage Adaptor Tranformer
X2X1
Transformer Models DC-DC Converter Models
M3.5 Terminal Screws 89.7 (2 blocks)
X2X1
3 4
109.5 (4 blocks)
X2
X1
M3.5 Terminal Screw
89.5 (2 blocks)
109.5 (4 blocks)
Safety Lever Lock Locking Ring
Non-illuminated Selector & Key Switches Dimensions (mm)
Knob Operator Terminal Wiring
Gasket
Locking Ring
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
1 contact block 2 contact blocks
4 contact blocks
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
48.5 (1 or 2 blocks)
68.5 (3 or 4 blocks)
7
21
ø28.8
LOCK
29.4
41.4
25
ø29
Arrows indicate access directions
for wiring.
Contact Block
Full Voltage Adaptor
Tranformer
X2X1
Key Operator
LOCK
29.4
41.4
13
30.5
17
25
ø29.4
Illuminated Selector Switches
Full Voltage Model Transformer Model
M3.5 Terminal Screw
LOCK
29.4
41.4
25
ø29
69.4 (2 blocks)
89.4 (4 blocks)
7
21
LOCK
X2X1
3 4
7
M.3.5 Terminal
Screw 109.5 (4 blocks)
89.5 (2 blocks)
21 29.4
41.4
25
ø29
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
556 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Dual Pushbutton Dimensions (mm)
Without Pilot Light Mounting Hole Layout
0.5
Without Button
Markings
With Button Markings
(I/ON and O/OFF)
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
14.5
20
49.4 (2 contacts)
69.4 (3 or 4 contacts)
54.8
29.8
54.8
29.8
41.4
Rubber Gasket
Locking Ring
Safety Lever Lock
HW
ON
OFF
R0.8 max.
0
+0.4
+0.4
0
30
55 ∗∗
ø22.3
+0.2
0
∗3.2
24.1
-The 3.2 mm recess is for preventing rota-
tion and is not necessary when a nameplate
or anti-rotation ring is not used.
-When using the safety lever lock, deter-
mine the vertical spacing in consideration
of convenience for installing and removing
the safety lever lock.
-Recommended vertical spacing: 100 mm
-The minimum mounting centers are
applicable to switches with one layer of
contact blocks (two contact blocks). When
two layers of contact blocks are mounted,
determine the minimum mounting centers
for ease of wiring.
With Pilot Light
Full Voltage
Full Voltage Adapter
69.4 (2 contacts), 89.4 (4 contacts)
(Note)
HW
(Bottom Button)
(Top Button)
The depth of a 3-contact model depends on the combination of
contact blocks at top and bottom pushbuttons.
Top Button 1 contact block 2 contact blocks
Bottom Button 2 contact blocks 1 contact block
Depth 89.4 mm 69.4 mm
Transfomer (240V minimum) Transformer (480V)
79.5 (2 contacts), 99.5 (4 contacts)
Transformer
HW
89.5 (2 contacts), 109.5 (4 contacts)
Transformer, DC-DC Converter
HW
Monolever Dimensions (mm)
Locking Ring Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
49.4 (2 blocks)
ø34.2
LOCK
29.4
41.4
25
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
69.4 (4 blocks)
24°
24°
36 max.36 max.
72
8
45.5
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
557
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Accessory Dimensions
LW9Z-BM
Metallic Mounting Hole Plug
OB-31
Rubber Mounting Hole Plug
HW9Z-RL
Anti-Rotation Ring
OR-55
Lamp/LED Removal Tool
Gasket
Locking Ring
ø25.8
12 3
ø25
ø29
3.5
3.5
TOP
ø22
1.5
ø29
59
ø11.6
ø14
HW9Z-D7D
Dual Pushbutton Rubber Cover
HW-VG1
Dual Pushbutton Barrier
MW9Z-T1
Locking Ring Wrench
HW-VL1
Barrier
33
58
22.5
20 1.5
45
ø28
110
20 1.5
45
HW9Z-KL1
Padlock Cover
HWLS-TK1971
Safety Lever Lock
Key Hole ø8
30
70
93
29.5
30
R66.5
82.5
ø22.2
24
Waterproof Rubber
Gasket 0.5t
Panel Thickness
0.8 to 3.2
ø50
(ID: ø44.4)
Remove
Screwdriver
Safety Lever Lock
Operator
Panel
Contact Block
Mounting Adapter
Lock Lever
Install
LOCK
Safety Lever
Lock
26.5
HW9Z-KG1 HW9Z-KG2
ø22
32
80
48
64
22
38
Gasket
TOP Marking
Panel Thickness: 1.2 to 4
TOP Marking
Locking Ring
Operator
36.5
ø90
ø22.2
ø76.1
TOP Marking
Operator
Panel Thickness: 1.2 to 4
TOP Marking
Locking Ring
HW9Z-KG3 HW9Z-KG4 LSTD
52
ø74
42
35
25
ø22
ø66
67
ø90
50
35
25
ø22
ø75
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
558 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Specification Charts
Conforming to IED 947-5-1 Appendix C.
Utilization categories AC-15 and DC-13.
Operation rate: 1,800 op. hour
Load factor:
Inductive 0.4 ± 0.05
Resistive 0.9 ± 0.05
Operator Truth Tables
2 Position Selector Switches
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator
Position
Left Right
HW1S-2T
HW1K-2*
HW1F-2
HW-F10
(NO)
L O X
R O X
HW-F01
(NC)
L X O
R X O
HW-F10R
(NO-EM)
LOX
ROX
HW-F01R
(NC-LB)
LXO
RXO
3 Position Selector Switches
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
Left Center Right
HW1S-3T
HW1K-3*
HW1F-3
HW-F10
(NO)
L X O O
R O O X
HW-F01
(NC)
L O XX
RXX O
HW-F10R
(NO-EM)
LXO O
R O OX
HW-F01R
(NC-LB)
LOX X
RXX O
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
Left Center Right
HW1S-3ST
HW1K-3S*
HW-F10
(NO)
L X O O
R O O X
HW-F01
(NC)
L O O X
R X O O
HW-F10R
(NO-EM)
LXX O
ROX X
HW-F01R
(NC-LB)
LOX X
RXX O
3 Position Selector Switches con’t
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
Left Center Right
HW1S-3JT
HW1K-3J*
HW-F10
(NO)
L X O O
R O O X
HW-F01
(NC)
L O X O
R O X O
HW-FC10R
(NO-EM)
L X O X
RXOX
HW-F01R
(NC-LB)
L O XX
RXX O
4 Position Selector Switches
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
1234
HW1S-4T
HW-F10
(NO)
L X O O O
R O O O X
HW-F01
(NC)
L O O X O
R O X O O
HW-F10R
(NO-EM)
LXXOX
R X O XX
HW-F01R
(NC-LB)
L O XX X
RXX X O
5 Position Selector Switches
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
12345
HW1S-5T
HW-F10
(NO)
L X O O O O
R O O O O X
HW-F01
(NC)
L O O O X O
R O X O O O
HW-F10R
(NO-EM)
LXX X O X
R X O XX X
HW-F01R
(NC-LB)
L O XXXX
RXX X X O
1. Mounting position indicates which side of operator each contact should be mounted (as viewed
from the front of the panel).
2. *For key removable code see page 528.
3. HW1S-3T is identified by white plungers on the operator.
4. HW1S-3ST is identified by red plungers on the operator.
5. HW1S-3JT is identified by black plungers on the operator.
ø22mm - HW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
559
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
HW Safety Precautions
Turn off power to HW series control units before starting installation, removal,
wiring, maintenance, and inspection of the products. Failure to turn power off
may cause electrical shocks or fire hazard.
To avoid the possibility of burning yourself, use the lamp holder tool when
replacing lamps.
For wiring, use wires of a proper size to meet voltage and current requirements.
Tighten the M3.5 terminal screws to a tightening torque of 1.0 to 1.3 N·m.
Failure to tighten terminal screws may cause overheating and fire.
HW General Instructions
Panel Mounting
Remove the contact block assembly from the operator (for transformer type pilot
lights, remove the transformer from the illumination unit). Remove the locking
ring from the operator. Insert the operator into the panel cut-out from the front,
tighten the locking ring from the back, then install the contact block assembly to
the operator.
Removing and Installing the Contact Block Assembly
1. To remove the operator from the contact block, turn the locking lever in the
direction of the arrow shown below. The operator can now be removed.
2. To reinstall, place the TOP markings on the operator and the contact block
mounting adapter in the same direction, and insert the operator into the
contact block mounting adapter. Then turn the locking lever in the opposite
direction.
Notes for Panel Mounting
1. When mounting the operator onto a panel, use the optional locking ring
wrench (MW9Z-T1) to tighten the locking ring. Tightening torque must not
exceed 2.0 N·m. Do not use pliers. Excessive tightening will damage the
locking ring.
2. For the contact blocks and transformers housing LED and incandescent lamps,
make sure not to press the lamps too hard, otherwise the lamp socket may be
damaged.
Safety Lever Lock
IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock (HW9Z-LS, yellow) to
prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from unlocking the contact
assembly.
1. HW series can be mounted vertically with a minimum spacing of 55 mm
but spacing should be determined to ensure easy operation (recommended
minimum spacing: 100 mm).
2. Mount the control unit onto the panel, lock the lever, and push in the safety
lever lock to install.
3. When the spacing is narrower than the recommended value, with the lever un-
locked, mount the safety lever lock and insert the contact unit to the operator.
Then, lock the lever and strongly push in the safety lever lock to install.
4. To remove the safety lever lock, insert a flat screwdriver into the safety lever
and push upwards.
Remove
Screwdriver
Safety Lever Lock
Operator
Panel
Contact Block
Mounting Adapter
Lock Lever
Install
LOCK
Safety Lever
Lock
26.5
Dual Pushbutton Instructions
Replacement of Lens
Removing
Remove the lens by inserting a screwdriver into the recess of the lens through
the bezel.
Installing
Install the lens in the recess between the buttons by pressing against the bezel.
ø22mm - HW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
560 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Dual Pushbuttons Instructions con’t
Replacement of Lamps
Lamps can be replaced by using the lamp holder tool (OR-55) from the front of
the panel, or by removing the contact block assembly from the operator unit.
Removing the Lamps from the Front of the Panel
Removal
1. To remove, slip the lamp
holder tool onto the lamp
head lightly. Then push
slightly, and turn the lamp
holder tool counterclock-
wise.
Installation
1. To install, insert the lamp
head into the lamp holder
tool, and hold the lamp as
shown in the figure below.
Lamp Lamp Holder Tool
2. Place the pins on the lamp
base to the grooves in the
lamp socket. Insert the lamp
and turn it clockwise.
Lam
p
Base
About Pushbutton Switches
The pushbuttons cannot be
removed or replaced!
Do not attempt to remove
using a flat screwdriver or pin-
cers, otherwise the pushbut-
tons may be damaged.
P
u
s
h
b
utt
o
n
s
Do not attempt
to remove the
pushbuttons!
Narrow Mounting
When mounting the units closely in a horizontal row on 30mm centers, use op-
tional barriers to prevent interconnection between adjoining terminals. The barri-
ers can be attached simply by pressing them onto the sides of contact blocks.
Barrier
30 30
When mounting transformer type illuminated
units closely in a horizontal row on 30-mm
centers, insert solid wires or stranded wires
into inside of the terminal screw on the
transformer (see figure on the right) to prevent
short circuit between adjoining terminals.
X2X1 X2X1
Inside Inside
Tightening Torque for Terminal Screws
Tighten the M3.5 terminal screws to a torque of 1.0 to 1.3 N·m.
Installation of LED Illuminated Units
When using full voltage type LED illuminated units, provide protection against
electrical noise, if necessary.
Applicable Wiring
The applicable wire size is 2 mm2 maximum. (solid wire ø1.6mm2 maximum) One
or two wires can be connected.
Applicable Crimping Terminal
ø3.6 min.
7.9 max.
4 max. 5.5 min.
Be sure to use an insulation tube or cover on the crimping part of the crimping
terminal to prevent electrical shocks.
Solid Wire
8 max.
ø1.6 max.
Note: When connecting wires to contact blocks or transformers in the direction
shown below, keep the insulation stripping length 6.6 mm at the maximum.
X2X1 X2X1
Inside Inside
Installing the Rubber Cover
When using the HW7D pushbuttons in places where the pushbuttons are
subjected to water splash or an excessive amount of dust, make sure to use the
HW9Z-D7D rubber boot (IP65) which is ordered separately.
Notes for Installing the Rubber Cover
Remove the gasket from the operator, and install the rubber boot on the operator.
Pull out the seals of the rubber boot and place them around the operator sleeve
as shown. Make sure that the seals are not twisted or tucked inside and that
the gasket does not remain, otherwise the normal waterproof and dustproof
characteristics are not ensured.
Remove
Gasket
Install
1. Remove the gasket. 3. Rubber boot is
installed.
2. Install the rubber boot
on the pushbuttons.
Seals
Seals
ø22mm - TW Series
561
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
TW Series — 22mm NEMA Style Pushbuttons
TW NEMA Style Switches with snap-on contacts
Key features include:
Corrosion resistant octagonal chrome plated locking bezel
Snap-on 10A contact blocks
Incandescent or LED illumination
Slow make, double break, self cleaning contacts
Modular construction for maximum fl exibility
NEMA 4X and IP65 watertight/oiltight panel
Available assembled or as sub-components
Large M3.5 screw terminals with captive sems plate
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
IDEC has your 22mm switching needs covered.
Button styles include fl ush, extended, mushroom, or square and all bodies are
crafted from fracture-resistant nylon.
All illuminated units feature two lense styles, one that maximizes light disper-
sion, the other accommodates direct lens engraving.
Self cleaning contact mechanisms allow for a wide current rating, 5mA to 10A,
which reduces the need for various contact materials.
When looking for a 22mm switch that is durable, easy to use, and versatile, then
IDEC’s TW series is your solution.
UL Listed
File No. E70646
CSA Approved
File No. LR21451 File No. DK95-01696
ø22mm - TW Series
562 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Specifi cations
Conforming to Standards EN60947-1, EN60947-5-1, VDE0660-200, UL508, CSA C22-2 No.14
Approvals
File No. E70646
®
File No. LR21451 Certifi cate No.
2030010305027380
Registration No: J9551802 (E-Stops)
Registration No: J9551803 (All other switches)
Registration No: J9551804 (Pilot Lights)
CSA: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot
lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380,
400/440, 480V)
UL: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights
and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440,
480V)
TÜV: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600=P600 (NO, NC)/Q600 (NO-EM, NC-LB) pilot lights and illumi-
nated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110,
115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V)
Operating Temperature Operation: –25 to +50°C (without freezing), Storage: –40 to +80°C (without freezing)
Vibration Resistance 5 to 55Hz, 100m/sec2 (10g) conforming to IEC6068-2-6
Shock Resistance 1000m/sec2 (100g) conforming to IEC6068-2-7
Electric Shock Protection Class 0 conforming to IEC60536
Degree of Protection
(conforming to IEC60529)
(conforming to NEMA ICS6-110)
IP65 from front of the panel; (IP54 for key switches)
IP20 (Type HW-F contact block)
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 5, 12, 13 (NEMA 1, 2, 3R, 5, 12, 13 for key switches)
Mechanical Life Momentary pushbuttons: 5,000,000 (900 operations per hour)
All other switches: 500,000
Pollution Degree (conforming to IEC60947-1) 3 for switches not using a transformer, 2 for switches using a transformer
Rated Operational Characteristics
AC-15: A600 or Ue = 250V, le = 3A (NO, NC, NO-EM, NC-LB)
DC-13: P600 or Ue = 125V, le = 1.1A (NO, NC)
DC-13: Q600 or Ue = 125V, le = 0.9A (NO-EM, NC-LB)
Rated Insulation Voltage 600V
Rated Switching Over-Voltage Less than 4kV, conforming to IEC60947-1
Rated Impulse Withstanding Voltage 4kV for contact circuit, 2.5kV for lamp circuit
Rated Thermal Current 10 Amp
Minimum Switching Capacity 5 mA at 3V AC/DC
Contact Operation Slow break NC or slow make NO, self-cleaning
Recommended Terminal Torque 0.8 N m (7.1 in lb.)
External Short-Circuit Protection 10A 250V fuse conforming to IEC60269-1
Applicable Wire Size Minimum 1 x 22 AWG, max. 2 x 14 AWG or 1 x 12 AWG
Contact Resistance Initial contact resistance of 50mΩ or less
Contact Gap 4mm (NO and NC), 2mm (NO-EM and NC-LB)
Electrical Reliability MTBF < 1 fault for 10 million operation cycles (3V DC, 5mA)
Lamp Ratings Incandescent: 1 W
LEDs: 6V: 17mA max, 12/24V: 11mA max, 120/240V: 10mA max
Horsepower Rating 1/4 HP @ 120V (single-phase, non-reversing motor); 1 HP @ 240V (3 phase, non-reversing motor)
Maximum Inrush Current 40 A (40 ms)
Contact Material Silver
Contact Ratings
Pushbuttons
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Selector Switches
Illuminated Selector Switches
Pushbutton Selectors
Contact Block Type HW-C/HW-F
Rated Insulation Voltage 600V
Rated Continuous Current 10A
Contact Ratings by Utilization Category
IEC 60947-5-1
AC-15 (A600)
DC-13 (P600)
Characteristics
Contact Ratings by Utilization Category
Operational Voltage 24V 48V 50V 110V 220V 440V
Operational Current
AC50/60Hz AC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid state loads 10A — 10A 10A 6A 2A
AC-15 Control of electromagnetic loads (> 72VA) 10A — 7A 5A 3A 1A
DC DC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid state loads 8A 5A — 2.2A 1.1A —
DC-13 Control of electromagnets 5A 2A — 1.1A 0.6A —
ø22mm - TW Series
563
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Assembled Pushbuttons
A B ( ) W 1 10 ( ) – B
Function
B: Momentary
O: Maintained
K: Key On/Off Lock
Bezel Shape
Blank: Octagonal
F: Full Shroud
G: Mushroom Shroud
Q: Square
Button Color
B: Black G: Green W: White
R: Red S: Blue Y: Yellow
Terminal Style
Blank: Standard
N: Fingersafe (IP20)
Contact Arrangement
10: 1NO 01: 1NC
20: 2NO 02: 2NC
11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC
Button Shape
1: Flush
2: Extended
3: Mushroom Head Ø 29mm
4: Mushroom Head Ø 40mm
Series Designation
W: TW Series
To be used for interpreting part numbers only, not for part number development.
ø22mm - TW Series
564 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) continued
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons
Style Contacts Momentary Action Maintained Action
Flush
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABW110-j
ABW101-j
ABW111-j
ABW120-j
ABW102-j
AOW110-j
AOW101-j
AOW111-j
AOW120-j
AOW102-j
Extended
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABW210-j
ABW201-j
ABW211-j
ABW220-j
ABW202-j
AOW210-j
AOW201-j
AOW211-j
AOW220-j
AOW202-j
Recessed
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABFW110-j
ABFW101-j
ABFW111-j
ABFW120-j
ABFW102-j
AOFW110-j
AOFW101-j
AOFW111-j
AOFW120-j
AOFW102-j
Extended with Full
Shroud
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABFW210-j
ABFW201-j
ABFW211-j
ABFW220-j
ABFW202-j
AOFW210-j
AOFW201-j
AOFW211-j
AOFW220-j
AOFW202-j
Ø 29mm
Mushroom Head
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABW310-j
ABW301-j
ABW311-j
ABW320-j
ABW302-j
AOW310-j
AOW301-j
AOW311-j
AOW320-j
AOW302-j
Ø 40mm
Mushroom Head
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABW410-j
ABW401-j
ABW411-j
ABW420-j
ABW402-j
AOW410-j
AOW401-j
AOW411-j
AOW420-j
AOW402-j
Ø 40mm
Mushroom Head
with Full Shroud
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABGW410-j
ABGW401-j
ABGW411-j
ABGW420-j
ABGW402-j
AOGW410-j
AOGW401-j
AOGW411-j
AOGW420-j
AOGW402-j
Square Flush
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABQW110-j
ABQW101-j
ABQW111-j
ABQW120-j
ABQW102-j
AOQW110-j
AOQW101-j
AOQW111-j
AOQW120-j
AOQW102-j
Square Extended
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABQW210-j
ABQW201-j
ABQW211-j
ABQW220-j
ABQW202-j
AOQW210-j
AOQW201-j
AOQW211-j
AOQW220-j
AOQW202-j
Keylock Push
On/Off
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AKW210
AKW201
AKW211
AKW220
AKW202
–
1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table.
2. For sub-assembled part numbers, see next page.
3. For accessories, see page593.
4. For dimensions, see page 595.
5. Keyed switches are supplied with two keys. All units are keyed alike.
j Button Color Codes
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Yellow Y
White W
ø22mm - TW Series
565
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled)
Contact Blocks + Operator + Button = Complete Part
Operators
Style Part Number
Momentary Maintained
Round Flush/Extended
ABW-100 AOW-100
Round with Full Shroud/
Recessed
ABFW-200 AOFW-200
Ø 40mm, Ø 29mm
Mushroom Head
ABW-300 AOW-300
Ø 40mm Mushroom
Head with Full Shroud
ABGW-400 AOGW-400
Square Flush/Extended
ABQW-100 AOQW-100
Keylock Push On/Off
— AKW-200
Buttons
Style Part Number
Round Flush
ABW1B-j
Round Extended
ABW2B-j
Ø 29mm Mushroom
ABW3B-j
Ø 40mm Mushroom
ABW4B-j
Square Flush
ABQW1B-j
Square Extended
ABQW2B-j
In place of j specify the button color code from table
Contact Blocks
Style Part Number
1NO 1NC
Standard Ex-
posed Screw HW-C10
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01
HW-C01R
(late break)
Fingersafe
(IP20), CE
marked HW-F10
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01
HW-F01R
(late break)
Dummy Block
TW-DB
1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd
number of contact blocks.
2. Use of early and late break contacts creates a make
before break function
j Button Color Codes
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Yellow Y
White W
ø22mm - TW Series
566 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
E-Stops (Assembled)
Assembled E-Stops
A V (L) W 4 (B) (99) 11 (D) (N) – R – (24V)
Function
V: Pushlock Turn Reset
Y: Push-Pull
X: Pushlock Key Reset
Illumination
Blank: None
L: Illuminated
Series Designation
W: TW Series
Button/Lens Size
3: 29mm Mushroom
4: 40mm Mushroom
Lens Type
(illuminated units only)
Blank: Standard (ribbed)
B: Engravable (smooth with insert)
Illuminated Circuit
(illuminated unit only)
99: Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage)
126: 120V AC Step Down Transformer
246: 240V AC Step Down Transformer
486: 480V AC Step Down Transformer
Lamp Voltage
(full voltage illuminated units only)
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120V AC (LED only)
240V: 240V AC (LED only)
Button/Lens Color
A: Amber R: Red W: White
G: Green S: Blue Y: Yellow
B: Black
Contact Terminal Style
Blank: Standard
N: Fingersafe (IP20)
Lamp Type
(illuminated units only)
Blank: Incandescent
D: LED
Contact Arrangement
10: 1NO 01: 1NC
20: 2NO 02: 2NC
11: 1NO/1NC 22: 2NO/2NC
To be used for interpreting part numbers only, not for part number development.
ø22mm - TW Series
567
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
E-Stops (Assembled) continued
Non-Illuminated E-Stops
Style Contacts Part Number
Ø 40mm Pushlock
Turn Reset*
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AVW410-R*
AVW401-R*
AVW411-R*
AVW420-R*
AVW402-R*
Ø 29mm Pushlock
Turn Reset*
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AVW310-R*
AVW301-R*
AVW311-R*
AVW320-R*
AVW302-R*
Ø 40mm Push-Pull
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AYW410-j
AYW401-j
AYW411-j
AYW420-j
AYW402-j
Ø 40mm Pushlock
Key Reset *
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AXW410- R*
AXW401- R*
AXW411- R*
AXW420- R*
AXW402- R*
1. *Available in Red only.
2. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table.
3. For sub-assembled part numbers, see next page.
4. For accessories, see page 593.
5. For dimensions, see page 595.
Illuminated E-Stops
Style Type Contacts Part Number
Ø 40mm Pushlock
Turn Reset Type
Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AVLW4 m 11n-R*
AVLW4 m 20n-R*
AVLW4 m 02n-R*
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AVLW49911n-R*-l
AVLW49920n-R*-l
AVLW49902n-R*-l
Ø 29mm Pushlock
Turn Reset
Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AVLW3m11n-R*
AVLW3m20n-R*
AVLW3m02n-R*
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AVLW39911n-R*-l
AVLW39920n-R*-l
AVLW39902n-R*-l
Ø 40mm Push-Pull
Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AYLW4 m 11n-k
AYLW4 m 20n-k
AYLW4 m 02n-k
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AYLW49911n-k-l
AYLW49920n-k-l
AYLW49902n-k-l
1. *Available in red only.
2. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code (see table above).
3. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code (lamp voltage) (see table above).
4. In place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage Code (see table above).
5. In place of n, specify the Lamp Type Code from table above.
6. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page.
7. For accessories, see page 593.
8. For dimensions, see page 595.
j Button Color Codes
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
l Full Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 6V
12V AC/DC 12V
24V AC/DC 24V
120V AC 120V (LED only)
240V AC 240V (LED only)
m Transformer Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
126
246
486
Transformers step down to 6V.
n Lamp Type Codes
Lamp Code
Incandescent Blank
LED D
ø22mm - TW Series
568 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
E-Stops (Sub-Assembled)
Transformer/
Adaptor* + Contacts + Lamp Holder + Operator + Lamp + Button or Lens = Complete Part
*Not applicable for full voltage units
Operators
Style Part Number
Non-Illuminated Illuminated
Ø 29/Ø 40mm Push-
lock Turn Reset
AVW-300 AVLW3-0600
Ø 40mm Push-Pull
AYW-400 AYLW4-0600
Ø 40mm Pushlock
Key Reset
AXW-300 —
Buttons
Style Part Number
Ø 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset
AVW4B-R*
Ø 29mm Pushlock Turn Reset
AVW3B-R*
Ø 40mm Push-Pull
AYW4B-j
Ø 40mm Pushlock Key Reset
AXW4B-R*
1. *Available in Red only
2. In place of j, specify the button color code from table.
Contact Blocks
Style Voltage Part Number
LED
6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent 6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
1. In place of k, specify the LED color code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a
protection diode.
j Button Color Codes
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
ø22mm - TW Series
569
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated E-Stops (Sub-Assembled) continued
Lenses
Style Part Number
Standard Engravable
Ø 29mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset
AVLW3LU-R* AVLW3BLU-R*
Ø 40mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset
AVLW4LU-R* AVLW4BLU-R*
Ø 40mm Head Push Pull
AYLW4LU-kAYLW4BLU-k
1. In place of k, specify the lens color code from table on previous page.
2. *Available only in red
3. Standard lenses have ribbed pattern, Engravable lenses are smooth and include an engrav-
able insert.
Lamp Circuit Components
Style Application Part Number
Short Lamp Holder
Used with a Half-size
Transformer and one
contact block
TW-LH1
Long Lamp Holder
Used with Full-size
Transformer and two
contact blocks
Used with Half-size
Transformer and three
contact blocks
Used with Full Voltage
Adaptor and two contact
blocks
TW-LH2
Lead Holder
Used with TW-LH2
holder when using four
contact blocks
HW-LH3
Transformers/Full Voltage Modules
Style Description Part Number
Full Size Transformer
Standard
120V AC TW-T126B
240V AC TW-T246B
480V AC TW-T486B
Fingersafe
120V AC TW-F126B
240V AC TW-F246B
480V AC TW-F486B
Half Size Transformer 120V AC TW-T126SB
240V AC TW-T246SB
Full voltage model (use with even
number of contacts) Standard TW-DA1B
Fingersafe TW-DA1FB
Full voltage model (use with odd
number of contacts) Standard HW-DA1B
Fingersafe HW-DA1FB
All Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp).
Contact Blocks
Style Part Number
1NO 1NC
Standard Exposed Screw HW-C10
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01
HW-C01R
(late break)
Fingersafe (IP20), CE marked HW-F10
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01
HW-F01R
(late break)
Dummy Block
TW-DB
1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.
2. Use of early and late break contacts creates a make before break function
ø22mm - TW Series
570 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Pilot Lights (Assembled)
Assembled Pilot Lights
A P (Q) W 1 (B) (99) (D) – R – (24V)
Function
P: Pilot Light
Bezel Shape
Blank: Octagonal (round lenses)
Q: Square
Series Designation
W: TW Series
Lens Shape
1: Flat
2: Dome
Lens Type
Blank: Standard (ribbed)
B: Engravable (smooth with insert included)
Illumination Circuit
99: Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage)
126: 120V AC Step Down Transformer
246: 240V AC Step Down Transformer
486: 480V AC Step Down Transformer
Lamp Voltage
(Full Voltage Units Only)
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120V AC (LED only)
240V: 240V AC (LED only)
Lens Color Code
A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Lamp Type
Blank: Incandescent
D: LED
1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.
2. All transformers step down to 6V.
ø22mm - TW Series
571
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Pilot Lights (Assembled) continued
Assembled Pilot Lights
Style Type Voltage Part Number
Round Flat
Transformer
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
APW1126m-k
APW1246m-k
APW1486m-k
Full Voltage — APW199m-k-l
Dome
Transformer
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
APW2126m-k
APW2246m-k
APW2486m-k
Full Voltage — APW299m-k-l
Square Flat
Transformer
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
APQW1B126m-k
APQW1B246m-k
APQW1B486m-k
Full Voltage — APQW1B99m-k-l
1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code from table below.
2. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code from table below.
3. In place of m, specify the Lamp Type Code from table below.
4. For accessories, see page 593.
5. For dimensions, see page 595.
6. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page.
7. Yellow pilot light comes with white LED.
k Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
l Full Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 6V
12V AC/DC 12V
24V AC/DC 24V
120V AC 120V (LED only)
240V AC 240V (LED only)
m Lamp Type Codes
Lamp Code
Incandescent Blank
LED D
ø22mm - TW Series
572 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Pilot Lights (Sub-Assembled)
Transformer + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part
* Transformer not required for full voltage units.
Operators
Style Part Number
Round Dome/Flat
APW-199
Square
UPQW-199
Same operator is used for full voltage as for
transformer completed units.
Lenses
Style Part Number
Standard Engravable
Dome
APW2LU-k—
Round Flat
APW1LU-k APW1BLU-k
Square Flat
—APQW1BLU-k
1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code from table.
2. Standard lenses have a ribbed lens to enhance light
dispersion. Marking lenses are smooth and include an
engravable insert.
Lamps
Style Voltage Part Number
LED
6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent 6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
1. In place of k, specify the LED color code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a
protection diode.
3. Yellow LED not available. Use white LED.
Transformers
Style Description Part Number
Standard
120V AC TW-T126B
240V AC TW-T246B
480V AC TW-T486B
Fingersafe
120V AC TW-F126B
240V AC TW-F246B
480V AC TW-F486B
All Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp).
k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
If clear lens is desired, use
white marking lens and
remove engraving insert
ø22mm - TW Series
573
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Assembled Illuminated Pushbuttons
A L (F) W 2 (B) 99 11 (D) (N) – R – (24V)
Function
L: Momentary Action
OL: Maintained Action
Bezel Shape
Blank: Octagonal (round lenses)
F: Full Shroud (round lenses)
Q: Square
Series Designation
W: TW series
Lens Shape/Size
2: Standard Extended (round or square)
3: 29mm Mushroom
4: 40mm Mushroom
Lens Type
Blank: Standard (ribbed)
B: Engravable (smooth with insert)
Illumination Circuit
99: Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage)
126: 120V AC Step Down Transformer
246: 240V AC Step Down Transformer
486: 480V AC Step Down Transformer
Lamp Voltage
(Full Voltage Units Only)
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120V AC (LED only)
240V: 240V AC (LED only)
Lens Code
A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Contact Terminal Style
Blank: Standard
N: Fingersafe
Lamp Type
Blank: Incandescent Lamp
D: LED Lamp
Contact Arrangement
10: 1NO 01: 1NC
20: 2NO 02: 2NC
11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC
1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.
2. Transformers step down to 6V.
ø22mm - TW Series
574 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Style Contacts Part Number
Momentary Maintained
Extended Lens Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALW2 m 11n-k
ALW2 m 20n-k
ALW2 m 02n-k
AOLW2 m 11n-k
AOLW2 m 20n-k
AOLW2 m 02n-k
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALW29911n-k-l
ALW29920n-k-l
ALW29902n-k-l
AOLW29911n-k-l
AOLW29920n-k-l
AOLW29902n-k-l
Extended Lens with Full Shroud Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALFW2 m 11n-k
ALFW2 m 20n-k
ALFW2 m 02n-k
AOLFW2 m 11n-k
AOLFW2 m 20n-k
AOLFW2 m 02n-k
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALFW29911n-k-l
ALFW29920n-k-l
ALFW29902n-k-l
AOLFW29911n-k-l
AOLFW29920n-k-l
AOLFW29902n-k-l
ø29mm Mushroom Lens Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALW3 m 11n-k
ALW3 m 20n-k
ALW3 m 02n-k
AOLW3 m11n-k
AOLW3 m20n-k
AOLW3 m 02n-k
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALW39911n-k-l
ALW39920n-k-l
ALW39902n-k-l
AOLW39911n-k-l
AOLW39920n-k-l
AOLW39902n-k-l
ø40mm Mushroom Lens Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALW4 m 11n-k
ALW4 m 20n-k
ALW4 m 02n-k
AOLW4 m11n-k
AOLW4 m20n-k
AOLW4 m 02n-k
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALW49911n-k-l
ALW49920n-k-l
ALW49902n-k-l
AOLW49911n-k-l
AOLW49920n-k-l
AOLW49902n-k-l
Square Extended Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALQW2B m11n-k
ALQW2B m20n-k
ALQW2B m02n-k
AOLQW2B m11n-k
AOLQW2B m20n-k
AOLQW2B m02n-k
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALQW2B9911n-k-l
ALQW2B9920n-k-l
ALQW2B9902n-k-l
AOLQW2B9911n-k-l
AOLQW2B9920n-k-l
AOLQW2B9902n-k-l
1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code (see table). Mushroom lenses not available in yellow.
2. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code (lamp voltage) (see table).
3. In place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage Code (see table).
4. In place of n, specify the Lamp Type Code from table.
5. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page.
6. For accessories, see page 593.
7. For dimensions, see page 595.
8. Light is independent of switch position.
9. Yellow pushbutton comes with white LED.
k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
1. Mushroom lenses not
available in yellow.
2. Yellow pushbutton comes
with white LED.
l Full Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 6V
12V AC/DC 12V
24V AC/DC 24V
120V AC 120V (LED only)
240V AC 240V (LED only)
m Transformer Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
120VAC 126
240VAC 246
480VAC 486
Transformers step down to 6V
(use 6V lamp).
n Lamp Type Codes
Lamp Code
Incandescent Blank
LED D
ø22mm - TW Series
575
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled)
Transformer/
Adaptor* + Contacts + Lamp Holder + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part
*Not applicable for full voltage units
Operators
Style Part Number
Momentary Maintained
Extended ALW-0600 AOLW-0600
Extended with
Full Shroud ALFW-0600 AOLFW-0600
ø29mm/ø40mm
Mushroom ALW3-0600 AOLW3-0600
Square/Extended ALQW-2B0600 AOLQW-2B0600
Lenses
Style Part Number
Standard Engravable
Round Extended ALW2LU-kALW2BLU-k
ø 29mm
Mushroom Head* ALW3LU-kALW3BLU-k
ø 40mm
Mushroom Head* ALW4LU-kALW4BLU-k
Square Extended — ALQW2BLU-k
1. In place of k, specify the lens color code from table on the bottom right.
2. *Mushroom lens not available in yellow.
3. Standard lenses have ribbed pattern, Engravable lenses are smooth and include an
engravable insert.
Lamps
Style Voltage Part Number
LED
6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent 6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
1. In place of k, specify the LED color code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a
protection diode.
Lamp Circuit Components
Style Application Part Number
Short Lamp Holder
Used with a Half-size
Transformer and one
contact block
TW-LH1
Long Lamp Holder
Used with Full-size
Transformer and two
contact blocks
Used with Half-size
Transformer and three
contact blocks
Used with Full Voltage
Adaptor and two contact
blocks
TW-LH2
Lead Holder
Used with TW-LH2
holder when using four
contact blocks
HW-LH3
k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code Color Code
Amber A Blue S
Green G White W
Red R Yellow Y
Yellow LED not available. Use white LED.
ø22mm - TW Series
576 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) continued
Contact Blocks
Style Part Number
1NO 1NC
Standard Exposed Screw HW-C10
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01
HW-C01R
(late break)
Fingersafe (IP20), CE marked HW-F10
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01
HW-F01R
(late break)
Dummy Block
TW-DB
1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.
2. Use of early and late break contacts creates a make before break function
Transformers/Full Voltage Modules
Style Description Part Number
Full Size Transformer
Standard
120V AC TW-T126B
240V AC TW-T246B
480V AC TW-T486B
Fingersafe
120V AC TW-F126B
240V AC TW-F246B
480V AC TW-F486B
Half Size Transformer
120V AC TW-T126SB
240V AC TW-T246SB
Full voltage model (use with
even number of contacts) Standard TW-DA1B
Fingersafe TW-DA1FB
Full voltage model (use with
odd number of contacts) Standard HW-DA1B
Fingersafe HW-DA1FB
All Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp).
ø22mm - TW Series
577
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled)
Assembled Selector Switches
A S W 3 (1) (L) 20 (N) – 304
Function
S: Selector Switch
Series Designation
W: TW Series
Number of Positions
2: 2-Position
3: 3-Position
4: 4-Position
5: 5-Position
Spring Return Action
Blank: Maintained
1: Spring return from Right (2 or 3 position)
2: Spring return from Left (2 or 3 position)
3: 2-Way spring return from Left and Right
(3 position only)
Circuit Number
(Standard circuits shown on following
pages and 585.)
Contacts Terminal Style
Blank: standard
N: Fingersafe (IP20)
Contact Arrangement Code
10: 1NO 01: 1NC
20: 2NO 02: 2NC
40: 4NO 04: 4NC
11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC
Operator Style Code
Blank: Knob Operator
L: Lever Operator
K: Key Operator
1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.
2. Custom contact confi gurations available.
3. Custom key removable codes available.
4. Portions of part number inside ( ) are optional.
ø22mm - TW Series
578 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) continued
2-Position Selector Switches
Style Part Number
Contact
Mounting
Operator
Position Maintained Spring Return
from Right
Spring Return
from Left
LRLRLRLR
1NO 1
2
O
O
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW210
ASW2L10
ASW2K10
ASW2110
ASW21L10
ASW21K10
ASW2210
ASW22L10
ASW22K10
1NC 1
2
X
O
O
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW201-116
ASW2L01-116
ASW2K01-116
ASW2101-116
ASW21L01-116
ASW21K01-116
ASW2201-116
ASW22L01-116
ASW22K01-116
1NO
1NC
1
2
X
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW211
ASW2L11
ASW2K11
ASW2111
ASW21L11
ASW21K11
ASW2211
ASW22L11
ASW22K11
2NO 1
2
O
O
X
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW220
ASW2L20
ASW2K20
ASW2120
ASW21L20
ASW21K20
ASW2220
ASW22L20
ASW22K20
2NC 1
2
X
X
O
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW202-104
ASW2L02-104
ASW2K02-104
ASW2102-104
ASW21L02-104
ASW21K02-104
ASW2202-104
ASW22L02-104
ASW22K02-104
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
O
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW222
ASW2L22
ASW2K22
ASW2122
ASW21L22
ASW21K22
ASW2222
ASW22L22
ASW22K22
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
O
X
X
X
X
O
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW222-111
ASW2L22-111
ASW2K22-111
ASW2122-111
ASW21L22-111
ASW21K22-111
ASW2222-111
ASW22L22-111
ASW22K22-111
ø22mm - TW Series
579
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) continued
3-Position Selector Switches
Style Part Number
Contact
Mounting
Operator Position Maintained Spring Return from Right Spring Return from Left Spring Return Two-Way
LCRL
C
RL
C
RL
C
RL
C
R
2NO 1
2
X
O
O
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW320
ASW3L20
ASW3K20
ASW3120
ASW31L20
ASW31K20
ASW3220
ASW32L20
ASW32K20
ASW3320
ASW33L20
ASW33K20
2NC 1
2
O
X
X
X
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW302
ASW3L02
ASW3K02
ASW3102
ASW31L02
ASW31K02
ASW3202
ASW32L02
ASW32K02
ASW3302
ASW33L02
ASW33K02
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
O
O
X
O
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW322
ASW3L22
ASW3K22
ASW3122
ASW31L22
ASW31K22
ASW3222
ASW32L22
ASW32K22
ASW3322
ASW33L22
ASW33K22
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
X
O
O
O
X
X
O
X
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW322-309
ASW3L22-309
ASW3K22-309
ASW3122-309
ASW31L22-309
ASW31K22-309
ASW3222-309
ASW32L22-309
ASW32K22-309
ASW3322-309
ASW33L22-309
ASW33K22-309
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
O
O
X
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW322-310
ASW3L22-310
ASW3K22-310
ASW3122-310
ASW31L22-310
ASW31K22-310
ASW3222-310
ASW32L22-310
ASW32K22-310
ASW3322-310
ASW33L22-310
ASW33K22-310
4NO
1
2
3
4
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW340
ASW3L40
ASW3K40
ASW3140
ASW31L40
ASW31K40
ASW3240
ASW32L40
ASW32K40
ASW3340
ASW33L40
ASW33K40
4NC
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW304
ASW3L04
ASW3K04
ASW3104
ASW31L04
ASW31K04
ASW3204
ASW32L04
ASW32K04
ASW3304
ASW33L04
ASW33K04
1. The truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when the operator is switched to that position.
X = On (closed contacts)
O = Off (open contacts)
XX = Overlapping Contacts: Remain on (closed contacts) when switch is moved between these two positions.
2. All knob and lever selector switches come in black. Other colors are available by ordering the knob or lever separately.
3. Every key selector switch uses an identical key. The key is removable in any maintained position.
4. Custom contact confi gurations are available, see page 585.
4-Position Selector Switch
Style Maintained
Contact
Mounting
Operator Position Part Number
123 4 1
2
3
4
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
ASW422-411
ASW4L22-411
5-Position Selector Switch
Style Maintained
Contact
Mounting
Operator Position Part Number
1234 5
1
234
5
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
ASW522-501
ASW5L22-501
ø22mm - TW Series
580 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)
Contact Blocks + Operator + Knob or Lever* + Color Insert* = Complete Part†
1. *Not needed with key type switches.
2. †Knob type shown.
Operators
Style Positions Description Part Number
Knob/Lever
2
Maintained ASW200
Spring return from right ASW2100
Spring return from left ASW2200
3
Maintained, Cam 1
Maintained, Cam 2
Maintained, Cam 3
ASW300-1
ASW300-2
ASW300-3
Spring return from right, Cam 1
Spring return from right, Cam 2
ASW3100-1
ASW3100-2
Spring return from left, Cam 1
Spring return from left, Cam 2
ASW3200-1
ASW3200-2
Spring return from left/right, Cam 1
Spring return from left/right, Cam 2
ASW3300-1
ASW3300-2
4Maintained, Standard Cam
Maintained, Cam 1
ASW400
ASW400-1
5Maintained, Standard cam
Maintained, Cam 1
ASW500
ASW500-1
Key 2
Maintained ASW2K00
Spring return from right ASW21K00
Spring return from left ASW22K00
3
Maintained, Cam 1
Maintained, Cam 2
Maintained, Cam 3
ASW3K00-1
ASW3K00-2
ASW3K00-3
Spring return from right, Cam 1
Spring return from right, Cam 2
ASW31K00-1
ASW31K00-2
Spring return from left, Cam 1
Spring return from left, Cam 2
ASW32K00-1
ASW32K00-2
Spring return from left/right, Cam 1
Spring return from left/right, Cam 2
ASW33K00-1
ASW33K00-2
1. Two keys are supplied with every key switch, all are keyed alike, and removable from any maintained position.
2. Locking rings are included with all operators. Order knobs, levers, and color inserts separately.
3. Different cams produce different contact actions. For details, see contact arrangement charts, page 585.
4. Key switch operator supplied with black sleeve.
j Handle/Insert Color Codes
Color Code
Black* B
Blue S
Green G
Red R
Yellow Y
White†W
*Color inserts not available in black.
†Knob and lever not available in white.
Handles and Inserts
Style Part Number
Knob ASWHHY-j
Lever ASWHHL-j
Color
Insert TW-HC1-j
Contact Blocks
Style Part Number
1NO 1NC
Standard Exposed
Screw HW-C10
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01
HW-C01R
(late break)
Fingersafe (IP20), CE
marked HW-F10
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01
HW-F01R
(late break)
Dummy Block
TW-DB
1. Push rod color code:
Green = NO contact block
Red = NC contact block.
2. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd
number of contact blocks.
Replacement Parts
Key Switch Black Sleeve AKW2B-B
ø22mm - TW Series
581
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled)
Assembled Illuminated Selector Switches
A SL W 2 (2) 99 11 (D) (N) – (103) – R – (24V)
Function
SL: Illuminated Selector Switch
Series Designation
W: TW series
Number of Positions
2: 2-Position
3: 3-Position
Spring Return Action
Blank: Maintained
1: Spring return from Right
2: Spring return from Left
3: Two-Way spring return from Left and Right
Illumination Circuit
99: Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage)
126: 120V AC Step Down Transformer
246: 240V AC Step Down Transformer
486: 480V AC Step Down Transformer
Lamp Voltage
(Full Voltage Units Only)
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120V AC (LED only)
240V: 240V AC (LED only)
Lens Color Code
A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Contact Circuit Number
Standard circuits are listed on the
following pages and 585.
Contact Terminal Style
Blank: Standard
N: Fingersafe
Lamp Type
Blank: Incandescent Lamp
D: LED Lamp
Contact Arrangement
10: 1NO 01: 1NC
20: 2NO 02: 2NC
40: 4NO 04: 4NC
11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC
1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.
2. All transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp).
ø22mm - TW Series
582 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Selector Switches(Assembled) continued
Illuminated 2-Position Selector Switches
Style Part Number
Contact
Mounting
Operator
Position Lamp
Circuit
Type
Maintained Spring Return from
Right Spring Return from Left
LRLRLR
L R
1NO
1NC
1
2
O
X
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW2 j 11m-k
ASLW29911m-k-l
ASLW21 j 11m-k
ASLW219911m-k-l
ASLW22 j 11m-k
ASLW229911m-k-l
2NO 1
2
O
O
X
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW2 j 20m-k
ASLW29920m-k-l
ASLW21 j 20m-k
ASLW219920m-k-l
ASLW22 j 20m-k
ASLW229920m-k-l
2NC 1
2
X
X
O
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW2 j 02m-104-k
ASLW29902m-104-k-l
ASLW21 j 02m-104-k
ASLW219902m-104-k-l
ASLW22 j 02m-104-k
ASLW229902m-104-k-l
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
O
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW2 j 22m-k
ASLW29922m-k-l
ASLW21 j 22m-k
ASLW219922m-k-l
ASLW22 j 22m-k
ASLW229922m-k-l
Illuminated 3-Position Selector Switches, Maintained and Spring Return from Right
Style Part Number
Contact
Mounting
Operator Position Lamp
Circuit
Type
Maintained Spring Return From Right Spring Return from Left Spring Return Two-Way
LCRL
C
RL
C
RL
C
RL
C
R
2NO 1
2
X
O
O
O
O
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 j 20m-k
ASLW39920m-k-l
ASLW31 j 20m-k
ASLW319920m-k-l
ASLW32 j 20m-k
ASLW329920m-k-l
ASLW33 j 20m-k
ASLW339920m-k-l
2NC 1
2
O
X
X
X
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 j 02m-k
ASLW39902m-k-l
ASLW31 j 02m-k
ASLW319902m-k-l
ASLW32 j 02m-k
ASLW329902m-k-l
ASLW33 j 02m-k
ASLW339902m-k-l
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
O
O
X
O
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 j 22m-k
ASLW39922m-k-l
ASLW31 j 22m-k
ASLW319922m-k-l
ASLW32 j 22m-k
ASLW329922m-k-l
ASLW33 j 22m-k
ASLW339922m-k-l
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
X
O
O
O
X
X
O
X
O
O
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 j 22m-309-k
ASLW39922m-309-k-l
ASLW31 j 22m-309-k
ASLW319922m-309-k-l
ASLW32 j 22m-309-k
ASLW329922m-309-k-l
ASLW33 j 22m-309-k
ASLW339922m-309-k-l
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
O
O
X
O
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 j 22m-310-k
ASLW39922m-310-k-l
ASLW31 j 22m-310-k
ASLW319922m-310-k-l
ASLW32 j 22m-310- k
ASLW329922m-310- k -l
ASLW33 j 22m-310-k
ASLW339922m-310-k-l
4NO
1
2
3
4
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 j 40m-k
ASLW39940m-k-l
ASLW31 j 40m-k
ASLW319940m-k-l
ASLW32 j 40m-k
ASLW329940m-k-l
ASLW33 j 40m-k
ASLW339940m-k-l
4NC
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 j 04m-k
ASLW39904m-k-l
ASLW31 j 04m-k
ASLW319904m-k-l
ASLW32 j 04m-k
ASLW329904m-k-l
ASLW33 j 04m-k
ASLW339904m-k-l
1. In place of j, specify the Transformer Voltage Code.
2. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code.
3. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code.
4. In place of m specify Lamp Type Code
5. For custom contact confi gurations, see page 585.
6. Light is independent of switch position.
7. Yellow selector switch comes with white LED.
l Full Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 6V
12V AC/DC 12V
24V AC/DC 24V
120V AC 120V (LED only)
240V AC 240V (LED only)
m Lamp Type Codes
Lamp Code
Incandescent Blank
LED D
j Transformer Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
120VAC 126
240VAC 246
480VAC 486
Transformers step down to 6V
(use 6V lamp).
k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
ø22mm - TW Series
583
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)
Transformer* + Contact Block + Operator + Lamp/Lead Holder†+ Lamp + Lens = Complete Part
*Full voltage units use a full voltage adaptor (TW-DA1B) instead of a transformer.
†Lamp holder is not included with operators, order separately.
Lead holder is used when using 3 or more contact blocks. Order separately.
Operators
Style Positions Description Part Number
2
Maintained ASLW200
Spring return from right ASLW2100
Spring return from left ASLW2200
3
Maintained, cam 1
Maintained, cam 2
Maintained, cam 3
ASLW300-1
ASLW300-2
ASLW300-3
Spring return from right, cam 1
Spring return from right, cam 2
ASLW3100-1
ASLW3100-2
Spring return from left, cam 1
Spring return from left, cam 2
ASLW3200-1
ASLW3200-2
Spring return from left/right, cam 1
Spring return from left/right, cam 2
ASLW3300-1
ASLW3300-2
Different cams produce different contact action. For details, see Contact Arrangements
on page 585.
Lenses (Knobs)
Description Part Number
Knob ASLWLU-k
In place of k, specify the lens color code from table.
Lamps
Style Voltage Part Number
LED
6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent 6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
1. In place of k, specify the LED color code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a
protection diode.
k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
Yellow LED not available. Use
white LED
ø22mm - TW Series
584 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) continued
Contact Blocks
Style Part Number
1NO 1NC
Standard Exposed Screw HW-C10
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01
HW-C01R
(late break)
Fingersafe (IP20), CE marked HW-F10
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01
HW-F01R
(late break)
Dummy Block
TW-DB
1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.
2. Use of early and late break contacts creates a make before break function
Lamp Circuit Components
Style Application Part Number
Short Lamp Holder
Used with a Half-size
Transformer and one
contact block
TW-LH1
Long Lamp Holder
Used with Full-size
Transformer and two
contact blocks
Used with Half-size
Transformer and three
contact blocks
Used with Full Voltage
Adaptor and two contact
blocks
TW-LH2
Lead Holder
Used with TW-LH2
holder when using four
contact blocks
HW-LH3
Transformers/Full Voltage Modules
Style Description Part Number
Full Size Transformer
Standard
120V AC TW-T126B
240V AC TW-T246B
480V AC TW-T486B
Fingersafe
120V AC TW-F126B
240V AC TW-F246B
480V AC TW-F486B
Half Size Transformer
120V AC TW-T126SB
240V AC TW-T246SB
Full voltage model (use with
even number of contacts) Standard TW-DA1B
Fingersafe TW-DA1FB
Full voltage model (use with
odd number of contacts) Standard HW-DA1B
Fingersafe HW-DA1FB
All Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp).
ø22mm - TW Series
585
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Contact Arrangement Charts
How to Read Contact Arrangement Charts
To determine contact block mounting position, fi rst make sure the selector switch is oriented as shown on the right
Contact Arrangement
Type and quantity of switch
contacts
Circuit Number
* N/D = No designation
required
Contact Block
Mounting Position
Position or mounting
contact blocks on operator
Operator Position
Truth table indicates the oper-
ating position of contact block
when operator is switched to
that position.
Contact Block
Part Number
Part number to use when
ordering sub-assembly contact
blocks, as required for use
with corresponding mounting
position
Contact Arrangement Chart: 2-Position Selector Switches
Style
Mounting
Position
Operator
Position Contact Block
Part Number Description
Operator Part Number
Contact Circuit
Number
Maintained Spring Ret.
from Rt.
Spring Ret.
from Lt.
LRLRLRLR
1NO N/D
1 O X HW-C10 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
2 O O TW-DB
1NC 116
1 X O HW-C01 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
2 O O TW-DB
1NO
1NC
N/D
1 O X HW-C10 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
2 X O HW-C01
103
1 X O HW-C01 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
2 O X HW-C10
1NO-EM
1NC-LB
600
1 O X HW-C10R Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
2 X O HW-C01R
601
1 X O HW-C01R Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
2 O X HW-C10R
2NO N/D
1 O X HW-C10 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
2 O X HW-C10
2NC 104
1 X O HW-C01 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
2 X O HW-C01
2NO
2NC
N/D
1 O X HW-C10
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
2 X O HW-C01
3 O X HW-C10
4 X O HW-C01
111
1 O X HW-C10
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
2 O X HW-C10
3 X O HW-C01
4 X O HW-C01
1. NO-EM, NC-LB = Early Make, Late Break.
N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled selector switch part number.
2. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (Open contacts)
2
3
4
LR
1
2
3
4
LR
1
ø22mm - TW Series
586 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Contact Arrangement Chart: 3-Position Selector Switches
Style
Mounting
Position
Operator Position
Contact Block
Part Number Description
Operator Part Number
Contact Circuit
Number
Maintained Spring Return
from Right
Spring Return
from Left Two-Way
LCRL
C
RL
C
RL
C
RL
C
R
1NO
1NC
202
1 X 0 0 HW-C10 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3300-1
2XX O HW-C01
203
10
XX HW-C01 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3300-1
2 O 0 X HW-C10
302
1 X 0 X HW-C10 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3300-2
2XX O HW-C01
303
1 0 X O HW-C01 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3300-2
2 O 0 X HW-C10
2NO
N/D
1 X 0 0 HW-C10 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3300-1
2 O 0 X HW-C10
301
1 X 0 X HW-C10 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3300-2
2 O 0 X HW-C10
2NC
304
1 0 X O HW-C01 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3300-2
2XX O HW-C01
N/D
10
XX HW-C01 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3300-1
2XX O HW-C01
2NO
2NC
N/D
1 X 0 0 HW-C10
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3300-1
2 0 0 X HW-C10
30
XX HW-C01
4XX 0 HW-C01
210
1 0 X X HW-C01
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3300-1
20
0X HW-C10
30
XX HW-C01
4 0 0 X HW-C10
308
1 X 0 X HW-C10
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3300-2
2XX 0 HW-C01
3 X 0 X HW-C10
4XX O HW-C01
309
1 X 0 X HW-C10
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3300-2
2XX 0 HW-C01
3 0 X O HW-C01
4 O 0 X HW-C10
310
1 0 X O HW-C01
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3300-2
2 O 0 X HW-C10
3 0 X O HW-C01
4 0 0 X HW-C10
1. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a “-1” and a “-2” for 3-position selector switches. The internal cam of a “-1” is different from that of a “-2”. This results in designated combinations of open
and closed contacts in the various operator positions.
2. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number.
3. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts). X X Overlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions.
ø22mm - TW Series
587
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Contact Arrangement Chart: 3-Position Selector Switches
Style
Mounting
Position
Operator Position
Contact Block
Part Number Description
Operator Part Number
Contact Circuit
Number
Maintained Spring Return
from Right
Spring Return
from Left Two-Way
LCRL
C
RL
C
RL
C
RL
C
R
4NO
N/D
1 X 0 0 HW-C10
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3300-1
2 0 0 X HW-C10
3 X 0 0 HW-C10
4 0 0 X HW-C10
305
1 X 0 X HW-C10
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3300-2
2 0 0 X HW-C10
3 X 0 X HW-C10
4 0 0 X HW-C10
4NC
N/D
10
XX HW-C01
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3300-1
2XX 0 HW-C01
30
XX HW-C01
4XX O HW-C01
314
1 0 X O HW-C01
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3300-2
2XX 0 HW-C01
3 0 X O HW-C01
4XX 0 HW-C01
1. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a “-1” and a “-2” for 3-position selector switches. The internal cam of a “-1” is different from that of a “-2”. This results in designated combinations of open
and closed contacts in the various operator positions.
2. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number.
3. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts). X X Overlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions.
ø22mm - TW Series
588 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Custom Selector Switch Building Guide
To build a custom selector switch, follow these steps.
Step 1
How many positions of the switch are needed?
# of positions
(2, 3, 4, 5)
Step 2
How many contacts should there be?
# of isolated contacts
(maximum 6)
Step 3
Fill in the Truth Table
(X = closed, 0 = open)
Knob Position
12345
Contacts
1
2
3
4
5
6
Step 4
If building a 2 position selector, skip this step. (2 position selectors have only one cam)
If building a 3, 4, or 5 position selector, determine appropriate cam as follows:
Look at Row 1 from above table and locate an identical row in the operator truth tables (See next page).
Repeat for all rows. The user must fi nd one operator that contains all rows from above table.
Record the operator cam version.
Step 5
Build by placing appropriate contact in appropriate mounting position for each desired row on operator cam truth table. “L” and “R” refer to mounting on left or right
side of operator as viewed from the front of the panel.
Step 6
Develop an assembly part number (if necessary) as follows: follow standard numbering nomenclature for selector switches (see pages 577 or 581. In place of the
“Circuit Number” indicate the cam number and contact arrangement as such ASW322-3-OELCSS, where “3” is the cam number, and contact arrangement “OELCXX”
calls out individual contact mounting locations in order (see diagram above). O=NO, C=NC, E=NO-EM, L=NC-LB, X= no contact. Part number must designate all 6 pos-
sible mounting locations.
Caution: Before putting any custom selector switch into use, the user should use an ohmmeter to test for desired performance.
1. For Operator Truth Tables, see next page.
•
•
•
2
3
4
LR
1
Mounting Positions
2
3
4
LR
1
Mounting Positions
ø22mm - TW Series
589
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Operator Truth Tables
Use the following tables to build custom selector switches.
2 Position Selector Switches
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator
Position
Left Right
ASW200
ASLW200
ASW2K00
HW-C10
(NO)
LOX
ROX
HW-C01
(NC)
LXO
RXO
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
LOX
ROX
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
LXO
RXO
3 Position Selector Switches
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
Left Center Right
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
HW-C10
(NO)
LXOO
ROOX
HW-C01
(NC)
LO
XX
RXXO
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
LXOO
RO
OX
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
LOXX
RXXO
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
Left Center Right
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
HW-C10
(NO)
LXOX
ROOX
HW-C01
(NC)
LOXO
RXXO
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
LX O X
RO
OX
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
LOXO
RXXO
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
Left Center Right
ASW300-3
ASW3K00-3
ASLW300-3
HW-C10
(NO)
LXOO
ROOX
HW-C01
(NC)
LOXO
ROXO
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
LXOX
RXOX
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
LO
XX
RXXO
4 Position Selector Switches
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
1234
ASW400
HW-C10
(NO)
L XOOO
ROXOO
HW-C01
(NC)
LO
XXX
RXO
XX
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
LXOOO
ROXOO
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
LOXXX
RX O XX
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
1234
ASW400-1
HW-C10
(NO)
L XOOO
ROOOX
HW-C01
(NC)
LOOXO
ROXOO
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
L XXOX
RXOXX
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
LO
XXX
RXXXO
5 Position Selector Switches
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
12345
ASW500
HW-C10
(NO)
L XOOOO
ROXOOO
HW-C01
(NC)
L OOXXX
ROOOXX
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
LXOOOO
ROXOOO
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
LOXXXX
RX O XXX
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
12345
ASW500-1
HW-C10
(NO)
L XOOOO
R OOOOX
HW-C01
(NC)
L OOOXO
ROXOOO
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
LXXXOX
RXO
XXX
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
LO
XXXX
RXXXXO
ø22mm - TW Series
590 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Nameplates — TW Series
Faceplates
NWAL NWAQL NWAS EMERGENCY STOP
1.13" (29mm)
1.0"
(25.4mm)
1.13" (29mm)
0.975"
(25mm)
0.566"
(14.5mm)
1.76" (45mm)
1.76" (45mm)
ø70mm
Part Number
Nameplate
(blank)
NWAL-OB (black)
NWAL-OR (red)
NWAQL-OB (black)
NWAQL-OR (red) NWAS-OB NWAR-O
Nameplate
(engraved) NWAL-jNWAQL-jNWAS-jNWAR-27†
1. In place of j, insert either the Standard Legend Code from table below or custom engraving delimited by “ “.
2. Standard engravings are available at no charge.
3 NWAR-27 comes marked “Emergency Stop” as shown in drawing.
Standard Legend Codes
Pushbuttons Pushbuttons/Selector Switches Selector Switches
Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code
AUTO
CLOSE
DOWN
EMERG.STOP
FAST
FORWARD
HAND
HIGH
IN
INCH
JOG
LOW
LOWER
OFF
ON
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
OPEN
OUT
RAISE
RESET
REVERSE
RUN
SLOW
START
STOP
STOP
TEST
UP
I (Int’l On)
O (Int’l Off)
EMO
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
150
151
152
AUTO-MAN
CLOSE-OPEN
DOWN-UP
FAST-SLOW
FOR-REV
HAND-AUTO
HIGH-LOW
JOG-RUN
LEFT-RIGHT
LOWER-RAISE
MAN-AUTO
OFF-ON
ON-OFF
OPEN-CLOSE
RAISE-LOWER
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
REV-FOR
RUN-JOG
RUN-SAFE
SAFE-RUN
SLOW-FAST
START-STOP
STOP-START
UP-DOWN
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
AUTO-MAN-OFF
AUTO-OFF-MAN
CLOSE-OFF-OPEN
DOWN-OFF-SLOW
FAST-OFF-SLOW
FOR-OFF-REV
LEFT-OFF-RIGHT
LOWER-OFF-RAISE
OFF-MAN-AUTO
OFF-SLOW-FAST
OFF-1-2
OPEN-OFF-CLOSE
SLOW-OFF-FAST
SUMMER-OFF-WINTER
UP-OFF-DOWN
1-OFF-2
HAND-OFF-AUTO
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
1. To order engraved nameplates, add legend code to nameplate part number.
Character height based on the number of characters and size of nameplate. Standard character size is 3/16”.
2. Nameplates with standard legends are the same list price as blank nameplates.
Nameplate Order Form on next page.
ø22mm - TW Series
591
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Custom Engraved Nameplates Order Form — TW Series
Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Custom Engravings, Location of Engraving on Nameplate, and Quantity Desired.
To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative. or Distributor.
Your Company Name: _________________________________________
Your Name: _________________________________________
Telephone: _________________________________________
Fax & Email: _________________________________________
IDEC Rep/Distributor Contact: _________________________________
PO number (if known): _________________________________
IDEC Rep/Distributor Phone: _________________________________
IDEC Rep/Distributor Fax & Email: _________________________________
NWAL
Engraving
Location
Step 1.
Choose Letter Size - 7/64” or 1/8”.
Check the box for the letter size you
want. Then write your lettering in box
below checkboxes. Note: 1/8” size
letters cannot exceed 9 characters.
Step 2.
Specify Quantity.
Qty
Enter the number of
nameplates desired
in the box on the right.
7/64”
Letter Size
11 characters max
(for 7/64” size letters)
Sample Letter Sizes
7/64” Letters:
1/8” Letters:
1/8”
Letter Size
9 characters max
(for 1/8” size letters)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
NWAQL
Engraving
Location
Step 1.
Choose Letter Size - 7/64” or 1/8”.
Check the box for the letter size you
want. Then write your lettering in box
below checkboxes. Note: 1/8” size
letters cannot exceed 9 characters.
Step 2.
Specify Quantity.
Qty
Enter the number of
nameplates desired
in the box on the right.
7/64”
Letter Size
11 characters max
(for 7/64” size letters)
Sample Letter Sizes
7/64” Letters:
1/8” Letters:
1/8”
Letter Size
9 characters max
(for 1/8” size letters)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
NWAS
Engraving Location A
Engraving Location B
Step 1.
Choose Letter Size - 1/8” or
3/32”.
Check the box for the letter
size you want. Then write
your lettering in box below
checkboxes. Note: 1/8” size
letters cannot exceed 14
characters.
3/32”
Letter Size
20 characters max
(for 3/32” size letters)
1/8”
Letter Size
14 characters max
(for 1/8” size letters)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Step 2.
Specify Quantity.
Qty
Enter the number of
nameplates desired
in the box on the right.
Step 3.
Specify Location.
Location
Enter the location of
engraving (A or B), in
the box on the right.
Sample Letter Sizes
3/32” Letters:
1/8” Letters:
ø22mm - TW Series
592 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Switch Engraving Order Form – TW Series
Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Maximum Number of Lines and Text to be engraved.
To insure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative or Distributor.
Your Company: Telephone:
Name: Fax:
Address: Email:
PO: Part Number to be Engraved:
Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options:
Square
Switch Round
Switch
ø29mm, ø40mm Mushroom Head
Engraving
Area 1
Engraving
Area 2†
# of Lines Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
# of
Lines
Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
# of
Lines
Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
1
5/32 6
1
5/32 5 Engraving
Area 1 1
5/32 5
1/8 6 1/8 6 1/8 5
2
5/32 6
2
5/32 5 Engraving
Area 2 1
5/32 7
1/8 5 1/8 6 1/8 7
3 1/8 6 3 1/8 5
4 3/32 5 4 3/32 5
1. Above mentioned specifi cations hold true for standard size pushbuttons (round and square).
2. †Engraving Area 2 can be engraved for 40mm mushroom Head non-Illuminated push button only.
3. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-Illuminated push buttons and on marking plate for illuminated push buttons and pilot lights.
4. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to emphasize capital or small letters.
Enter text to be engraved:
Line 1:
Line 2:
Line 3:
Line 4:
Sample Letter Sizes
1/8 Letters:
5/32 Letters:
For IDEC Internal Use Only:
Work Order #:
ø22mm - TW Series
593
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Accessories
TW Series Accessories
Appearance Description/Usage Part Number
Lamp Removal Tool Rubber tool used to install or remove LED’s and incandescent lamps OR-55
Contact Block Remover Used to remove contact blocks, transformers, lenses, and adaptors. Can also be used to
determine panel thickness adjustment. TW-KC1
Nut Locking Wrench Used in OR-14 locking wrench to tighten locking nuts inside square bezel TW-KQ2
Metal Bezel
Chrome plated bezels
tighten onto operator
(replacement for
damaged bezels)
Standard octagonal units (chrome-pl.) AW-R8
Full shroud octagonal units (chrome-pl.) AW-RF8
Full shroud mushroom head units Ø 40mm AW-G4
Plastic Bezel
Black plastic bezels for
square buttons
(replacement for
damaged bezels)
Round fl ush units (black plastic) AW-RP1B
Round extended units (black plastic) AW-FP1B
Square units (black plastic) AW-Q1B
Square units with full shroud (black plastic) AW-QF1B
Boot/Cover Used to cover and protect
pushbuttons
Waterproof lens cover for square pilot lights APW00LN
Waterproof lens cover for square illuminated buttons APW00L
Clear boot for round fl ush units OC-31
Clear boot for round extended units OC-32
*In place of asterisk, specify Rubber Boot color:
B (black), G (green), R (red), Y (yellow) - (nitril rubber) OCW-11*
Anti-Rotation Ring Ring to prevent operator base from rotating in the mounting hole.
Used when nameplate is not used OGL-31
Mounting Hole Plug Black rubber plug fi lls unused mounting holes in panel. OB-31
Metallic Mounting Hole
Plug
For plugging unused mounting holes in the panel. Tighten the attached locking ring to a torque of
12 kfg-cm maximum
Degree of protection: IP66
LW9Z-BM
Replacement Keys Pair of keys (#0) TW-SK
Replacement Black
Sleeve for Keyswitch AKW2B-B
Metal Button Guard Used on fl ush buttons to prevent inadvertent actuation OLW-C
ø22mm - TW Series
594 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Appearance Description/Usage Part Number
Terminal Tab Adaptor Quick- connect terminals #250 (17/64” x 3/64”) single tab TW-FA1
Lock-out Adaptor
Used to provide lock-out protection for pushbuttons and knob selector switches:
• Up to Ø 40mm mushroom head size
(Padlock not included.)
HW9Z-KL1
TW to TWTD Adaptor Used to mount TW series control unit (except square units) Ø 7/8” (22mm) into a Ø 1-13/64”
(30mm) panel cut-out. TWN-A1R8
Replacement Marking
Plates
White plastic engraving plate
for use on all illuminated units
(included in each lens).
May be used to capture
printed mylar insert (not sup-
plied by IDEC) under lens face.
Round Pushbutton (Ø14mm) ALW2B
Round Pilot Light (Ø 14mm) APW2B
Mushroom Pushbutton (Ø 14mm) ALW3B
Square Pilot Light (q 21mm) APQW1B
Square Pushbutton (q 21mm) ALQW2B
Fingersafe Covers for TW Series
Appearance Description Used with Part Number
Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 6mm to overall depth APW and UPQW full voltage pilot lights APS-PVL
Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 3.5mm to overall
depth. One required for each contact, only for rear-
most terminals
Non-illuminated pushbuttons and selectors HW-VL2
Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 3mm to overall depth APW and UPQW transformer pilot lights, and illumi-
nated pushbuttons and illuminated selectors HW-VL3
Fingersafe terminal cover for contacts. Full voltage illuminated pushbuttons and selectors HW-VL4
Fingersafe terminal cover for full voltage adaptor, adds
3 mm to depth Full voltage illuminated pushbuttons and selectors HW-VL5
Fingersafe terminal cover for half size transformer
adaptor, adds 3 mm to depth Illuminated pushbuttons and selectors HW-VL6
ø22mm - TW Series
595
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Dimensions
Pushbuttons
Flush Extended Extended with Full Shroud
30
37
ø29
ø24
13
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
68.5 (3-4 blocks)
48.5 (1-2 blocks)
Panel Thickness 1 to 6
13
19 30
37
ø29
ø24
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
68.5 (3-4 blocks)
48.5 (1-2 blocks)
Panel Thickness 1 to 6
ø29
30
37
ø24
19.5
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
68.5 (3-4 blocks)
48.5 (1-2 blocks)
Panel Thickness 1 to 6
29mm Mushroom 40mm Mushroom Mushroom with Full Shroud
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
13
22.5
68.5 (3-4 blocks)
48.5 (1-2 block)
Panel Thickness 1 to 6
30
37
ø29
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
13
22.5
ø40
68.5 (3-4 blocks)
48.5 (1-2 blocks)
Panel Thickness 1 to 6
30
37
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
48.5 (1-2 blocks)
68.5 (3-4 blocks)
Panel Thickness 1 to 6
30
37
ø46
23
29mm Push-Lock-Turn-Reset 40mm Push-Lock-Turn-Reset Keylock Push On/Off
30
37
13
22.5
ø29
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
48.5 (1-2 blocks)
68.5 (3-4 blocks)
Panel Thickness
1 to 6 Reset Angle 75o
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
48.5 (1-2 blocks)
68.5 (3-4 blocks)
Panel Thickness
1 to 6 Reset Angle 75o
30
37
13
22.5
ø40
Reset
(unlock)
37
25
47
13
ø29
45o
30
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
48.5 (1-2 blocks)
68.5 (3-4 blocks)
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
40mm Pushlock Key reset 40mm Push-Pull Square Flush
(unlock)
Reset
37
25
47
13
45o
30
ø40
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
48.5 (1-2 blocks)
68.5 (3-4 blocks)
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
37
25
13
30
ø40
30.5
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
48.5 (1-2 blocks)
68.5 (3-4 blocks)
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
37
13
30
30
25
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
48.5 (1-2 blocks)
68.5 (3-4 blocks)
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
Square Extended
37
13
30
30
20
25
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
48.5 (1-2 blocks)
68.5 (3-4 blocks)
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
Selector Switches
37
25
13
30
ø24
ø29
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
48.5 (2 blocks)
68.5 (4 blocks)
Panel Thickness 1 to 6
M3.5 Terminal
Screws
48.5 (2 blocks)
68.5 (4 blocks)
Panel Thickness 1 to 6
37
13
30
ø29
ø25
25
M3.5 Teminal
Screws
48.5 (2 blocks)
68.5 (4 blocks)
Panel Thickness 1 to 6
37
13
30
ø29
19
41
ø24
ø22mm - TW Series
596 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Dimensions continued
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Extended Extended with Full Shroud Square Extended
Marking plate: ø15.5mm
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
13
19 30
ø24
ø29
37
Marking plate: ø15.5mm
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
30
ø24
ø29
37
20 30
37
20
13
25
30
Marking plate: 21mm
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
29mm Push-Turn-Reset 40mm Push-Turn-Reset Mushroom
Marking plate: ø13.9mm
Reset Angle: 75°
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
30
37
13
22.5
ø29
Marking plate: ø13.9mm
Reset Angle 75°
30
37
13
22.5
ø40
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
Marking plate: ø13.9mm
30
37
13
ø29
22.5
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
Push-Pull
Marking plate: ø13.9mm
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
30
37
25
13
ø40
30.5
Illuminated Selector Switches
1 Contact Block with Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer (2 blocks) 1 Contact Block with Half Size Transformer
X2 X1
X2
X1
M3.5 Terminal Screws Panel Thickness
1 to 6
86.5
X2
X1
64.5
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
2 Contact Blocks with Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer (4 blocks) 2 Contact Blocks with Half Size Transformer
X1
X2
63.5
M3.5
Terminal Screw Panel Thickness
1 to 6mm
X2
X1
106.5
M3.5 Terminal Screws Panel Thickness
1 to 6
X2
X1
68.5
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
3 Contact Blocks with Full Voltage Adaptor 4 Contact Blocks with Full Voltage Adaptor 3 Contact Blocks with Half Size Transformer
X2 X1
68.5
M3.5
Terminal Screws Panel Thickness
1 to 6
X1
X2
X2
X1
84.5
M3.5 Terminal Screws
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
ø22mm - TW Series
597
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Dimensions continued
Pilot Lights
Round Flush APW1 Full Voltage Round Flush APW1 Transformer
28.5 13 30
ø29
37
ø24
17
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
28.5 13
66.5
30
ø29
37
ø24
17
M3.5 Terminal Screw
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
Round Flush Marking Type APW1B Full Voltage Round Flush Marking Type APW1B Transformer
Marking plate: ø15.5 mm
28.5 13 30
ø29
37
ø24
17
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
Marking plate: ø15.5 mm
28.5 13
66.5
30
ø29
37
ø24
17
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
Dome APW2 Full Voltage Dome APW2 Transformer
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
28.5 13
25
30
ø23.6
ø29
37
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
28.5 13
66.5 25
30
ø23.6
ø29
37
Square Flush Marking Type APQW1B Full Voltage Square Flush Marking Type APQW1B Transformer
Marking plate: 22 mm
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
28.5 13 30
37
16
25
30
Marking plate: 22 mm
M3.5 Terminal
Screw Panel Thickness 1 to 6
28.5 13
66.5
30
37
16
25
30
IlluminatedSelector Switches
M3.5 Terminal Screws
83.5 (4 blocks)
B: 86.5 (2 blocks), 106.5 (4 blocks)
A: 63.5 (2 blocks)
Panel Thickness 1 to 6
13
25
ø24
ø29
30
37
ø22mm - TW Series
598 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Dimensions continued
Panel Cut-Out
Diagram Part Dimension
ABCD
A
B
D
C
Pushbuttons
Ø 0.137”
(3.5mm)
1.95” (50mm);
1.76” (45mm)
minimum
Ø 0.878”
(22.3mm)
1.17” (30mm)
Std. Octagonal
> 1.56” (40mm)
Large Mushroom
Pilot Light
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Selector Switches 1.17” (30mm)
*See note.
Illuminated Selector Switches
1.The Ø 0.137” (Ø 3.5mm) recess is necessary when either the nameplate or anti-rotation ring is used.
2. *>1.404” (36mm) for 2- or 3-position.
>1.95” (50mm) for 4- or 5-position.
Accessory Dimensions
OGL-31
Anti-Rotation Ring
OLW-C
Metal Button Guard
OCW-11
Pushbutton Rubber Boot
OB-31
Mounting Hole Rubber Plug
ø22 ø27.4
10.2
0.8
ø22.5
18.6
1.6t
R42.5
Mounting Centers
50 min.
15
Flush
M22 P1.0
ø31
18.5
ø32
9
Extended
M22
Button
installed
Button
installed
P1.0
ø32
9
ø26
ø31
21
ø29
ø25
3.5
3.5
HW9Z-KL1
Lock-out Adaptor
AW-RP1B
Round Plastic Bezel
AW-FP1B
Round Plastic w/Full Shroud
Key hole ø8
Waterproof Rubber
Gasket 0.5t
30
70
ø50
(ID: ø44.4)
93
29.5
30
R66.5
Panel Thickness
0.8 to 3.2
82.5
ø22.2
24 (inside)
ø29
13
ø29
19.8
AW-QF1B
Square Full Shroud
30
13
Finger-Safe Cover Dimensions
HW-VL6 HW-VL5 HW-VL4
HW-VL3 HW-VL2 APS-PVL
ø22mm - TW Series
599
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Component Construction and General Instructions — TW Series
Instructions for Switches and Pilot Devices
TW Series: Adjustment for Panel Thickness
The panel thickness ring provides adjustment from 0.04” to 0.24” (1 to 6mm)
in 0.004” (0.1mm) increments. Rotate the ring until the markings around the
periphery are aligned for the desired thickness, as shown below.
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0
Scale on Adjustment (in 0.1 mm)
0.1 mm
12
4
6
3
5
1 mm Panel Thickness Scale
(in 1 mm on the operator)
A
3
543
54
66
2
Ex. Panel thickness 2 mm Ex. Panel thickness 2.6 mm
Note: When a nameplate
or an anti-rotation ring
is used, add 0.03”
(0.8mm) to the panel
thickness dimension.
An adjustment for panel thicknesses shown below can be made quickly by using
the contact block remover tool.
1.6 mm
2.3 mm
3.5 mm
1 mm 2 mm
3.2 mm
Tool TW-KC1
ø22mm - TW Series
600 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Instructions continued
Pilot Lights and Pushbuttons
IMPORTANT: Install the body of the TW control unit with the panel thickness scale facing up.
Octagonal and Round Bezels
Octagonal and round bezels screw into the operator. Use a locking ring wrench (optional) for secure tightening and easy removal. Round fl ush and extended buttons
snap onto the operator base. Mushroom buttons screw onto the operator base.
Every round lens can be used with or without legend markings. Engraving can be done on a white translucent plate which is placed in the lens, or clear mylar can be
printed and placed in the lens.
Round
Marking
Unit
Insert marking
plate under lens
Lens
Marking
Plate
Press in
Press in round fl ush and
extended lens.
Screw in mushroom lens
Square Bezels
Square bezels are installed in a 3-step procedure. First install the base plate from the front. Then install the lock nut using the nut locking wrench (optional). Finally,
install the square bezel, which snap-fi ts onto the base plate. Square buttons also snap onto the operator base.
Every square lens can be used with or without legend markings. Engraving can be done on a white translucent plate which is placed in the lens, or clear mylar can be
printed and placed in the lens. Square units include a round waterproof lens which screws into the operator. The square outer lens snaps on.
Square
Marking
Units
Insert marking
plate under lens
Pilot Light
Marking Plate
Insert
Square Lens
Insert marking
plate under lens
Illuminated Pushbutton
Marking Plate
Lens Retainer
Waterproof Lens
Press in
Square Lens
To remove square lens from operator, place a screwdriver under the indentation on the side of the lens. To remove the marking plate, place a screwdriver under the
indentation and lift out the plate. The lens retainer can be removed by pressing a 3/16” screwdriver into one of the recesses.
Marking Plate Engraving Area
Shape Engraving Area Used With Part Number
Round Ø 0.55” (14mm) Illuminated pushbuttons ALW2B
Ø 0.55” (14mm) Pilot lights APW2B
Mushroom Ø 0.55” (14mm) Illuminated mushroom ALW3B
Square q 0.83” (21mm) Square pilot lights APQW1B
Square q 0.83” (21mm) Square illuminated pushbuttons ALQW2B
ø22mm - TW Series
601
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Instructions continued
Selector Switches
The operator shaft of each unit has a recess to identify in which direction to install the handle. Align the handle with the recess. Press color insert (TW-HC1) into the
handle and then press handle into the operator, as shown below.
Selector Switch
(non-illuminated)
Illuminated
Selector Switch
Recess
Press in
color insert
Press in
handle
Remove color insert before pulling out the handle.
Standard Operating Positions
2-Postion, 90º 3-Postion, 45º 4-Postion, 45º 5-Postion, 30º
1 2 1 2
01
2
3
4
1
234
5
Positions: Non-Illuminated 3-Position Operators
12
01
2
0
1
2
0
Installation
Terminal X1 = Positive
Terminal X2 = Negative
Make sure slot
is facing up
Lamp holder is installed as shown,
due to polarity.
Lead holder (used with two stacks of
contact blocks ) does not have polarity.
TW Illuminated Pushbuttons,
TW Selector Switches
(AC Transformer or Full Voltage)
TW Pilot Lights
Installation of LED Illuminated Units
AC transformers are recommended for use in areas subjected to inductive noise. When using full voltage types, install a protection diode as shown below. (Diode
with DC power supply to protect against surges and noise.)
Terminal
X1
Terminal
X2
Diode
LED
Make sure that LED illuminated units are installed with correct polarity, as indicated at the terminals.
FB Enclosures
602 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Enclosures for XW, HW & TW 22mm Switches and Pilot Devices
Key features:
Three compact sizes (mm): 76 x 76, 140 x 76 and 200 x 76
Available in 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 mounting hole confi gurations
Easy installation: panel, wall or frame mountable
Polycarbonate enclosure cover and base, stainless steel screws
UL Listed, RoHS Compliant
IP65 and Nema Type 4X rated (when installed with IP65 or Nema Type 4X unit)
Class II electric shock protection (when installed with applicable unit)
Ideal for high temperatures (-25 to 60ºC) and corrosive environments
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Specifi cations
Operating Conditions
Ambient temperature –25 to +60°C (no freezing)
Relative humidity 45 to 85%RH
(no condensation)
Storage temperature –40 to +80°C (no freezing)
Degree of pollution 3
Degree of Protection
IP65 (when IP65 switches and pilot devices are installed)
NEMA Type 4X Indoor Use Only (when Type 4X switches and pilot devices are
installed)
Electric Shock Protection Class II (when class II switches and pilot devices are installed)
Material Cover and base Polycarbonate
Cover mounting screws Stainless steel
Applicable Switches and
Pilot Devices HW, TW and XW series switches, pilot devices and accessories (see note below)
Weight (approx.)
76mm type: 125g (FB1W-111Z)
140mm type: 184g (FB2W-211Z)
200mm type: 243g (FB3W-311Z)
Choose switches, pilot devices and accessories that match the mounting hole centers, effective depth behind the cover, and
the thickness of the cover where switches and pilot devices are installed (3 mm). Enclosures with 30 or 36mm mounting hole
centers may limit the knob orientation of selector switches because the contact blocks can be mounted in one direction only
on these mounting centers.
Enclosure Part Numbers
Size (mm) Description Part Number Distance Between Hole
Centers (mm)
76 x 76 x 59.5 Enclosure 1 hole, Yellow FB1W-111Y –
Enclosure 1 hole, Beige FB1W-111Z –
140 x 76 x 59.5 Enclosure 2 hole, Beige FB2W-211Z 50
Enclosure 3 hole, Beige FB2W-312Z 30
200 x 76 x 59.5
Enclosure 3 hole, Beige FB3W-311Z 50
Enclosure 4 hole, Beige FB3W-413Z 36
Enclosure 5 hole, Beige FB3W-512Z 30
Accessories
Description Part Number
Plug Adaptor 13.5mm HW9Z-PG135
Mounting Bracket FB9Z-PK1
Connectors and nuts are not supplied
with accessories.
Switch and Pilot Device Accessories
Series Description Part Number
HW Series
Nameplate HWAM, HWAQ,
HWAS, HWAV
Marking plate for
nameplate HWNP
Anti-rotation ring HW9Z-RL
EMO switch guard
HW9Z-KG1,
HW9Z-KG2,
HW9Z-KG3,
HW9Z-KG4
Switch cover HW9Z-K1, HW9Z-
K11
Pushbutton clear
boot OC-31, OC-32
Padlock cover HW9Z-KL1
XW
Series
E-Stops
Nameplate HWAV
EMO switch guard
HW9Z-KG1,
HW9Z-KG2,
HW9Z-KG3,
HW9Z-KG4
Anti-rotation ring HW9Z-RL
TW Series
Nameplate
NWA, NWAQ,
NWAS-0, NWAL-0,
NWAQL-0, NWAV
Anti-rotation ring OGL-31
Metal button guard OLW-C
Pushbutton clear
boot OC-31, OC-32
Button cover OCW-11
Padlock cover HW9Z-KL1
FB Enclosures
603
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
External Dimensions (mm)
Cover
Mounting Screws
76
ø22.3
76
2-ø21.3
Knockout
18
59.5
Cover Mounting Screws
76
140
30 30
Cover Mounting Screws
76
30 30
30 30
200
Cover Mounting Screws
76
140
50
Cover Mounting Screws
76
50
50
200
Cover Mounting Screws
76
36 36
36
200
FB1W-111Y/Z FB2W-211Z FB2W-3127 FB3W-311Z FB3W-413Z FB3W-512Z
FB9Z-PK1
Two M4 Tapped
Screws (supplied)
Four M4 Tapped Screw Holes
FB9Z-PK1 Frame Mounting Adapter
72
36
30
6.6
10.5
54
6.5
13
2
10
R4
R2.5
R3.3
Mounting
Internal Dimensions (mm)
3D
55
2
45
Switch & Pilot Device
Mounting Area
Thickness
Measurements (mm)
Model FB1 FB2 FB3
D 45 92 150
External Back Dimensions (mm)
4-M4 Tapped Screw Holes for
Rear Mounting (Depth: 10mm)
2-Front Mounting Holes
2-ø14 Knockout
B
31
A
C
4-R2.2
62
Measurements (mm)
Model FB2 FB3
A 84 144
B 104 164
C 106 166
140 and 200mm (FB2/FB3)76mm (FB1)
41
4-M4 Tapped Holes for Rear Mounting
(Depth: 10 mm)
ø14 Knockout
2-Front Mounting Holes
62
21
15.5
21
2-ø4.6
Mounting Hole Dimensions
Model FB1
FB2 FB3 FB2/FB3
50mm Mounting
Centers
36/50mm Mounting
Centers
30mm Mounting
Centers
Shape
13
13
3.2
3.2
ø22.3
3.2
13
ø
22.3
30mm XN E-Stops
604 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
30mm XN E-Stops
Key features:
Plastic bezel, metallic padlock and fl ush bezel available
Install up to 20 padlocks (XN4E)
ø40, ø44 or ø60mm Mushroom heads available
IDEC’s original “safe break action” ensures that the contacts stay open when the
contact block is detached from the operator.
Safety-lock mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 6.2)
2-in-1: Push-to-lock, Pull/Turn-to-Reset
Push-ON LED model allows E-Stops to be illuminated only when latched
Direct Opening Action mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 5.2, IEC60947-5-1, Annex K)
Very short panel depth
Degree of protection IP65 (IEC60529)
RoHS compliant (EU directive 2002/95/EC).
XN4E series complies with OSHA and ISO 12100-2:2003 standards
UL, c-UL listed, EN compliant
UL NISD category emergency type device (File# E305148)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
File No. E68961
Specifi cations
Applicable Standards IEC60947-5-1, EN60947-5-1, IEC60947-5-5, EN60947-5-5, UL508, UL991, CSA C22.2 No. 14
Operating Temperature Non-illuminated: –25 to +60°C (no freezing), Illuminated: –25 to +55°C (no freezing)
Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH (no condensation)
Storage Temperature –45 to +80°C
Operating Force
XN1E, XN5E
Push-to-lock: 32N
Pull-to-reset: 21N
Turn-to-reset: 0.27 N·m
XN4E
Push-to-lock: 32N
Pull-to-reset: N/A
Turn-to-reset: 0.4 N·m
Minimum Force Required for
Direct Opening Action 80N
Min Operator Stroke Required
for Direct Opening Action 4mm
Maximum Operator Stroke 4.5mm
Contact Resistance 50mΩ maximum (initial value)
Contact Material Gold plated silver
Insulation Resistance 100MΩ minimum (500V DC megger)
Impulse Withstand Voltage 2.5kV
Pollution Degree 3
Operation Frequency 900 operations/hour
Shock Resistance Operating extremes: 150m/s2 (15G), Damage limits: 1000m/s2 (100G)
Vibration Resistance Operating extremes: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2
Damage limits: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2
Mechanical Life 250,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life 100,000 operations minimum, (250,000 operations minimum @ 24V AC/DC, 100mA)
Degree of Protection Operator: IP65 (IEC60529)
Terminal: IP20 (when XW9Z-VL2MF is installed)
Terminal Style M3.0 screw terminal
Recommended Tightening
Torque for Locking Ring 2.5N·m
Wire Size 16 AWG max
Weight
XN1E: Plastic bezel: 83g (ø40 mm), 93g (ø60 mm)
XN5E: Flush bezel: 89g
XN4E: Padlock type: 20g
30mm XN E-Stops
605
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Part Numbers
XN1E Plastic Bezel Type E-Stops
Illumination Operator Type Main Contact Monitor Contact Part Number
Non-Illuminated
40mm Mushroom
1NC 1NO XN1E-BV411MR
2NC – XN1E-BV402MR
2NC 2NO XN1E-BV422MR
3NC 1NO XN1E-BV413MR
4NC – XN1E-BV404MR
60mm Mushroom
1NC 1NO XN1E-BV511MR
2NC – XN1E-BV502MR
2NC 2NO XN1E-BV522MR
3NC 1NO XN1E-BV513MR
4NC – XN1E-BV504MR
Illuminated
40mm Mushroom LED
(24V AC/DC)
1NC 1NO XN1E-LV411Q4MR
2NC – XN1E-LV402Q4MR
2NC 2NO XN1E-LV422Q4MR
3NC 1NO XN1E-LV413Q4MR
4NC – XN1E-LV404Q4MR
40mm Mushroom Push-ON LED
(24V AC/DC) 2NC 1NO XN1E-TV412Q4MR
XN4E Padlock Type E-Stops
Illumination Operator Type Main Contact Monitor Contact Part Number
Non-Illuminated
44mm Mushroom
1NC 1NO XN4E-BL411MR
2NC - XN4E-BL402MR
2NC 2NO XN4E-BL422MR
3NC 1NO XN4E-BL413MR
4NC - XN4E-BL404MR
Illuminated
44mm Mushroom LED
(24V AC/DC)
1NC 1NO XN4E-LL411Q4MR
2NC - XN4E-LL402Q4MR
2NC 2NO XN4E-LL422Q4MR
3NC 1NO XN4E-LL413Q4MR
4NC - XN4E-LL404Q4MR
44mm Mushroom Push-ON LED
(24V AC/DC) 2NC 1NO XN4E-TL412Q4MR
XN5E Flush Bezel Type E-Stops
Illumination Operator Type Main Contact Monitor Contact Part Number
Non-Illuminated
40mm Mushroom
1NC 1NO XN5E-BV411MR
2NC - XN5E-BV402MR
2NC 2NO XN5E-BV422MR
3NC 1NO XN5E-BV413MR
4NC - XN5E-BV404MR
Illuminated
40mm Mushroom LED
(24V AC/DC)
1NC 1NO XN5E-LV411Q4MR
2NC - XN5E-LV402Q4MR
2NC 2NO XN5E-LV422Q4MR
3NC 1NO XN5E-LV413Q4MR
4NC - XN5E-LV404Q4MR
40mm Mushroom Push-ON LED
(24V AC/DC) 2NC 1NO XN5E-TV412Q4MR
30mm XN E-Stops
606 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Contact Ratings
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 250V
Rated Current (Ith) 5A
Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) 30V 125V 250V
Rated Operating Current
Main
Contacts (NC)
AC 50/60Hz Resistive Load (AC-12) – 5A 3A
Inductive Load (AC-15) – 3A 1.5A
DC Resistive Load (DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A
Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A
Monitor
Contacts (NO)
AC 50/60Hz Resistive Load (AC-12) – 1.2A 0.6A
Inductive Load (AC-14) – 0.6A 0.3A
DC Resistive Load (DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A
Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A
1. Minimum applicable load: 5V AC/DC, 1mA (reference value).
2. The rated operating currents are measured at resistive/inductive load types specifi ed
in IEC 60947-5-1.
Illuminated Unit LED Ratings
Model Operating Voltage Current
XN 24V AC/DC ±10% 15mA
Depth Behind the Panel
Model Depth (mm) Description
XN1E 47.7 1 - 4 contacts, plastic bezel
XN5E 60.4 1 - 4 contacts, fl ush bezel
XN4E 61.4 1 - 4 contacts, padlock
Mounting Hole Layout
øA
X
Y
Measurements
Size øA X & Y
XN1E, XN5E 30.5+0.5 70mm min
XN4E 30.5
For XN4E, determine
the values according to
the size and number of
padlocks and hasp.
Panel Cutout
33.0+0.5
0
4.8+0.2
0
R0.8 max.
ø30.5
+0.5
0
*Contact IDEC for additional confi gurations.
Part Numbers
XN1E - L V 4 02 Q4 MR
Bezel
1: Plastic Bezel
4: Padlock
5: Flush Bezel
Illumination
XN1E, XN5E
BV: Non-Illuminated
LV: Illuminated LED
TV: Illuminated
Push-ON LED
XN4E
BL: Non-Illuminated
LL: Illuminated LED
TL: Illuminated
Push-ON LED
Mushroom Size
4: ø40mm: XN1E, XN5E
ø44mm: XN4E
5: ø60mm
(XN1E non-illuminated only)
Contact Confi guration*
11: 1NO - 1NC
02: 2NC
13: 1NO - 3NC
22: 2NO - 2NC
04: 4NC
12: 1NO-2NC (Push-ON
LED only)
Voltage Code
Blank: Non-Illuminated
Q4: 24V AC/DC (Illuminated
& Push-ON LED type)
Terminal Arrangements (Bottom View)
4NC 1NO-3NC 2NC 1NO-1NC 2NO-2NC 1NO-2NC
Non-Illuminated
TOPTOP
*1 *2
*2*1
*1
*3*4
*2
TOP
*1 *2
*4*3
*1
*3*4
*2
*2
*1 *2
*2*1
*1
*1*2
LRLR
TOP
*1 *2
*2*1
*1
*3*4
*2
LRLR
TOP
LR
∗3∗4
∗4∗3
∗1∗2
∗2∗1
Push-ON
LED
TOP
X1 X2
LR
∗3∗4
∗1∗2
∗2∗1
Illuminated
TOPTOP
X2
*2
LED
*4 *3X1
*1
*1 *2
*2*1
TOP
X2
*2
LED
*4 *3X1
*1
*3 *4
*2*1
*1 *2
*2*1
*1
X1
LED
*2
X2*1*2
LR
TOP
X2
*2
LED
*4 *3X1
*1
*3 *4
*2*1
LRLRLR
TOP
X2
LED
X1
LR
∗3∗4
∗4∗3
∗1∗2
∗2∗1
Terminal Marking Description
• Contact Type
• Contact Number (1-4)
TOP
(Example: 1NO-3NC contact)
LR
11 12
34 33
21 22
42 41
1-2: NC main contact
3-4: NO monitor contact
Starting with the
contact on TOP in a
counterclockwise direction.
Note:
1: contact on the TOP
2: contact on the Left
3: contact on the Bottom
4: contact on the Right
30mm XN E-Stops
607
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Dimensions
XN1E Non-Illuminated (with terminal cover)
3347.7
20.1 18.5
ø40
Panel Thickness
1 to 5
37
Terminal Cover
XW9Z-VL2M
Rubber Gasket
Locking Ring
M3 Terminal
Screws
33.0+0.5
0
4
.
80
0
.
8
max.
ø30.5
+0.5
0
Panel Cut-out
ø40 mm
Mushroom
ø60 mm
Jumbo Mushroom
33
ø60
XN1E Illuminated/Push-ON (with terminal cover)
Push-ONIlluminated
3347.7
20.1 18.5
37
33.0+0.5
0
4.8+0.2
0
R0.8 max.
ø30.5
+0.5
0
Panel Cut-out
Panel Thickness 1 to 5
Terminal Cover
XW9Z-VL2M
Rubber Gasket
Locking Ring
M3 Terminal
Screws
ø40
XN5E Illuminated (with terminal cover)
Push-ONIlluminated
ø41
2160.4
20.1 18.5
37
Rubber Gasket
Locking Ring
M3 Terminal Screws
ø40
33.0 +0.5
0
4.8+
0
.
2
0
ø30.5
R
0.8 max.
+0.5
0
Panel Cut-out
Panel Thickness 1 to 5
Terminal Cover
XW9Z-VL2M
XN5E Non-Illuminated (with terminal cover)
ø41
2160.4
20.1 18.5
37
ø40
33.0 +0.5
0
4.8
+0
.
2
0
ø30.5
R0
.8 max.
+0.5
0
Panel Cut-out
Panel Thickness 1 to 5
Terminal Cover
XW9Z-VL2M
Rubber Gasket
Locking Ring
M3 Terminal Screws XN4E Illuminated (with terminal cover)
61.4
59.9
20.1 18.5
43
37
ø44
33.0+0.5
0
4
.
80
R0
.
8
max.
ø30.5
+0.5
0
Panel Cut-out
Panel Thickness 1 to 6
Terminal Cover
XW9Z-VL2M
Rubber Gasket
Locking Ring
M3 Terminal Screws
Push-ONIlluminated
Nameplates
XN4E Non-Illuminated (with terminal cover)
61.4
20.1 18.5
43
ø44
33.0+0.5
0
4
.
80
0
.
8
max.
ø30.5
+0.5
0
Panel Cut-out
Rubber Gasket
Locking Ring
M3 Terminal Screws
Panel Thickness 1 to 6
Terminal Cover
XW9Z-VL2M
Description Part No. Legend Mounting Panel Thickness
ø60mm
ø30mm
HNAV-0 (blank) XN4E:
1.0 to 4.5 mm
XN1E, XN5E:
1.0 to 3.5 mm
HNAV-27 EMERGENCY
STOP
Accessories
Model Description Part Number
Locking Ring Wrench XN9Z-T1
Locking Ring Twist Wrench TWST-T1
Lockout Hasp XN9Z-HASP421
Model Description Part Number
Terminal Cover for Contact Block XW9Z-VL2M
IP20 Fingersafe Cover XW9Z-VL2MF
30mm XN E-Stops
608 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Operating Instructions
Removing the Contact Block
➀ Grab
➀ Grab
Latch
Bayonet Ring (yellow)
➁ Pull
➂ Turn counterclockwise
First unlock the operator button. Grab the yellow
bayonet ring j and pull back the bayonet ring
until the latch pin clicks k, then turn the contact
block counterclockwise and pull out l.
Notes for removing the contact block
1. Do not attempt to remove the contact block while the operator is latched,
otherwise the switch may be damaged.
2. When the contact block is removed, the monitor contact (NO contact) is
closed.
3. While removing the contact block, do not use excessive force, otherwise the
switch may be damaged.
4. An LED lamp is built into the contact block for illuminated pushbuttons. When
removing the contact block, pull the contact block straight to prevent damage
to the LED lamp. If excessive force is used, the LED lamp may be damaged
and fail to light.
Panel Mounting
Rubber Gasket Operator without
thread
TOP Marking
Anti-rotation
Projection Locking Ring
Remove the locking ring from the operator
and check that the rubber gasket is in place.
Insert the operator from panel front into the
panel hole. Face the side without thread on
the operator with TOP marking upward, and
tighten the locking ring using ring wrench
XN9Z-T1 or TWST-T1 to a torque of
2.5 N·m maximum.
When using a nameplate
Projection
When using a nameplate HNAV-0, break the projection
from the nameplate using pliers.
Installing the Contact Block
▲ Marking
▼ Marking
➀ Push TOP Markin
g
➁ Turn clockwise
First unlock the operator button. Align the
small q marking on the edge of the operator
with the small p marking on the yellow
bayonet ring. Hold the contact block, not the
bayonet ring. Press the contact block onto the
operator and turn the contact block clockwise
until the bayonet ring clicks.
Notes for installing the contact block
1. Do not attempt to install the contact block when the operator is latched,
otherwise the switch may be damaged.
2. Make sure that the bayonet ring is in the locked position.
Installing & Removing Terminal Covers
XW9Z-VL2M
➀ Place the projections
on the contact block.
TOP Markings
➁ Press the
terminal cover
Projections Slots
To install the terminal cover, align the TOP
marking on the terminal cover with the
TOP marking on the contact block. Place
the two projections on the bottom side
of the contact block into the slots in the
terminal cover. Press the terminal cover
toward the contact block.
To remove the terminal cover, pull out the
(Pull)
TOP Marking
TOP Marking
Projections
two latches on the top side of the terminal
cover. Do not exert excessive force to the
latches, otherwise the latches may break.
IP20 Fingersafe Terminal
Cover XW9Z-VL2MF
To install the IP20 fi ngersafe terminal
(Press)
TOP
M
ar
ki
ng
TOP Marking
cover, align the TOP marking on the cover
with the TOP marking on the contact
block, and press the cover toward
the contact block.
1. Once installed, the XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be removed.
2. With the XW9Z-VL2MF installed, crimping terminals cannot be used.
3. The XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be installed after wiring.
4. Make sure that the XW9Z-VL2MF is securely installed. IP20 cannot be achieved when
installed loosely, and electric shock may occur.
Notes for Operation
When using the XN emergency stop switches in safety-related part of a control
system, observe safety standards and regulations of the relevant country or
region. Also be sure to perform a risk assessment before operation.
Wiring
Tighten the M3 terminal screws to a torque of 0.6 to 1.0 N·m.
Contact Bounce
When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the NC main contacts will bounce.
When pressing the button, the NO monitor contacts will bounce.
When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consider-
ation (reference value: 20 ms).
LED Illuminated Switches
LED lamp is built into the contact block and cannot be replaced.
Handling
Do not expose the switch to excessive shocks and vibrations, for example by
operating the switch with tools. Otherwise the switch may be deformed or dam-
aged, causing malfunction or operation failure.
Screw Terminal Type
1. AWG18 to 16
2. Tighten the M3 terminal screw to a tightening torque of 0.6 to 1.0 N·m.
30mm XN E-Stops
609
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Switches & Pilot Devices
Operating Instructions, continued
Screw Terminal Type
1. Wire thickness: 0.75 to 1.25 mm2 (AWG18 to 16)
Wire
Insulating Tube
Crimping Terminal
4.7 to 5.9
6.0 max.
3.2 min.
4.7 to 5.9
3.0 max.
ø3.2 min.
Wire
Insulating Tube
Crimping
Terminal
4.7 to 5.9
ø6.0 max.
4.7 min. 6.2 max.
ø1.2 max.
Ring Terminal Spade Terminal
Applicable Crimping Terminals Solid Wire
Be sure to install an insulating tube on the crimping terminal.
2. Tighten the M3 terminal screw to a tightening torque of 0.6 to 1.0 N·m.
Connector Type
1. Connector shape
Tyco Electronics, D-2000 series
Part No. 1376009-1 (tab header, board mount)
2. Applicable connectors (to be supplied by user)
Tyco Electronics, D-2000 series
Part No. 1-1318119-4 (receptacle housing)
Tyco Electronics, D-2000 series
Part No. 1318107-1 (receptacle contact)
3. To prepare correct receptacles for the connector type, read the instruction
sheet and catalog of Tyco Electronics and understand the installation and
wiring method.
4. Fasten the cable so that the connector is not pulled.
Otherwise the switch may be deformed and damaged, causing malfunction or
operation failure.
Installing and Removing Terminal Covers
XW9Z-VL2M
To install the terminal cover, align the TOP marking on the terminal cover with
the TOP marking on the contact block. Place the two projections on the bottom
side of the contact block into the slots in the terminal cover. Press the terminal
cover toward the contact block.
k Press the
terminal cover
TOP marking
j Place the projections
on the contact block
To remove the terminal cover, pull out the two latches on the top side of the
terminal cover. Do not exert excessive force to the latches, otherwise the latches
may break.
TOP Markings
Pull out the latches
IP20 Protection Terminal Cover
XW9Z-VL2MF
To install the IP20 protection cover, align the TOP marking on the cover with the
TOP marking on the contact block, and press the cover toward the contact block.
TOP marking
TOP marking
(Press)
1. Once installed, the XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be removed.
2. The XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be installed after wiring.
3. With the XW9Z-VL2MF installed, crimping terminals cannot be used. Use solid wires.
4. Make sure that the XW9Z-VL2MF is securely installed. IP20 cannot be achieved when
installed loosely, and electric shocks may occur.
Contact Bounce
When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the NC main contacts will bounce.
When pressing the button, the NO monitor contacts will bounce.
When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consider-
ation (reference value: 20 ms).
LED Illuminated Switches
An LED lamp is built into the contact block and cannot be replaced.
Installing the Anti-rotation Ring
HW9Z-RL
Align the side without thread on the operator with TOP marking, the small s
marking on the anti-rotation ring, and the recess on the mounting panel.
TOP marking
p marking on the anti-rotation ring
Without thread
Anti-rotation Ring (HW9Z-RL)
ø30mm - TWTD Series
610 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
TWTD Series — Full Size NEMA Pushbuttons
TWTD Series: Heavy duty switches built to last
Key features include:
Variety of button sizes up to 2 9/16” (65mm)
Rugged construction includes chrome plated zinc locking ring die cast zinc
mounting threads, screw mounted contact blocks
LED or incandescent illumination
Transformer or full voltage
Transparent contact windows
Slow make, double break self-cleaning contacts
Modular construction for maximum fl exibility
Double nickel plated terminal screws
Available assembled or as sub-components
NEMA 4x and IP65 watertight/oiltight panel
Large M3.5 screw terminals with captive sems plate
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The rugged series of TWTD switches offers both variety and durability in an
attractive design.
With button sizes up to 2 9/16” (65mm), chrome plated zinc locking rings, die
cast zinc mounting threads, steel anti-rotation rings, and self cleaning contacts,
the TWTDs are here to stay.
The TWTD series also offers either LED or incandescent illumination in full volt-
age and transformer models.
Transparent contact windows allow the viewing of IDEC’s self cleaning slow-
make/slow-break contacts.
Regardless of your switching needs, the TWTD series provides the kind of long
lasting, industrial strength quality you’ve come to expect from IDEC.
UL Listed
File No. E70646 File No. LR48366 Ref No. 117617MC Certifi cate No.
2005010305145658
ø30mm - TWTD Series
611
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Specifi cations
Conforming to Standards EN60947-1, EN60947-5-1, VDE0660-200, UL508, CSA C22-2 No.14
Approvals
CSA: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbut-
tons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V)
UL: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons
with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V)
TÜV: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600=P600 (NO, NC)/Q600 (NO-EM, NC-LB) pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply
pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V)
Operating Temperature Operation: –25 to +50°C (without freezing)
Storage: –40 to +70°C (without freezing)
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55Hz, 98m/sec2 (10g) conforming to IEC6068-2-6
Shock Resistance 980m/sec2 (100g) conforming to IEC6068-2-7
Electric Shock Protection Class 0 conforming to IEC60536
Degree of Protection
IP65 (from front of the panel) (conforming to IEC60529)
IP54 (key switches)
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 5, 12, 13 (conforming to NEMA ICS6-110)
Mechanical Life Momentary pushbuttons: 5,000,000 (900 operations per hour)
All other switches: 500,000
Pollution Degree
(conforming to IEC60947-1)
3 for switches not using a transformer
2 for switches using a transformer
Mechanical-Electrical Specifi cations
Rated Operational Characteristics
AC-15: A600 or Ue = 250V, le = 3A (NO, NC, NO-EM, NC-LB)
DC-13: P600 or Ue = 125V, le = 1.1A (NO, NC)
DC-13: Q600 or Ue = 125V, le = 0.9A (NO-EM, NC-LB)
Rated Insulation Voltage 600V
Rated Switching Overvoltage Less than 4kV, conforming to IEC60947-1
Rated Impulse Withstanding Voltage 4kV for contact circuit
2.5kV for lamp circuit
Rated Thermal Current 10 Amp
Minimum Switching Capacity 5 mA at 3V AC/DC
Contact Operation Slow break NC or NO, self-cleaning
Operating Force
Flush and extended pushbuttons—with 1NO or 1NC contact: 6.2±2N (momentary),
7.0±2N (maintained)
Additional contacts—1NO or 1NC: +3.2N (momentary), + 3.3N (maintained)
Terminal Referencing Conforming to CENELEC EN50005
Recommended Terminal Torque 0.8 N m (7.1 in lb.)
External Short-Circuit Protection 10A 250V fuse conforming to IEC60269-1
Applicable Wire Size Minimum 1 x 22 AWG, max. 2 x 14 AWG or 1 x 12 AWG
Contact Resistance Initial contact resistance of 50mΩ or less
Contact Gap 4mm (NO and NC)
2mm (NO-EM and NC-LB)
Lamp Ratings Incandescent: 1 W
LEDs: 6V: 17mA, 12V: 11mA, 24V: 11mA, / 120, 240V: 10mA
Maximum Inrush Current 40 A (40 msec)
Contact Material Silver
Contact Ratings
Contact Ratings by Utilization Category IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (A600)
DC-13 (P600)
Contact Ratings by Utilization Category
Operational Voltage 24V 48V 50V 110V 220V 440V
Operation Current
AC 50/60 Hz AC-12 Control of resistive loads & solid state loads 10A — 10A 10A 6A 2A
AC-15 Control of electromagnetic loads (> 72VA) 10A — 7A 5A 3A 1A
DC DC-12 Control of resistive loads & solid state loads 8A 5A — 2.2A 1.1A —
DC-13 Control of electromagnets 5A 2A — 1.1A 0.6A —
ø30mm - TWTD Series
612 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Assembled Pushbuttons
A B ( ) D 1 10 N – R
Function
B: Momentary
O: Maintained
V: Pushlock Turn Reset
Y: Push-Pull
Bezel Shape
Blank: Octagonal
F: Full Shroud
G: Mushroom Shroud
P: Neoprene Boot
Series Designation
D: TWTD Series
Button Color
B: Black G: Green W: White
R: Red S: Blue Y: Yellow
Contact Arrangement
10: 1NO 01: 1NC
20: 2NO 02: 2NC
11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC
Button Shape
1: Flush
2: Extended
3: Mushroom ø 40mm
4: Jumbo Mushroom ø 65mm
1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.
2. Custom contact confi gurations available, contact IDEC for details.
ø30mm - TWTD Series
613
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons
Style Contacts Momentary Maintained
Flush
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABD110N-j
ABD101N-j
ABD111N-j
ABD120N-j
ABD102N-j
AOD110N-j
AOD101N-j
AOD111N-j
AOD120N-j
AOD102N-j
Extended
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABD210N-j
ABD201N-j
ABD211N-j
ABD220N-j
ABD202N-j
AOD210N-j
AOD201N-j
AOD211N-j
AOD220N-j
AOD202N-j
Extended with
Neoprene Boot†
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABPD210N-j
ABPD201N-j
ABPD211N-j
ABPD220N-j
ABPD202N-j
AOPD210N-j
AOPD201N-j
AOPD211N-j
AOPD220N-j
AOPD202N-j
Recessed
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABFD110N-j
ABFD101N-j
ABFD111N-j
ABFD120N-j
ABFD102N-j
AOFD110N-j
AOFD101N-j
AOFD111N-j
AOFD120N-j
AOFD102N-j
Extended with
Full Shroud
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABFD210N-j
ABFD201N-j
ABFD211N-j
ABFD220N-j
ABFD202N-j
AOFD210N-j
AOFD201N-j
AOFD211N-j
AOFD220N-j
AOFD202N-j
ø 40mm
Mushroom Head
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABD310N-j
ABD301N-j
ABD311N-j
ABD320N-j
ABD302N-j
AOD310N-j
AOD301N-j
AOD311N-j
AOD320N-j
AOD302N-j
ø 40mm
Mushroom Head
with Full Shroud
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABGD310N-j
ABGD301N-j
ABGD311N-j
ABGD320N-j
ABGD302N-j
AOGD310N-j
AOGD301N-j
AOGD311N-j
AOGD320N-j
AOGD302N-j
ø 65mm
Jumbo Mushroom Head
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABD410N-j
ABD401N-j
ABD411N-j
ABD420N-j
ABD402N-j
AOD410N-j
AOD401N-j
AOD411N-j
AOD420N-j
AOD402N-j
ø 65mm
Jumbo Mushroom Head
with Shallow Shroud
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABGD410N-j
ABGD401N-j
ABGD411N-j
ABGD420N-j
ABGD402N-j
AOGD410N-j
AOGD401N-j
AOGD411N-j
AOGD420N-j
AOGD402N-j
ø 65mm
Jumbo Mushroom Head
With Deep Shroud
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABFD410N-j
ABFD401N-j
ABFD411N-j
ABFD420N-j
ABFD402N-j
AOFD410N-j
AOFD401N-j
AOFD411N-j
AOFD420N-j
AOFD402N-j
1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code.
2. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page.
3. For accessories, see page 632.
4. †Neoprene boot available only in Black (B), Green (G), Red (R) and Yellow (Y).
j Button Color Codes
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Yellow Y
White W
1. 65mm Jumbo mushroom not available in white.
2. Neoprene boot is not available in blue or white.
ø30mm - TWTD Series
614 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled)
Contact Block + Operator + Button = Complete Part
Operators
Style Part Number
Momentary Maintained
Flush/Extended ABD-100 AOD-100
Extended with
Full Shroud ABFD-200 AOFD-200
ø 40mm Mushroom/ø
65mm Jumbo
Mushroom
ABD-300 AOD-300
ø 40mm Mushroom
with Full Shroud ABGD-300 AOGD-300
ø 65mm Jumbo
Mushroom with
Shallow Shroud
ABGD-400 AOGD-400
ø 65mm Jumbo
Mushroom with
Deep Shroud
ABFD-400 AOFD-400
Buttons and Lenses
Style Part Number
Flush ABD1BN-j
Extended ABD2BN-j
ø 40mm Mushroom ABD3BN-j
ø 65mm Jumbo
Mushroom ABD4BN-j
In place of j, specify the Button Color Code. (See table previous page)
Contact Blocks
Style Part Number
1NO 1NC
BST-010
BST-010S
(early make)
BST-001
BST-001S
(late break)
Dummy Block BST-D
1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.
2. Combining BST-010S and BST-001S result in overlapping contacts.
ø30mm - TWTD Series
615
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
E-Stops (Assembled)
Assembled E-Stops
A V (L) D 3 (99) 11 (D) N – R – (24V)
Function
V: Pushlock Turn Reset
Y: Push-Pull
Illumination
Blank: None
L: Illuminated
Series Designation
D: TWTD Series
Button/Lens Size
3: 40mm Mushroom
Illumination Circuit
99: Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage)
126: 120V AC Step Down Transformer
246: 240V AC Step Down Transformer
486: 480V AC Step Down Transformer
Lamp Voltage
(full voltage illuminated units only)
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120V AC (LED only)
240V: 240V AC (LED only)
Button/Lens Color Code
A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Lamp Type
(illuminated units only)
Blank: Incandescent
D: LED
Contact Arrangement
10: 1NO 01: 1NC
20: 2NO 02: 2NC
11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC
1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.
2. Custom contact confi gurations available, contact IDEC for details.
ø30mm - TWTD Series
616 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
E-Stops (Assembled)
E-Stop Switches
Style Contacts Part Number
ø 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset
Non-Illuminated
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AVD310N-R*
AVD301N-R*
AVD311N-R*
AVD320N-R*
AVD302N-R*
ø 40mm Illuminated Pushlock Turn
Reset Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AVLD39911nN-R-l*
AVLD39920nN-R-l*
AVLD39902nN-R-l*
Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AVLD3 m 11nN-R*
AVLD3 m 20nN-R*
AVLD3 m 02nN-R*
ø 40mm Push-Pull
Non-Illuminated
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AYD310N-j
AYD301N-j
AYD311N-j
AYD320N-j
AYD302N-j
ø 40mm Push-Pull
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AYLD39911nN-k-l **
AYLD39920nN-k-l **
AYLD39902nN-k-l **
Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AYLD3 m 11nN-k **
AYLD3 m 20nN-k **
AYLD3 m 02nN-k**
ø 40mm Momentary Push-Pull
(3-position) Full Voltage 1NO-1NC
1NC-1LB†
AYLD229911nN-k-l -TK962
AYLD229902SnN-k-l-TK962
Transformer 1NO-1NC
1NC-1LB†
AYLD22 m 11nN-k-TK962
AYLD22 m 02SnN-k-TK962
Unibody E-Stops
Style Contacts Part Number
ø 40mm Pushlock
Turn Reset
(available in Red only)
1NO-1NC
2NC
HN1E-BV4F11-R*
HN1E-BV4F02-R*
Illuminated ø 40mm
Pushlock Turn Reset
(available in Red only)
1NO-1NC
2NC
HN1E-LV4F11Qn-R-l
HN1E-LV4F02Qn-R-l
1. In place of j, specify the button color code
2. In place of k, specify the lens color code.
3. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage (lamp voltage) Code.
4. In place of m, specify the transformer voltage code.
5. In place of n, specify the Lamp Type code.
6. With single unit construction, the positive action contacts
are integrated in the body of the switch. This provides an
extra degree of safety and reliability for critical emergency
stop functions.
7. HN1E series E-stops comply with EN418, the IEC “E-Stop
Addendum to the Low Voltage Directive,” this includes
“tamper proof” operation whereby a change of contact
state is not possible by “teasing” or “fl oating” the operator.
8. 3 position push-pull available in spring return to center only.
9. *Available in red only.
10. **Not available in blue.
11. †The most common confi guration for motor starting applica-
tions.
12. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page.
13. For nameplates and accessories, see page 634 and 632.
14. For dimensions, see page 637.
3 Position Push-Pull†
Contact Push Center Pull
NC
(BST-001) OOX
NC-LB
(BST-001S) OXX
NO
(BST-010) XOO
NO-EM
(BST-010S) XXO
j Button Color Codes
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Yellow Y
k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
l Full Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 6V
12V AC/DC 12V
24V AC/DC 24V
120V AC 120V
240V AC 240V (LED only)
m Transformer Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
120VAC 126
240VAC 246
480VAC 486
Transformers step down to 6V.
n Lamp Type Codes
Lamp Code
Incandescent Blank
LED D
ø30mm - TWTD Series
617
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
E-Stops (Sub-Assembled)
Transformer* + Operator + Lamp + Button/Lens = Complete Part
* Not required for full voltage units (full voltage clips used instead).
Operators
Style Part Number
ø 40mm Pushlock
Turn Reset AVD-300
Illuminated ø 40mm
Pushlock Turn Reset AVLD3-0600N
ø 40mm Push-Pull AYD-3100
Illuminated ø 40mm Push-Pull
2 pos AYLD-0600
3 pos AYLD22TK962-0B01
Buttons and Lenses
Style Part Number
Button for Pushlock Turn
Reset E-Stop
(ø 40mm, red only) AVN3B-R
Lens for Illuminated Pushlock
Turn Reset E-Stop
(ø 40mm, red only)
AVLN3LU-R
Button for Push-Pull E-Stop (ø
40mm) AYD3BN-j
Lens for Illuminated Push-Pull
E-Stop
(ø 40mm)
2 pos* AYLD3L-k
3 pos AYLD2L-k
1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code. (See table below)
2. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code.
3. *Not available in blue.
Lamps
Style Voltage Part Number
LED
6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent 6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
120V AC L-120L
1. In place of k, specify the LED color code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a
protection diode.
j Button Color Codes
Color Code
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
Yellow Y
k LED Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Contact Blocks
Style Part Number
1NO 1NC
All Control Units
BST-010
BST-010S
(early make)
BST-001
BST-001S
(late break)
Dummy Block BST-D
1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.
2. Combining BST-010S and BST-001S result in overlapping contacts.
Full Voltage Clips
Primary Voltage (50/60Hz) Part Number
Full Voltage Clips
(2 required for each unit) APD-F
Transformers
Description Primary Voltage
(50/60Hz) Part Number
120V AC TWD-0126
240V AC TWD-0246
480V AC TWD-0486
6V secondary voltage (uses 6V lamp).
ø30mm - TWTD Series
618 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Pilot Lights (Assembled)
Assembled Pilot Lights
A P D 1 126 D N – R – ( )
Function
P: Pilot Light
Series Designation
D: TWTD Series
Lens Shape
1: Dome
Rated Operational Voltage (Primary)
Transformer Type
126: 120V AC
246: 240V AC
486: 480V AC
Full Voltage Type
99: Full Voltage
Lamp Voltage
(full voltage illuminated units only)
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120V AC (LED only)
240V: 240V AC (LED only)
Lens Color Code
A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Lamp Type
Blank: Incandescent
D: LED
Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.
LED and Incandescent Pilot Lights
Style Operating
Voltage
Part Number
LED Incandescent
Transformer Dome
120V AC
240V AC
480V AC
APD1126DN-k
APD1246DN-k
APD1486DN-k
APD1126N-k
APD1246N-k
APD1486N-k
Full Voltage Dome
—APD199DN-k-lAPD199N-k-l
1. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code.
2. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code (lamp voltage).
3. Yellow pilot light comes with white LED.
k Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
l Full Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 6V
12V AC/DC 12V
24V AC/DC 24V
120V AC 120V
240V AC 240V (LED only)
ø30mm - TWTD Series
619
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Pilot Lights (Sub-Assembled)
Transformer* + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part
* Not required for full voltage units (full voltage clips used instead).
One Each from Left Column plus One Selection from Right Column
Operators
Style Part Number
Transformer APD-006
Full Voltage APD-199
Full voltage operator comes with full voltage clips.
Lenses
Style Part Number
Dome Lens APN106LN-k
1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code.
2. LED and incandescent lenses differ in shade only. Some colors have only one shade.
Lamps
Style Voltage Part Number
LED
6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent
6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
120V AC L-120L
1. In place of k, specify the LED color code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode.
Full Voltage Clips
Primary Voltage (50/60Hz) Part Number
APD-F
Required for all full voltage models. Two pieces each.
Transformers
Description Primary Voltage
(50/60Hz) Part Number
LED
120V AC TWD-0126
240V AC TWD-0246
480V AC TWD-0486
6V secondary voltage (use 6V lamp).
k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
Yellow lens only. Yellow LED not
available, use white LED.
ø30mm - TWTD Series
620 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Assembled Illuminated Pushbuttons
A L ( ) D 2 126 11 (D) N – R – ( )
Function
L: Momentary Action
OL: Maintained Action
Bezel Shape
Blank: Octagonal
F: Full Shroud
Series Designation
D: TWTD Series
Lens Shape
2: Extended
3: Mushroom ø 40mm
Rated Operational Voltage (Primary)
Transformer Type
126: 120V AC
246: 240V AC
486: 480V AC
Full Voltage Type
99: Full Voltage
Lamp Voltage
(full voltage only)
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120V AC
240V: 240V AC (LED only)
Lens Color Code
A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Lamp Type
Blank: Incandescent
D: LED
Contact Arrangement
20: 2NO 02: 2NC
11: 1NO-1NC
1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.
2. All transformers and AC Adaptors step down to 6V.
ø30mm - TWTD Series
621
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Style Contacts Part Number
Momentary Maintained
Extended Lens
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALD29911nN-k-l
ALD29920nN-k-l
ALD29902nN-k-l
AOLD29911nN-k-l
AOLD29920nN-k-l
AOLD29902nN-k-l
Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALD2 m 11nN-k
ALD2 m 20nN-k
ALD2 m 02nN-k
AOLD2 m 11nN-k
AOLD2 m 20nN-k
AOLD2 m 02nN-k
Extended Lens with Full Shroud
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALFD29911nN-k-l
ALFD29920nN-k-l
ALFD29902nN-k-l
AOLFD29911nN-k-l
AOLFD29920nN-k l
AOLFD29902nN-k-l
Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALFD2 m 11nN-k
ALFD2 m 20nN-k
ALFD2 m 02nN-k
AOLFD2 m 11nN-k
AOLFD2 m 20nN-k
AOLFD2 m 02nN-k
ø 40mm Mushroom Lens
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALD39911nN-k-l
ALD39920nN-k-l
ALD39902nN-k-l
AOLD39911nN-k-l
AOLD39920nN-k-l
AOLD39902nN-k-l
Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALD3 m 11nN-k
ALD3 m 20nN-k
ALD3 m 02nN-k
AOLD3 m 11nN-k
AOLD3 m 20nN-k
AOLD3 m 02nN-k
1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code.
2. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code (lamp voltage).
3. In place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage Code.
4. In place of n, specify the Lamp Type Code.
5. Light is independent of switch position.
6. Yellow pushbutton comes with white LED only.
k Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
l Full Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 6V
12V AC/DC 12V
24V AC/DC 24V
120V AC 120V
240V AC 240V (LED only)
m Transformer Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
120VAC 126
240VAC 246
480VAC 486
6V secondary voltage
(uses 6V lamp).
n Lamp Type Codes
Lamp Code
Incandescent Blank
LED D
ø30mm - TWTD Series
622 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled)
Transformer* + Contact Block + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part
*Not required for full votage types (full voltage types use APD-F full voltage clips).
Operators
Style Part Number
Momentary Maintained
Extended ALD-0600 AOLD-0600
Extended with
Full Shroud ALFD-0600 AOLFD-0600
40mm Mushroom ALD-0600 AOLD-0600
Lenses
Style Part Number
Extended ALN06LU-k
ø 40mm Mushroom ALN3LU-k
In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code.
Full Voltage Clips
Style Part Number
Full Voltage Clips
(2 required for each unit) APD-F
Required for all full voltage models.
Lamps
Style Voltage Part Number
LED
6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent 6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
120V AC L-120L
1. In place of k, specify the LED color code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a
protection diode.
k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
Yellow lens only. Yellow
LED not available, use
white LED.
Contact Blocks
Style Part Number
1NO 1NC
All Control Units
BST-010
BST-010S
(early make)
BST-001
BST-001S
(late break)
Dummy Block BST-D
1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.
2. Combining BST-010S and BST-001S result in overlapping contacts (remain on, or closed,
when switch is moved between two positions).
Transformers
Description Primary Voltage
(50/60Hz) Part Number
Transformers
120V AC TWD-0126
240V AC TWD-0246
480V AC TWD-0486
6V secondary voltage (use 6V lamp).
ø30mm - TWTD Series
623
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled)
Assembled Selector Switches
A S D 2 ( ) ( ) 11 N – ( )
Function
S: Selector Switch
Series Designation
D: TWTD Series
Number of Positions
2: 2-Position
3: 3-Position
Spring Return Action
Blank: Maintained
1: Spring return from Right
2: Spring return from Left
3: 2-Way spring return from Left and Right
Circuit Number
(See Circuit # column of Selector Switch
Contact Arrangement Chart on beginning
on page 629.)
Contact Arrangement Code
10: 1NO 01: 1NC
20: 2NO 02: 2NC
40: 4NO 04: 4NC
11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC
Operator Style Code
Blank: Knob Operator
L: Lever Operator
K: Key Operator
1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.
2. Custom key removal codes available. Please contact IDEC for details.
ø30mm - TWTD Series
624 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled)
Non-Illuminated 2-Position Selector Switches
Style Part Number
1. The truth table indicates the operating position of
contact block when the operator is switched to that
position.
X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts)
X X = Overlapping Contacts: Remain on (closed
contacts) when switch is moved between these two
positions.
2. All knob and lever selector switches come in black.
Other colors are available by ordering the knob or
lever separately.
3. Custom contact arrangements available, see page
629 or call IDEC for details.
Contact
Mounting
Operator
Position Maintained Spring Return
from Right
Spring Return
from Left
LRLRLRLR
1NO 1
2
O
O
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD210N
ASD2L10N
ASD2K10N
ASD2110N
ASD21L10N
ASD21K10N
ASD2210N
ASD22L10N
ASD22K10N
1NC 1
2
X
O
O
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD201N-116
ASD2L01N-116
ASD2K01N-116
ASD2101N-116
ASD21L01N-116
ASD21K01N-116
ASD2201N-116
ASD22L01N-116
ASD22K01N-116
1NO
1NC
1
2
X
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD211N
ASD2L11N
ASD2K11N
ASD2111N
ASD21L11N
ASD21K11N
ASD2211N
ASD22L11N
ASD22K11N
2NO 1
2
O
O
X
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD220N
ASD2L20N
ASD2K20N
ASD2120N
ASD21L20N
ASD21K20N
ASD2220N
ASD22L20N
ASD22K20N
2NC 1
2
X
X
O
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD202N-104
ASD2L02N-104
ASD2K02N-104
ASD2102N-104
ASD21L02N-104
ASD21K02N-104
ASD2202N-104
ASD22L02N-104
ASD22K02N-104
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
O
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD222N
ASD2L22N
ASD2K22N
ASD2122N
ASD21L22N
ASD21K22N
ASD2222N
ASD22L22N
ASD22K22N
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
O
X
X
X
X
O
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD222N-111
ASD2L22N-111
ASD2K22N-111
ASD2122N-111
ASD21L22N-111
ASD21K22N-111
ASD2222N-111
ASD22L22N-111
ASD22K22N-111
Non-Illuminated 3-Position Selector Switches
Style Part Number
Contact
Mounting
Operator Position Maintained Spring Return from Right Spring Return from Left Spring Return Two-Way
LCRL
C
RL
C
RL
C
RL
C
R
2NO 1
2
X
O
O
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD320N
ASD3L20N
ASD3K20N
ASD3120N
ASD31L20N
ASD31K20N
ASD3220N
ASD32L20N
ASD32K20N
ASD3320N
ASD33L20N
ASD33K20N
2NC 1
2
O
X
X
X
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD302N
ASD3L02N
ASD3K02N
ASD3102N
ASD31L02N
ASD31K02N
ASD3202N
ASD32L02N
ASD32K02N
ASD3302N
ASD33L02N
ASD33K02N
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
O
O
X
O
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD322N
ASD3L22N
ASD3K22N
ASD3122N
ASD31L22N
ASD31K22N
ASD3222N
ASD32L22N
ASD32K22N
ASD3322N
ASD33L22N
ASD33K22N
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
X
O
O
O
X
X
O
X
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD322N-309
ASD3L22N-309
ASD3K22N-309
ASD3122N-309
ASD31L22N-309
ASD31K22N-309
ASD3222N-309
ASD32L22N-309
ASD32K22N-309
ASD3322N-309
ASD33L22N-309
ASD33K22N-309
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
O
O
X
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD322N-310
ASD3L22N-310
ASD3K22N-310
ASD3122N-310
ASD31L22N-310
ASD31K22N-310
ASD3222N-310
ASD32L22N-310
ASD32K22N-310
ASD3322N-310
ASD33L22N-310
ASD33K22N-310
4NO
1
2
3
4
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD340N
ASD3L40N
ASD3K40N
ASD3140N
ASD31L40N
ASD31K40N
ASD3240N
ASD32L40N
ASD32K40N
ASD3340N
ASD33L40N
ASD33K40N
4NC
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASD304N
ASD3L04N
ASD3K04N
ASD3104N
ASD31L04N
ASD31K04N
ASD3204N
ASD32L04N
ASD32K04N
ASD3304N
ASD33L04N
ASD33K04N
ø30mm - TWTD Series
625
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)
Contact Blocks + Operator + Knob or Lever* + Color Insert* = Complete Part†
1. *Not needed with key type switches.
2. †Knob type shown.
Operators
Appearance Position Description Part Number
Knob/Lever
2
Maintained ASD200
Spring return from right ASD2100
Spring return from left ASD2200
3
Maintained, Cam 1
Maintained, Cam 2
ASD300-1
ASD300-2
Spring return from right, Cam 1
Spring return from right, Cam 2
ASD3100-1
ASD3100-2
Spring return from left, Cam 1
Spring return from left, Cam 2
ASD3200-1
ASD3200-2
Spring return from left/right, Cam 1
Spring return from left/right, Cam 2
ASD3300-1
ASD3300-2
Key
2
Maintained ASD2K00-RA
Spring return from right ASD21K00-RL
Spring return from left ASD22K00
3
Maintained, Cam 1
Maintained, Cam 2
ASD3K00-1
ASD3K00-2
Spring return from right, Cam 1
Spring return from right, Cam 2
ASD31K00-1-RLC
ASD31K00-2-RLC
Spring return from left, Cam 1
Spring return from left, Cam 2
ASD32K00-1-RRC
ASD32K00-2-RRC
Spring return from left/right, Cam 1
Spring return from left/right, Cam 2
ASD33K00-1-RC
ASD33K00-2-RC
1. Order knobs, levers, color inserts separately (see below).
2. For key switches, keys are removable in all maintained positions. Other options available,
contact IDEC for details.
3. See page 631 “Operator Truth Tables” for details of difference between cams.
j Color Codes
Knob/Lever Color Code
Black B
Blue S
Green G
Red R
Yellow Y
White W
1. Knob/Lever not available in white.
2. Color inserts not available in Black.
3. Lever not available in yellow.
Handles and Inserts
Style Part Number
Knob ASDHHY-j
Lever ASDHHL-j*
Color Insert TW-HC1-j
1. In place of j, specify the Color Code.
*Not available in yellow.
Contact Blocks
Style Part Number
1NO 1NC
BST-010
BST-010S
(early make)
BST-001
BST-001S
(late break)
Dummy Block BST-D
1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.
2. Combining BST-010S and BST-001S results in overlapping contacts (remain on, or closed,
when switch is moved between two positions).
ø30mm - TWTD Series
626 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled)
Assembled Illuminated Selector Switches
A SL D 2 (2) 99 11 D N – 111 – R – 24
Function
SL: Illuminated Selector Switch
Series Designation
D: TWTD series
Number of Positions
2: 2-Position
3: 3-Position
Spring Return Action
Blank: Maintained
1: Spring return from Right
2: Spring return from Left
3: Two-Way spring return from Left and Right
Rated Operational Voltage (Primary)
Transformer Type
126: 120V AC
246: 240V AC
486: 480V AC
Full Voltage Type
99: Full Voltage
Contact Arrangement Code
20: 2NO 02: 2NC
40: 4NO 04: 4NC
11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC
Lamp Voltage
(Full Voltage Units Only)
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120V AC
240V: 240V AC (LED only)
Lens Color Code
A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Circuit Code Number
See Circuit # column of Selec-
tor Switch Contact Arrangement
Charts on page 629.
Lamp Type
Blank: Incandescent Lamp
D: LED Lamp
Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.
ø30mm - TWTD Series
627
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Selector Switches(Assembled)
Illuminated 2-Position Selector Switches k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
l Full Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 6V
12V AC/DC 12V
24V AC/DC 24V
120V AC 120V
240V AC 240V (LED only)
Style Part Number
Contact
Mounting
Operator
Position Lamp
Circuit
Type
Maintained Spring Return from Right Spring Return
from Left
LRLRLR
L R
1NO
1NC
1
2
O
X
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLD2 m11nN-k
ASLD29911nN-k-l
ASLD21 m11nN-k
ASLD219911nN-k-l
ASLD22 m11nN-k
ASLD229911nN-k-l
2NO 1
2
O
O
X
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLD2 m20nN-k
ASLD29920nN-k-l
ASLD21 m20nN-k
ASLD219920nN-k-l
ASLD22 m20nN-k
ASLD229920nN-k-l
2NC 1
2
X
X
O
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLD2 m02nN-104-k
ASLD29902nN-104-k-l
ASLD21 m02nN-104-k
ASLD219902nN-104-k-l
ASLD22 m02nN-104-k
ASLD229902nN-104-k-l
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
O
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLD2 m22nN-k
ASLD29922nN-k- l
ASLD21 m22nN-k
ASLD219922nN-k-l
ASLD22 m22nN-k
ASLD229922nN-k-l
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
O
X
X
X
X
O
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLD2 m22nN-111-k
ASLD29922nN-111-k-l
ASLD21 m22nN-111-k
ASLD219922nN-111-k-l
ASLD22 m22nN-111-k
ASLD229922nN-111-k-l
Illuminated 3-Position Selector Switches, Maintained and Spring Return
Style Part Number
Contact
Mounting
Operator Position Lamp
Circuit
Type
Maintained Spring Return From Right Spring Return from Left Spring Return Two-Way
LCRL
C
RL
C
RL
C
RL
C
R
2NO 1
2
X
O
O
O
O
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLD3 m 20nN-k
ASLD39920nN-k-l
ASLD31 m 20nN-k
ASLD319920nN-k- l
ASLD32 m 20nN-k
ASLD329920nN-k-l
ASLD33 m 20nN-k
ASLD339920nN-k-l
2NC 1
2
O
X
X
X
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLD3 m 02nN-k
ASLD39902nN-k-l
ASLD31 m 02nN-k
ASLD319902nN-k-l
ASLD32 m 02nN-k
ASLD329902nN-k-l
ASLD33 m 02nN-k
ASLD339902nN-k-l
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
O
O
X
O
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLD3 m 22nN-k
ASLD39922nN-k-l
ASLD31 m 22nN-k
ASLD319922nN-k-l
ASLD32 m 22nN-k
ASLD329922nN-k-l
ASLD33 m 22nN-k
ASLD339922nN-k-l
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
X
O
O
O
X
X
O
X
O
O
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLD3 m 22nN-309-k
ASLD39922nN-309-k-l
ASLD31 m 22nN-309-k
ASLD319922nN-309-k-l
ASLD32 m 22nN-309-k
ASLD329922nN-309-k-l
ASLD33 m 22nN-309-k
ASLD339922nN-309-k-l
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
O
O
X
O
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLD3 m 22nN-310-k
ASLD39922nN-310-k-l
ASLD31 m 22nN-310-k
ASLD319922nN-310-k-l
ASLD32 m 22nN-310-k
ASLD329922nN-310-k-l
ASLD33 m 22nN-310-k
ASLD339922nN-310-k-l
4NO
1
2
3
4
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLD3 m 40nN-k
ASLD39940nN-k-l
ASLD31 m 40nN-k
ASLD319940nN-k-l
ASLD32 m 40nN-k
ASLD329940nN-k-l
ASLD33 m 40nN-k
ASLD339940nN-k-l
4NC
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLD3 m 04nN-k
ASLD39904nN-k-l
ASLD31 m 04nN-k
ASLD319904nN-k-l
ASLD32 m 04nN-k
ASLD329904nN-k-l
ASLD33 m 04nN-k
ASLD339904nN-k-l
1. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code, in place of l, specify the Full Voltage
(lamp voltage) Code, in place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage Code and in place
of n specify the Lamp Type Code.
2. The truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when the operator is
switched to that position.
X = On (Closed Contacts) O = Off (Open Contacts)
X X = Overlapping Contacts: Remain on (closed contacts) when switch is moved
between these positions
3. Yellow selector switch comes with white LED.
m Transformer Voltage Codes
Voltage Code
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
126
246
486
Transformers step down to 6V
(use 6V lamp).
Light is independent of switch position.
n Lamp Type Codes
Lamp Code
Incandescent Blank
LED D
ø30mm - TWTD Series
628 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)
Transformer* + Contact Block + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part
*Not required for full voltage units (use APD-F full voltage clips instead).
Operators
Style Position Description Part Number
Operator
2 Maintained ASLD200
3Maintained, Cam 1
Maintained, Cam 2
ASLD300-1
ASLD300-2
2Spring return from right ASLD2100
Spring return from left ASLD2200
3
Spring return from right, Cam 1
Spring return from right, Cam 2
ASLD3100-1
ASLD3100-2
Spring return from left, Cam 1
Spring return from left, Cam 2
ASLD3200-1
ASLD3200-2
Spring return from left/right, Cam 1
Spring return from left/right, Cam 2
ASLD3300-1
ASLD3300-2
Lenses
Description Part Number
Knob ASLNHU-j
Lamps
Style Voltage Part Number
LED
6V AC/DC LSTD-6k
12V AC/DC LSTD-1k
24V AC/DC LSTD-2k
120V AC LSTD-H2k
240V AC LSTD-M4k
Incandescent 6V AC/DC IS-6
12V AC/DC IS-12
24V AC/DC IS-24
120V AC L-120L
1. In place of k, specify the LED color code.
2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a
protection diode.
Contact Blocks
Style Part Number
1NO 1NC
BST-010
BST-010S
(early make)
BST-001
BST-001S
(late break)
Dummy Block BST-D
1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.
2. Combining BST-010S and BST-001S results in overlapping contacts (remain on, or closed,
when switch is moved between two positions).
Full Voltage Clips
Style Part Number
Full Voltage Clips
(2 required for each unit) APD-F
Required for all full voltage models.
Transformers
Description Primary Voltage
(50/60Hz) Part Number
Transformers
120V AC TWD-0126
240V AC TWD-0246
480V AC TWD-0486
6V secondary voltage.
k LED/Lens Color Codes
Color Code Color Code
Amber A Blue S
Green G White W
Red R Yellow Y
Yellow lens only. Yellow LED not
available, use white LED.
ø30mm - TWTD Series
629
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Contact Arrangement Charts
How to Read Contact Arrangement Charts
To determine contact block mounting position, fi rst make sure the selector switch is oriented as shown on the right
Contact Arrangement
Type and quantity of switch
contacts Circuit Number
* N/D = No designation
Contact Block
Mounting Position
Position or mounting
contact blocks on
operator
Operator Position
Truth table indicates the operating posi-
tion of contact block when operator is
switched to that position.
X = On (Closed Contacts)
O = Off (Open Contacts)
X X = Overlapping Contacts: Remain
on (closed) when switch is moved
between these two positions
Contact Block
Part Number
Part number to use when
ordering sub-assembly
contact blocks, as required
for use with corresponding
mounting position
Contact Arrangement Chart: 2-Position Selector Switches
Style
Mounting
Position
Operator
Position Contact Block
Part Number Description
Operator Part Number
Contact Circuit
Number
Maintained Spring Return
from Right
Spring Return
from Left
LRLRLRLR
1NO N/D
1 O X BST-010 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD200
ASD2K00
ASLD200
ASD2100
ASD21K00
ASLD2100
ASD2200
ASD22K00
ASLD2200
2 O O BST-D
1NC 116
1 X O BST-001 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD200
ASD2K00
ASLD200
ASD2100
ASD21K00
ASLD2100
ASD2200
ASD22K00
ASLD2200
2 O O BST-D
1NO
1NC
N/D
1 O X BST-010 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD200
ASD2K00
ASLD200
ASD2100
ASD21K00
ASLD2100
ASD2200
ASD22K00
ASLD2200
2 X O BST-001
103
1 X O BST-001 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD200
ASD2K00
ASLD200
ASD2100
ASD21K00
ASLD2100
ASD2200
ASD22K00
ASLD2200
2 O X BST-010
1NO-EM
1NC-LB
600
1 O X BST-010S Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD200
ASD2K00
ASLD200
ASD2100
ASD21K00
ASLD2100
ASD2200
ASD22K00
ASLD2200
2 X O BST-001S
601
1 X O BST-001S Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD200
ASD2K00
ASLD200
ASD2100
ASD21K00
ASLD2100
ASD2200
ASD22K00
ASLD2200
2 O X BST-010S
2NO N/D
1 O X BST-010 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD200
ASD2K00
ASLD200
ASD2100
ASD21K00
ASLD2100
ASD2200
ASD22K00
ASLD2200
2 O X BST-010
2NC 104
1 X O BST-001 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD200
ASD2K00
ASLD200
ASD2100
ASD21K00
ASLD2100
ASD2200
ASD22K00
ASLD2200
2 X O BST-001
2NO
2NC
N/D
1 O X BST-010 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD200
ASD2K00
ASLD200
ASD2100
ASD21K00
ASLD2100
ASD2200
ASD22K00
ASLD2200
2 X O BST-001
3 O X BST-010
4 X O BST-001
110
1 X O BST-001 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD200
ASD2K00
ASLD200
ASD2100
ASD21K00
ASLD2100
ASD2200
ASD22K00
ASLD2200
2 O X BST-010
3 X O BST-001
4 O X BST-010
111
1 O X BST-010 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD200
ASD2K00
ASLD200
ASD2100
ASD21K00
ASLD2100
ASD2200
ASD22K00
ASLD2200
2 O X BST-010
3 X O BST-001
4 X O BST-001
4NO N/D
1 O X BST-010 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD200
ASD2K00
ASLD200
ASD2100
ASD21K00
ASLD2100
ASD2200
ASD22K00
ASLD2200
2 O X BST-010
3 O X BST-010
4 O X BST-010
ø30mm - TWTD Series
630 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Contact Arrangement Chart: 3-Position Selector Switches
Style
Mounting
Position
Operator Position
Contact Block
Part Number Description
Operator Part Number
Contact Circuit
Number
Maintained Spring Return
from Right
Spring Return
from Left Two-Way
LCRL
C
RL
C
RL
C
RL
C
R
1NO
1NC
202
1 X O O BST-010 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-1
ASD3K00-1
ASLD300-1
ASD3100-1
ASD31K00-1
ASLD3100-1
ASD3200-1
ASD32K00-1
ASLD3200-1
ASD3300-1
ASD33K00-1
ASLD3300-1
2XX O BST-001
203
1O
XX BST-001 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-1
ASD3K00-1
ASLD300-1
ASD3100-1
ASD31K00-1
ASLD3100-1
ASD3200-1
ASD32K00-1
ASLD3200-1
ASD3300-1
ASD33K00-1
ASLD3300-1
2 O O X BST-010
302
1 X O X BST-010 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-2
ASD3K00-2
ASLD300-2
ASD3100-2
ASD31K00-2
ASLD3100-2
ASD3200-2
ASD32K00-2
ASLD3200-2
ASD3300-2
ASD33K00-2
ASLD3300-2
2XX O BST-001
303
1 O X O BST-001 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-2
ASD3K00-2
ASLD300-2
ASD3100-2
ASD31K00-2
ASLD3100-2
ASD3200-2
ASD32K00-2
ASLD3200-2
ASD3300-2
ASD33K00-2
ASLD3300-2
2 O O X BST-010
2NO
N/D
1 X O O BST-010 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-1
ASD3K00-1
ASLD300-1
ASD3100-1
ASD31K00-1
ASLD3100-1
ASD3200-1
ASD32K00-1
ASLD3200-1
ASD3300-1
ASD33K00-1
ASLD3300-1
2 O O X BST-010
301
1 X O X BST-010 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-2
ASD3K00-2
ASLD300-2
ASD3100-2
ASD31K00-2
ASLD3100-2
ASD3200-2
ASD32K00-2
ASLD3200-2
ASD3300-2
ASD33K00-2
ASLD3300-2
2 O O X BST-010
2NC
304
1 O X O BST-001 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-2
ASD3K00-2
ASLD300-2
ASD3100-2
ASD31K00-2
ASLD3100-2
ASD3200-2
ASD32K00-2
ASLD3200-2
ASD3300-2
ASD33K00-2
ASLD3300-2
2XX O BST-001
N/D
1O
XX BST-001 Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-1
ASD3K00-1
ASLD300-1
ASD3100-1
ASD31K00-1
ASLD3100-1
ASD3200-1
ASD32K00-1
ASLD3200-1
ASD3300-1
ASD33K00-1
ASLD3300-1
2XX O BST-001
2NO
2NC
N/D
1 X O O BST-010
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-1
ASD3K00-1
ASLD300-1
ASD3100-1
ASD31K00-1
ASLD3100-1
ASD3200-1
ASD32K00-1
ASLD3200-1
ASD3300-1
ASD33K00-1
ASLD3300-1
2 O O X BST-010
3O
XX BST-001
4XX O BST-001
210
1O
XX BST-001
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-1
ASD3K00-1
ASLD300-1
ASD3100-1
ASD31K00-1
ASLD3100-1
ASD3200-1
ASD32K00-1
ASLD3200-1
ASD3300-1
ASD33K00-1
ASLD3300-1
2 O O X BST-010
3O
XX BST-001
4 O O X BST-010
308
1 X O X BST-010
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-2
ASD3K00-2
ASLD300-2
ASD3100-2
ASD31K00-2
ASLD3100-2
ASD3200-2
ASD32K00-2
ASLD3200-2
ASD3300-2
ASD33K00-2
ASLD3300-2
2XX O BST-001
3 X O X BST-010
4XX O BST-001
309
1 X O X BST-010
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-2
ASD3K00-2
ASLD300-2
ASD3100-2
ASD31K00-2
ASLD3100-2
ASD3200-2
ASD32K00-2
ASLD3200-2
ASD3300-2
ASD33K00-2
ASLD3300-2
2XX O BST-001
3 O X O BST-001
4 O O X BST-010
310
1 O X O BST-001
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-2
ASD3K00-2
ASLD300-2
ASD3100-2
ASD31K00-2
ASLD3100-2
ASD3200-2
ASD32K00-2
ASLD3200-2
ASD3300-2
ASD33K00-2
ASLD3300-2
2 O O X BST-010
3 O X O BST-001
4 O O X BST-010
1. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a “-1” and a “-2” for 3-position selector switches. The internal cam of a “-1” is different from that of a “-2”. This results in designated combinations of open
and closed contacts in the various operator positions.
2. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number.
3. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts). X X Overlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions.
ø30mm - TWTD Series
631
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Contact Arrangement Chart: 3-Position Selector Switches
Style
Mounting
Position
Operator Position
Contact Block
Part Number Description
Operator Part Number
Contact Circuit
Number
Maintained Spring Return
from Right
Spring Return
from Left Two-Way
LCRL
C
RL
C
RL
C
RL
C
R
4NO
N/D
1 X O O BST-010
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-1
ASD3K00-1
ASLD300-1
ASD3100-1
ASD31K00-1
ASLD3100-1
ASD3200-1
ASD32K00-1
ASLD3200-1
ASD3300-1
ASD33K00-1
ASLD3300-1
2 O O X BST-010
3 X O O BST-010
4 O O X BST-010
305
1 X O X BST-010
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-2
ASD3K00-2
ASLD300-2
ASD3100-2
ASD31K00-2
ASLD3100-2
ASD3200-2
ASD32K00-2
ASLD3200-2
ASD3300-2
ASD33K00-2
ASLD3300-2
2 O O X BST-010
3 X O X BST-010
4 O O X BST-010
4NC
N/D
1O
XX BST-001
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-1
ASD3K00-1
ASLD300-1
ASD3100-1
ASD31K00-1
ASLD3100-1
ASD3200-1
ASD32K00-1
ASLD3200-1
ASD3300-1
ASD33K00-1
ASLD3300-1
2XX O BST-001
3O
XX BST-001
4XX O BST-001
314
1 O X O BST-001
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASD300-2
ASD3K00-2
ASLD300-2
ASD3100-2
ASD31K00-2
ASLD3100-2
ASD3200-2
ASD32K00-2
ASLD3200-2
ASD3300-2
ASD33K00-2
ASLD3300-2
2XX O BST-001
3 O X O BST-001
4XX O BST-001
1. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a “-1” and a “-2” for 3-position selector switches. The internal cam of a “-1” is different from that of a “-2”. This results in designated combinations of open
and closed contacts in the various operator positions.
2. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number.
3. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts). X X Overlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions.
Operator Truth Tables
Use the following tables to build custom selector switches.
2 Position Selector Switches
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
Left Right
ASD200
BST-010 (NO) LOX
ROX
BST-001 (NC) LXO
RXO
BST-010S (NO-EM) LO
X
RO
X
BST-001S (NC-LB) LXO
RXO
3 Position Push/Pull Switches
Contact Operator Position
Pull Normal Push
AYLD22
BST-010 (NO) O O X
BST-001 (NC) X O O
BST-010S (NO-EM) O X X
BST-001S (NC-LB) X X O
3 Position Selector Switches
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
Left Center Right
ASD300-1
ASLD300-1
ASD3K00-1
BST-010 (NO) LXOO
ROOX
BST-001 (NC) LO
XX
RXXO
BST-010S (NO-EM) LXOO
RO
OX
BST-001S (NC-LB) LOXX
RXXO
Contact Mounting
Position
Operator Position
Left Center Right
ASD300-2
ASLD300-2
ASD3K00-2
BST-010 (NO) L XOX
ROOX
BST-001 (NC) L OXO
RXXO
BST-010S (NO-EM) LX O X
RO
OX
BST-001S (NC-LB) LOXO
RXXO
ø30mm - TWTD Series
632 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Accessories — TWTD Series
TWTD Series Accessories
Appearance Description/Usage Part Number
Lamp Removal Tool Rubber tool used to install or remove LED’s and incandescent lamps OR-55
Metal Bezel Replacement locking
ring/bezel
Standard octagonal units (chrome-pl.). OG-81
Extended, non-illuminated (chrome-pl.). OG-82
Extended, illuminated (chrome-pl.). OG-83L
Jumbo Mushroom Shallow Shroud ABN4G
Jumbo Mushroom Deep Shroud ABN4F
Plastic Bezel Black plastic locking ring/bezel OGP11B
Boot/Cover Used to cover and protect
pushbuttons
In place of j, specify Rubber Boot color:
B (black), G (green), R (red), Y (yellow) OC-11 j
Flush units (clear plastic -40˚ to +60˚C). OC-121
Extended units (clear plastic -40˚ to +60˚C). OC-122
Anti-Rotation Ring
Plastic washer
For nameplates or panels that should not be scratched. OGL-D1T
Thrust washer/Anti-rotation ring for use with notched panel cutout. OGL-D1S
Mounting Hole Plug Plugs used to fi ll unused 30mm
panel cutouts.
Plastic with locking nut attached. OBP-11
Metal with locking nut attached OB-11
Grey rubber (-5˚ to +60˚C) OB-13
Terminal Tab Adaptor Tab #250 17/64” x 3/64” (6.35mm x 0.8mm): Single tab TW-FA1
Full Voltage
Adaptor
Used on all full voltage illuminated units.
Two required per unit. (M3.5 screw and saddle) APD-F
Lock Out Adaptor Used to provide lockout protection for TWTD pushbuttons and knob selectors.
ø 1-13/64” (30mm) OL-KL1
Replacement Keys Pair of keys (#0) TW-SK
ø30mm - TWTD Series
633
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Fingersafe Covers for TWTD Series
Appearance Description Used with Part Number
Fingersafe terminal cover, for full voltage pilot lights,
adds 3mm to overall depth APD199... full voltage pilot lights APD-PVL
Fingersafe terminal cover, for contact blocks, adds
3mm to overall depth Non-Illuminated pushbuttons ABD..., and AOD... N-VL2
Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 1.5mm to overall depth Transformer pilot lights and illuminated units N-VL3
Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 4 mm to depth Full voltage illuminated pushbuttons N-VL4
Dimensions on page 637.
ø30mm - TWTD Series
634 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Nameplates — TWTD Series
Faceplates
NALD NAKD NAQD HNAV
Dimensions
1.85" (47.5mm)
Ø1.19"
(30.5mm)
1.56" (40mm)
2.24" (57.5mm)
Ø1.19"
(30.5mm)
2.03" (52mm)
1.95" (50mm)
Ø1.19"
(30.5mm)
1.95" (50mm)
5mm
ø60mm
30.5mm
Description Part Number
Nameplate
(blank)
NALD-B (black)
NALD-R (red)
NAKD-B (black)
NAKD-R (red)
NAQD-B (black)
NAQD-R (red) HNAV-O
Nameplate
(engraved) NALD-jNAKD-jNAQD-jHNAV-27 “Emergency Stop”
1. Nameplates are made of 0.031” aluminum. Lettering is white letters engraved on black background.
2. In place of j, insert either the standard legend code from table below or custom engraving delimited by “ “.
3. HNAV available in yellow only.
Standard Legend Codes
Pushbuttons Pushbuttons/Selector Switches Selector Switches
Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code
AUTO
CLOSE
DOWN
EMERG.STOP*
FAST
FORWARD
HAND
HIGH
IN
INCH
JOG
LOW
LOWER
OFF
ON
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
OPEN
OUT
RAISE
RESET
REVERSE
RUN
SLOW
START
STOP*
STOP
TEST
UP
I (Int’l On)
O (Int’l Off)
EMO
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
150
151
152
AUTO-MAN
CLOSE-OPEN
DOWN-UP
FAST-SLOW
FOR-REV
HAND-AUTO
HIGH-LOW
JOG-RUN
LEFT-RIGHT
LOWER-RAISE
MAN-AUTO
OFF-ON
ON-OFF
OPEN-CLOSE
RAISE-LOWER
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
REV-FOR
RUN-JOG
RUN-SAFE
SAFE-RUN
SLOW-FAST
START-STOP
STOP-START
UP-DOWN
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
AUTO-MAN-OFF
AUTO-OFF-MAN
CLOSE-OFF-OPEN
DOWN-OFF-SLOW
FAST-OFF-SLOW
FOR-OFF-REV
LEFT-OFF-RIGHT
LOWER-OFF-RAISE
OFF-MAN-AUTO
OFF-SLOW-FAST
OFF-1-2
OPEN-OFF-CLOSE
SLOW-OFF-FAST
SUMMER-OFF-WINTER
UP-OFF-DOWN
1-OFF-2
HAND-OFF-AUTO
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
1. *Available in Red as standard legend code 104 and 124. To order engraved nameplate and codes, add legend code to nameplate part number.
Character height based on the number of characters, space and size of nameplate. Standard character size is 3/16”.
2. Nameplates with standard legends are the same list price as blank nameplates. Special engravings, additional cost.
To specify engraving instructions, use the Nameplate order form on next page.
ø30mm - TWTD Series
635
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Custom engraved Nameplates Order Form — TWTD Series
Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Custom Engravings, Location of Engraving on Nameplate, and Quantity Desired.
To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative. or Distributor.
Your Company Name: _________________________________________
Your Name: _________________________________________
Telephone: _________________________________________
Fax & Email: _________________________________________
IDEC Rep/Distributor Contact: _________________________________
PO number (if known): _________________________________
IDEC Rep/Distributor Phone: _________________________________
IDEC Rep/Distributor Fax & Email: _________________________________
NALD Nameplate
Engraving
Location
Step 1.
Choose Letter Size - 7/64” or 1/8”.
Check the box for the letter size you
want. Then write your lettering in box
below checkboxes. Note: 1/8” size let-
ters cannot exceed 13 characters.
Step 2.
Specify Quantity.
Qty
Enter the number of
nameplates desired
in the box on the right.
Sample Letter Sizes
7/64” Letters:
1/8” Letters:
7/64”
Letter Size
11 characters max
(for 7/64” size letters)
1/8”
Letter Size
9 characters max
(for 1/8” size letters)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
NAKD Nameplate
Engraving
Location
Step 1.
Choose Letter Size - 7/64” or 1/8”.
Check the box for the letter size you
want. Then write your lettering in box
below checkboxes. Note: 1/8” size
letters cannot exceed 9 characters.
Step 2.
Specify Quantity.
Qty
Enter the number of
nameplates desired
in the box on the right.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Sample Letter Sizes
1/8” Letters:
NAQD Nameplate
Engraving
Location
Step 1.
Choose Letter Size - 7/64” or 1/8”.
Check the box for the letter size you
want. Then write your lettering in box
below checkboxes.
Note: 1/8” size letters cannot exceed
16 characters.
7/64”
Letter Size
20 characters max
(for 7/64” size letters)
1/8”
Letter Size
16 characters max
(for 1/8” size letters)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Step 2.
Specify Quantity.
Qty
Enter the number of
nameplates desired
in the box on the right.
Sample Letter Sizes
3/32” Letters:
1/8” Letters:
ø30mm - TWTD Series
636 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Switch Engraving Order Form – TWTD Series
Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Maximum Number of Lines and Text to be engraved.
To insure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative or Distributor.
Your Company: Telephone:
Name: Fax:
Address: Email:
PO: Part Number to be Engraved:
Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options:
Square
Switch
65mm
Jumbo
Mushroom
ø29mm, ø40mm Mushroom Head
Engraving
Area 1
Engraving
Area 2†
# of
Lines
Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
# of
Lines
Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
# of
Lines
Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
1
5/32 7
1
3/4 4 Engraving
Area 1 1
5/32 5
1/8 8 5/16 5 1/8 5
2
5/32 7
2
5/16 5 Engraving
Area 2 1
5/32 7
1/8 8 1/4 6 1/8 7
3 1/8 8 5/32 8
1. Above mentioned specifi cations hold true for standard size push-
buttons (round and square).
2. †Engraving Area 2 can be engraved for 40mm mushroom head n
on-Illuminated pushbutton only.
3. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-Illuminated push but-
tons and on marking plate for illuminated push buttons and pilot
lights.
4. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to
emphasize capital or small letters.
4 Custom*
3
5/32 8
*Engraving is possible, but character size will be
smaller than standard sizes. 1/8 9
Round
Switch 4 1/8 9
# of
Lines
Letter
Height
Max. Characters
Per Line
Enter text to be engraved:
Line 1:
Line 2:
Line 3:
Line 4:
Sample Letter Sizes
1/8 Letters:
5/32 Letters:
All engraving is 5/8mm
wide.
1
5/32 7
1/8 8
2
5/32 7
1/8 8
3 1/8 8
4 Custom*
*Engraving is possible, but character size will be
smaller than standard sizes.
For IDEC Internal Use Only:
Work Order #:
ø30mm - TWTD Series
637
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Dimensions
Pushbutton
5.5 23
9
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5
ø35
40
ø25
ø40
14.5
53 (1 or 2
blocks)
76 (3 or 4 blocks)
M3.5 Terminal Screw Pushbuttons Dimension A Dimension B
Flush
Extended
Extended w/Full Shroud
0.351” (9mm)
0.566” (14.5mm)
0.663” (17mm)
ø 0.975” (25mm)
ø 0.975”(25mm)
ø 1.11” (28.5mm)
Mushroom
Mushroom w/Full Shroud
Jumbo Mushroom
ø 1.56” (40mm)
0.858” (22mm)
0.936” (24mm)
1.13” (29mm)
ø 1.56” (40mm)
ø 1.87” (48mm)
ø 2.54” (65mm)
Mushroom, Pushlock Turn
Reset and Push-Pull
ø 1.56” (40mm)
*0.975” (25mm)
**0.975” (25mm)
ø 1.56” (40mm)
ø 1.56” (40mm)
*Dimension when operator is in reset position.
**Dimension when operator is in pull position.
Mushroom Pushbutton w/Full Shroud
M3.5 Terminal Screw
5.5 23 40
ø40
53 (1 or 2
blocks)
76 (3 or 4 blocks)
22
ø40
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5
Illuminated Pushbuttons
w/AC Adapter
w/Transformer
M3.5 Terminal Screw
ø35
9
97.5 (2 blocks)
120.5 (4 blocks)
A
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5
40
ø40
M3 Terminal Screw
B
Full Voltage
63 (2 blocks)
M3 Terminal Screw
ø24
ø35
23
86 (4 blocks)
9
24
5.5
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5
M3.5 Terminal Screw
40
ø40
Illuminated
Pushbuttons Dimension A Dimension B
Flush w/Full Shroud 0.975” (25mm)
0.995” (25.5mm)
ø 0.936” (24mm)
ø 0.936” (24mm)
Extended w/Full Shroud 0.741” (19mm)
0.761” (19.5mm)
ø 0.936” (24mm)
ø 0.936” (24mm)
ø 1.56” (40mm) Mushroom
Pushlock Turn Reset,
Push-Pull
*0.975” (25mm)
**0.975” (25mm)
ø 1.56” (40mm)
ø 1.56” (40mm)
*Dimension when operator is in reset position.
**Dimension when operator is in pull position.
Pilot Lights
A:29.5 9
B:64.5 22
40
ø25
ø35
ø40
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
Panel Thickness: 0.8 to 7.5 mm
Selector Switches
Knob Lever Key
M3.5 Terminal Screw
40
5.5 23
ø35
53 (1 or 2
blocks)
76 (4 blocks)
21
ø40
90°
45°
45°
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5
M3.5 Terminal Screw
40
5.5 23
ø35
53 (1 or 2
blocks)
76 (4 blocks)
21.5
ø40
90°
45°
45°
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5
M3.5 Terminal Screw
40
5.5 23
ø35
53 (1 or 2
blocks)
76 (4 blocks)
ø40
9
16.5
38
90°
45°
45°
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5
Illuminated Knob
40
ø40
235.5
28
9
ø35
ø25
M3.5 Terminal Screws
M3 Terminal Screw
63 (2 blocks)
A: 86 (4 blocks)
B: 97.5 (2 blocks), 120.5 (4 blocks)
Panel Thickness
0.8 to 7.5
(including nameplate)
90°
45°
45°
ø30mm - TWTD Series
638 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Selector Switches Panel Cut-Out
Ø 0.195" (5mm)
Ø 1.20" (30.5mm)
> 1.95" (50mm)*
1.64" (42mm)
1. *Jumbo Mushroom < 2.61” (66mm)
2. Minimum mounting centers are applicable to switches with one
stack of contact blocks. When mounting two stacks of contact
blocks, minimum centers should allow for access to wiring.
3. The ø 0.195” (ø 5mm) recess is necessary when either the
nameplate or anti-rotation ring is used.
IlluminatedSelector Switches
OL-KL1
Lock-Out Adaptor
OC-31
Pushbutton Clear Boot
OGL-31
Anti-Rotation Ring
OB-31
Mounting Hole Rubber Plug
Waterproof Rubber
Gasket 0.5t
24
Key Hole ø8
30
70
ø50
ø30.2
93
29.5
30
R66.5
Panel Thickness
0.8 to 3.2
82.5
22 (OC-32)
18 (OC-31)
ø32.6
ø22 ø27.4
10.2
0.8
ø29
ø25
3.5
3.5
Finger-Safe Cover
N-VL2 N-VL3 N-VL4
APD-PVL
ø30mm - TWTD Series
639
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
Operating Instructions
Adjustment for Panel Thickness
Each unit is shipped with several waterproof gaskets which are 0.06” (1.5mm)
and 0.12” (3mm) thick. Combine the gaskets for a dimension approximately equal
to panel thickness and install between the bezel and the body of the unit.
A trim washer must be used with a thrust washer or a nameplate to prevent the
control unit from rotating in the mounting hole. When using anti-rotation rings
(trim washer with thrust washer or nameplate), install as shown below.
Selector Switches
The operator shaft of each unit has a recess to identify in which direction to
install the handle. Align the handle with the recess. Press color insert (TW-HC1)
into the Standard Operating Positions.
Standard Operation Positions
2-Position, 90° 3-Position, 45°
1 2 1 2
0
Non-Illuminated 3-Position Operators
12
01
2
0
1
2
0
Installation of TWTD Series Units
TWTD Pilot Lights
TWTD Illuminated Pushbuttons
TWTD Selector Switches
(Transformer or Full Voltage)
Terminal X1 = Positive
Terminal X2 = Negative
Installation of LED Illuminated Units
Transformer units are recommended for use in areas subjected to inductive
noise. When using full voltage types, install a protection diode as shown below.
Use diode with AC power supply to protect against reverse polarity. Use with DC
power supply to protect against surges and noise.
Make sure that LED illuminated units are installed with correct polarity, as indicated at
the terminals.
Application Example For Push-To-Test Pilot Light
A typical application of illuminated pushbuttons is a push-to-test pilot light
which can be used to check the lamp/LED circuit.
Transformer/AC-Adapter Circuit
Full Voltage Circuit
ø30mm - CS Series
640 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Cam Switches
CS Series — Heavy Duty Cam Switches
Key features of the CS Series include:
Wide variety of heavy-duty oiltight cam switches
Operators available up to 12 positions
Switches made with a double circuit contact block
Contact blocks rated 600V, 10A
Ideal for ammeter/voltmeter applications
Built to order — not available in subcomponents
UL listed and CSA certifi ed
NEMA Type 4, 13
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
UL Listed
File No. E68961
CSA Certifi ed
File No. LR48366
Contact Ratings
Rated Thermal Current 10A
AC Break Current 120V/5A 240V/3A 480V/2A 600V/1A
DC
Resistive Break Current 24V/8A 110V/8A 220V/1A 440V/0.45A
Inductive Break Current 24V/5A 110V/1.2A 220V/0.45A 440V/0.20A
Make Current (A) Rated amperage x 1.1
Electrical Life 500,000 operations minimum (at full rated load)
Mechanical Life 5,000,000 (at no load)
CS Series
Operator
Series Appearance Cam
Angle Position Maximum Contacts To
Be Mounted Handle Styles
ACSNO
30º Up to 12
1 to 10 decks;
Up to 20 contacts YB, SB, PB, FB
45º Up to 8
60º Up to 6
90º Up to 4
ACSNK
30º Up to 12
1 to 10 decks;
Up to 20 contacts
HB or
standard key
45º Up to 8
60º Up to 6
90º Up to 4
UCSQO
30º Up to 12
1 to 10 decks;
Up to 20 contacts YB, SB, PB, FB
45º Up to 8
60º Up to 6
90º Up to 4
UCSQM
45º
Spring
return
Only 3 1 to 3 decks;
Up to 6 contacts YB, SB, PB, FB
1. Do not use spring return (SR) for more than six contacts.
2. Two identical keys come with ACSNK unit. Specify “H” for handle key option.
3. For handle styles, see page 645.
ø30mm - CS Series
641
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Cam Switches
Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled)
Assembled Illuminated Selector Switches
ACSNO – 3 6 6 – ( ) SB – C3013
Series
ACSNO = Standard Cam Switch (30mm)
ACSNK = Key Cam Switch (30mm)
UCSQO = Cam Switch (5 hole mounting)
UCSQM = 3 Position Spring Return Cam
Switch (5 hole mounting)
Number of Levels (Decks)
1 through 10
Note: One level contains two independent contacts.*
Number of Positions
2 through 12
Angle
3 = 30° (12 position max)
4 = 45° (8 position max)
6 = 60° (6 position max)
9 = 90° (4 position max)
Contact Arrangement
1. For standard contact arrange-
ments, use designations on page
642.
2. For custom contact arrangements,
omit contact arrangement des-
ignation and complete the blank
order form on page 644.
Handle
YB = Knob, Small
SB = Lever, Small
PB = Lever, Large
FB = Knob, Large
HB = Handle Key (ACSNK only)
Blank = Standard Key (ACSNK only)
Spring Return Action
Blank: Maintained
RO = Spring return from left
(2, 3 or 4position, 45° only)
OR = Spring return from right
(2, 3 or 4 position, 45° only)
RR = Return from right and left
(3 pos, 45° only)
1. *Contact blocks may contain two independent contacts, (a four position switch with four independent contacts only requires two contact blocks).
2. *Caution: switches with 180° or more of rotation may require separate blocks for each contact due to cam overlapping.
3. Key retainable in every 45º position (45, 90, 180, 225, 270, 315, 360).
ø30mm - CS Series
642 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Cam Switches
Contact Arrangements
Standard Arrangements
Terminal
Numbers
3
1
4
2
1 2
Position
Numbers
C-1001 C-1002 C-1014 C-1005 C-1008
3
1
4
2
1 2
3
1
4
2
1 2
3
1
4
2
1 2
3
1
4
2
123
3
1
4
2
1 → 2 ← 3
C-2001 C-2002 C-2006 C-2004 C-2008 C-2009 C-2027
7
5
3
1
8
6
4
2
1 2
7
5
3
1
8
6
4
2
1 2
7
5
3
1
8
6
4
2
1 → 2 ← 3
7
5
3
1
8
6
4
2
1 2 3
7
5
3
1
8
6
4
2
1234
7
5
3
1
8
6
4
2
1234
7
5
3
1
8
6
4
2
12345
C-3001 C-3002 C-3005 C-3013 C-3016
11
9
7
5
3
1
1 2
12
10
8
6
4
2
11
9
7
5
3
1
1 2 3
12
10
8
6
4
2
11
9
7
5
3
1
1 2 3
12
10
8
6
4
2
11
9
7
5
3
1
12
10
8
6
4
2
123456
11
9
7
5
3
1
12
10
8
6
4
2
12345
C-4001 C-4002
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
1234
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
12345678
C-5001 C-6001 C-6002
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
123
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
1234
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
123456789101112
ø30mm - CS Series
643
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Cam Switches
Contact Arrangements continued
Ammeter Switching
C-1012 C-4007
RST
CT
ORST
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
CS
E
A
C-4003 C-6003
RST
CT
ORST
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
A
CS
E
CT
ORST
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
RST A
CS
E
Voltmeter Switching
C-2022 C-3008
RSTEPT 7
5
3
1
8
6
4
2
3ø-4W
V
CS
O
PT
ST TR
11
9
7
5
3
1
12
10
8
6
4
2
RST
CS
RS V
C-3009 C-3007
RSTE
PT
11
9
7
5
3
1
12
10
8
6
4
2
V
CS
3ø-4W
ø30mm - CS Series
644 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Cam Switches
Order Form (Custom Contact Arrangement)
( )
Series
ACSNO
ACSNK
UCSQO
UCSQM
*Note: One Deck can drive two independent contacts.
Number of Positions
Unit Angle Positions
ACSNO
ACSNK*
UCSQO
30° only 9, 10, 11, 12
30° or 45° only 7 or 8
30°, 45° or 60° 5 or 6
30°, 45°, 60°, 90° 2, 3, or 4
UCSQM 45° only 3 only
* ACSNK keys only remove at 45°.
*Number of Decks
Specify Qty = 1, 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10
Angle
3 = 30º
4 = 45º
6 = 60º
9 = 90º
Spring Return
Blank = Maintained
RO = Spring return from left
(3 or 4 position, 45º)
OR = Spring return from right
(3 or 4 position, 45º)
RR = Return from right and left
(3 position, 45º)
UCSQM is available in spring-return
version only.
Handle ACSNO, UCSQO, UCSQM:
YB = Knob, Small
SB = Lever, Small
PB = Lever, Large
FB = Knob, Large
ACSNK:
HB = Handle Key (option)
Blank = Standard Key
For handle styles, see page 645.
Contact Arrangement Table
Cams Terminal
Numbers
Position
123456789101112
Deck 1 1 and 2
3 and 4
Deck 2 5 and 6
7 and 8
Deck 3 9 and 10
11 and 12
Deck 4 13 and 14
15 and 16
Deck 5 17 and 18
19 and 20
Deck 6 21 and 22
23 and 24
Deck 7 25 and 26
27 and 28
Deck 8 29 and 30
31 and 32
Deck 9 33 and 34
35 and 36
Deck 10 37 and 38
39 and 40
To specify non-standard arrangements (designation not on preceding pages), fi ll in this table using the following symbols.
X = Closed contact (break before make) O = Open contact X X = Overlapping contact (remain on when switch is moved between two positions)
Specifying Nameplate (Optional)
30º 12
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 45º 12
3
4
5
6
7
8
60º 1
2
3
4
5
6
90º 1
2
3
4
Specifying Legends
Position
1 _______________________________
2 _______________________________
3 _______________________________
4 _______________________________
5 _______________________________
6 _______________________________
If no engraving information is provided,
a blank nameplate will be supplied.
1 _______________________________
2 _______________________________
3 _______________________________
4 _______________________________
5 _______________________________
6
ø30mm - CS Series
645
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Cam Switches
Accessories — CS Series
Replacement Handles
Part Number CSH-YB CSH-SB CSH-PB CSH-FB CSH-H2B
Dimensions 0.79”D x 1.61”H 0.79”D x 1.97”H 1.58”D x 1.97”H 1.58”D x Ø 1.97” 0.95”D x 2.28”H
Applicable Models ACSNO, UCSQO, UCSQM ACSNK
Replacement Nameplates
Size & Shape
q 2.52” (64mm)
Black Aluminum
Part Number CQ CQM CQN
Applicable Models UCSQO UCSQM ACSNO, ACSNK
1. Extra cost for engraving, 3/16” min. letter height, Legends maximum ten characters.
2. Blank nameplates are supplied with all cam switches (they need not be ordered separately).
Wiring Clips
Part Number Contact Block Jumpers
CJ-1
Between decks
CJ-2
Same deck
Replacement Keys
Part Number
K301
Pair of keys (#301)
ø30mm - CS Series
646 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Oiltight Cam Switches
Dimensions/Terminal Arrangements/Mounting Holes
ACSNO
∗ Spring Return: 44
Maintained: 42
N: Number of Contact Blocks
M3.5 Terminal Screw
47 47
52
(S2 Handle)
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
29
12
12N+9 ∗30.7
52
50
Terminal
Arrangement
47
Mounting Holes
R0.8 max.
ø30.5
(ACSNO/ACSNK)
+0.5
0
0
+0.2
+0.5
0
4.8
33
UCSQO
UCSQM
4-ø4.5
48
48
ø13
ACSNK
47 47
2912
12N+9
52
52
35
30
M3.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
∗
∗ Spring Return: 44
Maintained: 42
N: Number of Contact Blocks
UCSQO
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
(Y2 Handle)
4-M4 Screw
2912
52
12N+9 ∗725
70
64
41
Panel Thickness
7.0 max.
48
46.4
∗ Spring Return: 31
Maintained: 29
N: Number of Contact Blocks
UCSQM
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
(P2 Handle)
4-M4 Screw
2912
12N+9
52
770
64
50
Panel Thickness 7.0 max.
31 43
48
N: Number of Contact Blocks
46.4
ø30mm - ARN Series
647
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Mono-Lever Switches
ARN Series — Mono-Lever Switches
Mono-Lever Switches Ø 1-13/64” (30mm)
Contact Blocks Rated for 600V, 10A
Key features of the ARN Series include:
Available in 2–, 3–, and 4–positions.
Maintained and spring-return modes available.
Models available with interlock mechanism to prevent inadvertent actuation.
•
•
•
UL Listed
File No. E68961
CSA Certifi ed
File No. LR48366
Specifi cations
Operating Temperature -25˚to 50˚C (without freezing)
Insulation Resistance 100MΩ
Contact Rating
Rated Voltage: Current
110VDC: 3A
24V AC/DC: 10A
120VAC: 10A
240VAC: 6A
480VAC: 2A
600VAC: 1A
Insulation Voltage 600V AC/DC
Rated Thermal Current 10A
Electrical Life Over 500,000 operations
Part Numbering Guide (Assembled)
ARN 4 – 1012 – 10.00.02.11
j Style k Number of
Contact Blocks
l Lever
Action
m Contact
Arrangement
Description Code Remarks
j Style
Standard Lever ARN
Interlocking lever prevents inadvertent operation.Short Lever ARNS
Interlocking Lever ARNL
k No. of Contact Blocks —
1
Each contact block contains two independent contacts.
2
3
4
l Lever Action
Blocked 0
Specify in this order:
Up.Right.Down.Left
Maintained 1
Spring Return 2
m Contact Arrangement
No contacts 00
Specify the number of contacts to be activated in all active (non-blocked) positions:
Up.Right.Down.Left
For blocked positions use code: 00
1 NO contact 10
1 NC contact 01
1 NO and 1 NC contact 11
2 NO contacts 20
ø30mm - ARN Series
648 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Mono-Lever Switches
Mono-Lever Switches (Sub-Assembled)
Contact Blocks + Operator = Complete Part
Standard Mono-Lever Operators
Operator Type Lever Operation Mode Part Number
Standard Lever
2-Position manual return
3-Position manual return
4-Position manual return
ARN0-1010-B
ARN0-1110-B
ARN0-1111-B
2-Position spring return
3-Position spring return
4-Position spring return
ARN0-2020-B
ARN0-2220-B
ARN0-2222-B
Short Lever
2-Position manual return
3-Position manual return
4-Position manual return
ARNS0-1010-B
ARNS0-1110-B
ARNS0-1111-B
2-Position spring return
3-Position spring return
4-Position spring return
ARNS0-2020-B
ARNS0-2220-B
ARNS0-2222-B
Interlocking Lever
2-Position manual return
3-Position manual return
4-Position manual return
ARNL0-1010-B
ARNL0-1110-B
ARNL0-1111-B
2-Position spring return
3-Position spring return
4-Position spring return
ARNL0-2020-B
ARNL0-2220-B
ARNL0-2222-B
Contact Blocks
Item Contact Arrangement Part Number
2NO contacts
1NO & 1NC contact
2NC contacts
1NO early make contact
BR-1E
BR-2E
BR-3E
BR-1EM
To calculate the number of contact blocks required, add the
number of NO and NC contacts on each pair of adjoining positions
(up + right, right + down, down + left, and left + up). The largest of
the four sums is the number of contact blocks required. Up to four
contact blocks can be mounted.
Replacement Parts
Item Part Number
Bellows
ARN0, ARNS0
(standard & short lever) ARN-BL
ARNL0
(Interlocking)
ARNL-BL
(comes in 2 pieces)
Knob (ball) All Models Knob (ball) ARNB-B
ø30mm - ARN Series
649
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Mono-Lever Switches
Dimensions — ARN Series
ARNO
30°
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
623
1 block: 47, 2 blocks: 70
3 blocks: 93, 4 blocks: 116
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
51
51
ø42
30°
ø22
83
ARNSO
30°
623
63 51
51
ø42
30°
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
Panel Thickness
0.8 to 6
ø22
1 block: 47, 2 blocks: 70
3 blocks: 93, 4 blocks: 116
ARNLO
30°
623
51
51
ø42
30°
ø22
83
M3.5 Terminal
Screw Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6
1 block: 47, 2 blocks: 70
3 blocks: 93, 4 blocks: 116
ARNO
ARNSO
ARNLO
R0.8 max.
0
+0.5
0
+0.2
+0.5
0
4.8
33
ø30.5
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
650 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
LW Silhouette Series
Bezel projects only 2mm from front of panel!
Key features:
PC board mount, solder or screw terminals available.
Round metallic or plastic bezels are available.
Collective mounting saves space.
Pushbuttons, pilot lights, illuminated pushbuttons, selector switches, key
selector switches, and illuminated selector switches.
Square pushbuttons also available with switchguards.
Key selector switches with high-security lock mechanism.
Separate contacts with a locking lever enable easy installation even when
mounted collectively.
Gold (gold-clad silver) or silver contacts.
Degree of protection: IP65 (IEC 60529)
UL recognized and CSA certifi ed. EN compliant
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
File No. E55996
®
File No. 166730
(LR21451)
Specifi cations
General Specifi cations
Operating Temperature –25 to +60°C (no freezing), Illuminated units: –25 to +50°C
Storage Temperature –40 to +80°
Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH (no condensation)
Contact Resistance 50 mΩ maximum (initial value)
Insulation Resistance 100 MΩ minimum (500V DC megger)
Dielectric
Strength
Switch Unit
Between live part and ground: 2,500V AC, 1 minute
Between terminals of different poles: 2,500V AC, 1 minute
Between terminals of the same poles: 1,000V AC, 1 minute
Illumination Unit Between live part and ground: 2,500V AC, 1 minute
Vibration Resistance Operating extremes: 5 to 55 Hz, amplitude 0.5 mm
Shock Resistance Damage limits: 1,000 m/s2 (100G)
Operating extremes: 100 m/s2 (10G)
Mechanical Life
(minimum operations)
Momentary: 1,000,000
Maintained: 500,000
Selector switches: 250,000
Key selector switches: 100,000
Illuminated selector switches: 250,000
Electrical Life
(minimum operations)
Momentary: 100,000 1
Maintained: 100,000 2
Selector switches: 100,000 2
Key selector switches: 100,000 2
Illuminated selector switches: 100,000 2
Degree of Protection IP65 (IEC 60529)
Terminal Style
Solder/tab terminal #110
PC board terminal
Screw terminal
1. Switching frequency 1,800 operations/hour.
2. Switching frequency 900 operations/hour.
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
651
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Contact Reatings
Gold Contacts
Maximum Voltage 250V AC/DC
Thermal Current 3A
Operating Voltage 125V AC 30V DC
Operating Current (resistive load) 0.1A 0.1A
Contact Material Gold-clad silver
Silver Contacts
Operating Voltage 30V 125V 250V
Operating
Current
AC
50/60Hz
Resistive Load –3A2A
Inductive Load – 2A 1.5A
DC Resistive Load 2A 0.4A –
Inductive Load 1A 0.2A –
Thermal Current 5A
Contact Material Silver
1. AC inductive load: PF = 0.6 to 0.7
2. DC inductive load: L/R = 7 ms max.
3. Minimum applicable load (reference value): 5V AC/DC, 1mA
LED Lamp Ratings (LSTD Type)
Model No. LSTD-6kLSTD-1kLSTD-2kLSTD-H2kLSTD-M4k
Lamp Base BA9S/13
Rated Voltage 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC 240V AC
Voltage Range 6V AC/DC ±10% 12V AC/DC ±10% 24V AC/DC ±10% 120V AC ±5% 240V AC ±5%
Current Draw
AC A, R, W, Y: 17mA
G, S: 8mA 11mA 11mA 10mA 10mA
DC A, R, W, Y: 14mA
G, S: 5.5mA 10mA 10mA – –
Color Code A (amber), G (green), R (red), S (blue), W (white), Y (yellow)
Lamp Base Color Same as illumination color
Voltage Marking Die stamped on the base
Life (reference value) Approx. 50,000 hours
(The luminance reduces to 50% the initial intensity when used on complete DC.)
Internal Circuit
A, R, W A, R, W
G, S
LED Chip
Protection Diode
Zener Diode
In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code.
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
652 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Part Numbers
Non-illuminated Round Pushbuttons with Metal Bezel
Shape Operation Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Round Flush
Momentary
Gold
SPDT LW6MB-M1C1LjLW6MB-M1C1VLj–
DPDT LW6MB-M1C2LjLW6MB-M1C2VLjLW6MB-M1C2MLj
3PDT LW6MB-M1C3LjLW6MB-M1C3VLj–
Silver
SPDT LW6MB-M1C5Lj––
DPDT LW6MB-M1C6Lj–LW6MB-M1C6MLj
3PDT LW6MB-M1C7Lj––
Maintained
Gold
SPDT LW6MB-A1C1LjLW6MB-A1C1VLj–
DPDT LW6MB-A1C2LjLW6MB-A1C2VLjLW6MB-A1C2MLj
3PDT LW6MB-A1C3LjLW6MB-A1C3VLj–
Silver
SPDT LW6MB-A1C5Lj––
DPDT LW6MB-A1C6Lj–LW6MB-A1C6MLj
3PDT LW6MB-A1C7Lj––
Round Extended
Momentary
Gold
SPDT LW6MB-M2C1LjLW6MB-M2C1VLj–
DPDT LW6MB-M2C2LjLW6MB-M2C2VLjLW6MB-M2C2MLj
3PDT LW6MB-M2C3LjLW6MB-M2C3VLj–
Silver
SPDT LW6MB-M2C5Lj––
DPDT LW6MB-M2C6Lj–LW6MB-M2C6MLj
3PDT LW6MB-M2C7Lj––
Maintained
Gold
SPDT LW6MB-A2C1LjLW6MB-A2C1VLj–
DPDT LW6MB-A2C2LjLW6MB-A2C2VLjLW6MB-A2C2MLj
3PDT LW6MB-A2C3LjLW6MB-A2C3VLj–
Silver
SPDT LW6MB-A2C5Lj––
DPDT LW6MB-A2C6Lj–LW6MB-A2C6MLj
3PDT LW6MB-A2C7Lj––
1. In place of j insert button color from table
2. For replacement part numbers see page 666.
j Button Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
653
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Non-illuminated Round / Square Pushbuttons with Black Plastic Bezel
Shape Operation Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Round Flush
Momentary
Gold
SPDT LW6B-M1C1LjLW6B-M1C1VLj–
DPDT LW6B-M1C2LjLW6B-M1C2VLjLW6B-M1C2MLj
3PDT LW6B-M1C3LjLW6B-M1C3VLj–
Silver
SPDT LW6B-M1C5Lj––
DPDT LW6B-M1C6Lj–LW6B-M1C6MLj
3PDT LW6B-M1C7Lj––
Maintained
Gold
SPDT LW6B-A1C1LjLW6B-A1C1VLj–
DPDT LW6B-A1C2LjLW6B-A1C2VLjLW6B-A1C2MLj
3PDT LW6B-A1C3LjLW6B-A1C3VLj–
Silver
SPDT LW6B-A1C5Lj––
DPDT LW6B-A1C6Lj–LW6B-A1C6MLj
3PDT LW6B-A1C7Lj––
Round Extended Momentary
Gold
SPDT LW6B-M2C1LjLW6B-M2C1VLj–
DPDT LW6B-M2C2LjLW6B-M2C2VLjLW6B-M2C2MLj
3PDT LW6B-M2C3LjLW6B-M2C3VLj–
Silver
SPDT LW6B-M2C5Lj––
DPDT LW6B-M2C6Lj–LW6B-M2C6MLj
3PDT LW6B-M2C7Lj––
Maintained
Gold
SPDT LW6B-A2C1LjLW6B-A2C1VLj–
DPDT LW6B-A2C2LjLW6B-A2C2VLjLW6B-A2C2MLj
3PDT LW6B-A2C3LjLW6B-A2C3VLj–
Silver
SPDT LW6B-A2C5Lj––
DPDT LW6B-A2C6Lj–LW6B-A2C6MLj
3PDT LW6B-A2C7Lj––
Square Flush Momentary
Gold
SPDT LW7B-M1C1LjLW7B-M1C1VLj–
DPDT LW7B-M1C2LjLW7B-M1C2VLjLW7B-M1C2MLj
3PDT LW7B-M1C3LjLW7B-M1C3VLj–
Silver
SPDT LW7B-M1C5Lj––
DPDT LW7B-M1C6Lj–LW7B-M1C6MLj
3PDT LW7B-M1C7Lj––
Maintained
Gold
SPDT LW7B-A1C1LjLW7B-A1C1VLj–
DPDT LW7B-A1C2LjLW7B-A1C2VLjLW7B-A1C2MLj
3PDT LW7B-A1C3LjLW7B-A1C3VLj–
Silver
SPDT LW7B-A1C5Lj––
DPDT LW7B-A1C6Lj–LW7B-A1C6MLj
3PDT LW7B-A1C7Lj––
Square Flush
with Guard
Momentary
Gold
SPDT LW7GB-M1C1LjLW7GB-M1C1VLj–
DPDT LW7GB-M1C2LjLW7GB-M1C2VLjLW7GB-M1C2MLj
3PDT LW7GB-M1C3LjLW7GB-M1C3VLj–
Silver
SPDT LW7GB-M1C5Lj––
DPDT LW7GB-M1C6Lj–LW7GB-M1C6MLj
3PDT LW7GB-M1C7Lj––
Maintained
Gold
SPDT LW7GB-A1C1LjLW7GB-A1C1VLj–
DPDT LW7GB-A1C2LjLW7GB-A1C2VLjLW7GB-A1C2MLj
3PDT LW7GB-A1C3LjLW7GB-A1C3VLj–
SilVLer
SPDT LW7GB-A1C5Lj––
DPDT LW7GB-A1C6Lj–LW7GB-A1C6MLj
3PDT LW7GB-A1C7Lj––
j Button Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Black B
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
1. In place of j insert button
color from table
2. For replacement part numbers
see page 666.
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
654 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Round / Square Pilot Lights with Metal Bezel
Shape Lamp
Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal
(Unibody Type)
PC Board Terminal
(Separate Type)
Screw Terminal
(Unibody Type)
Round Flush
LED LW6MP-1lk LW6MP-1C0lVkLW6MP-1lMk
Round Extended
LED LW6MP-2lk LW6MP-2C0lVkLW6MP-2lMk
Round / Square Pilot Lights with Black Plastic Bezel
Shape Lamp
Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal
(Unibody Type)
PC Board Terminal
(Separate Type)
Screw Terminal
(Unibody Type)
Round Flush
LED LW6P-1lk LW6P-1C0lVkLW6P-1lMk
Round Extended
LED LW6P-2lk LW6P-2C0lVkLW6P-2lMk
Square Flush
LED LW7P-1lk LW7P-1C0lVkLW7P-1lMk
Square Extended
LED LW7P-2lk LW7P-2C0lVkLW7P-2lMk
Yellow pilot light comes with white LED.
k Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
lVoltage Code
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 2
12V AC/DC 3
12V AC/DC 4
120V AC 5
240V AC 6
1. Every pilot light contains an LED
lamp (LSTD) of the specifi ed
color and voltage.
2. For replacement part numbers
see page 666.
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
655
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Illuminated Round Pushbuttons with Metal Bezel
Shape Lamp Operation Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Round Flush
LED
Momentary
Gold
SPDT LW6ML-M1C1lk LW6ML-M1C1lVk–
DPDT LW6ML-M1C2lk LW6ML-M1C2lVkLW6ML-M1C2lMk
3PDT LW6ML-M1C3lk LW6ML-M1C3lVk–
Silver
SPDT LW6ML-M1C5lk ––
DPDT LW6ML-M1C6lk –LW6ML-M1C6lMk
3PDT LW6ML-M1C7lk ––
Maintained
Gold
SPDT LW6ML-A1C1lk LW6ML-A1C1lVk–
DPDT LW6ML-A1C2lk LW6ML-A1C2lVkLW6ML-A1C2lMk
3PDT LW6ML-A1C3lk LW6ML-A1C3lVk–
Silver
SPDT LW6ML-A1C5lk ––
DPDT LW6ML-A1C6lk –LW6ML-A1C6lMk
3PDT LW6ML-A1C7lk ––
Round Extended
LED
Momentary
Gold
SPDT LW6ML-M2C1lk LW6ML-M2C1lVk–
DPDT LW6ML-M2C2lk LW6ML-M2C2lVkLW6ML-M2C2lMk
3PDT LW6ML-M2C3lk LW6ML-M2C3lVk–
Silver
SPDT LW6ML-M2C5lk ––
DPDT LW6ML-M2C6lk –LW6ML-M2C6lMk
3PDT LW6ML-M2C7lk ––
Maintained
Gold
SPDT LW6ML-A2C1lk LW6ML-A2C1lVk–
DPDT LW6ML-A2C2lk LW6ML-A2C2lVkLW6ML-A2C2lMk
3PDT LW6ML-A2C3lk LW6ML-A2C3lVk–
Silver
SPDT LW6ML-A2C5lk ––
DPDT LW6ML-A2C6lk –LW6ML-A2C6lMk
3PDT LW6ML-A2C7lk ––
k Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
l Voltage Code
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 2
12V AC/DC 3
24V AC/DC 4
120V AC 5
240V AC 6
1. In place of k insert
Lens/LED color code
from table.
2. In place of l insert
Voltage code from
table.
3. Every illuminated
pushbutton contains
an LED lamp (LSTD) of
the specifi ed color and
voltage.
4. For replacement part
numbers see page 666.
Illuminated Round / Square Pushbuttons with Black Plastic Bezel
Shape Lamp Operation Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Round Flush
LED
Momentary
Gold
SPDT LW6L-M1C1lk LW6L-M1C1lVk–
Yellow pushbutton
comes with white
LED.
DPDT LW6L-M1C2lk LW6L-M1C2lVkLW6L-M1C2lMk
3PDT LW6L-M1C3lk LW6L-M1C3lVk–
Silver
SPDT LW6L-M1C5lk ––
DPDT LW6L-M1C6lk –LW6L-M1C6lMk
3PDT LW6L-M1C7lk ––
Maintained
Gold
SPDT LW6L-A1C1lk LW6L-A1C1lVk–
DPDT LW6L-A1C2lk LW6L-A1C2lVkLW6L-A1C2lMk
3PDT LW6L-A1C3lk LW6L-A1C3lVk–
Silver
SPDT LW6L-A1C5lk ––
DPDT LW6L-A1C6lk –LW6L-A1C6lMk
3PDT LW6L-A1C7lk ––
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
656 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Shape Lamp Operation Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Round Extended
LED
Momentary
Gold
SPDT LW6L-M2C1lk LW6L-M2C1lVk–
k Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
DPDT LW6L-M2C2lk LW6L-M2C2lVkLW6L-M2C2lMk
3PDT LW6L-M2C3lk LW6L-M2C3lVk–
Silver
SPDT LW6L-M2C5lk ––
DPDT LW6L-M2C6lk –LW6L-M2C6lMk
3PDT LW6L-M2C7lk ––
Maintained
Gold
SPDT LW6L-A2C1lk LW6L-A2C1lVk–
DPDT LW6L-A2C2lk LW6L-A2C2lVkLW6L-A2C2lMk
3PDT LW6L-A2C3lk LW6L-A2C3lVk–
Silver
SPDT LW6L-A2C5lk ––
DPDT LW6L-A2C6lk –LW6L-A2C6lMk
3PDT LW6L-A2C7lk –– l Voltage Code
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 2
12V AC/DC 3
24V AC/DC 4
120V AC 5
240V AC 6
Square Flush
LED
Momentary
Gold
SPDT LW7L-M1C1lk LW7L-M1C1lVk–
DPDT LW7L-M1C2lk LW7L-M1C2lVkLW7L-M1C2lMk
3PDT LW7L-M1C3lk LW7L-M1C3lVk–
Silver
SPDT LW7L-M1C5lk ––
DPDT LW7L-M1C6lk –LW7L-M1C6lMk
3PDT LW7L-M1C7lk ––
Maintained
Gold
SPDT LW7L-A1C1lk LW7L-A1C1lVk–
DPDT LW7L-A1C2lk LW7L-A1C2lVkLW7L-A1C2lMk
3PDT LW7L-A1C3lk LW7L-A1C3lVk–
Silver
SPDT LW7L-A1C5lk ––
DPDT LW7L-A1C6lk –LW7L-A1C6lMk
3PDT LW7L-A1C7lk ––
Square Flush with
Switch Guard
LED
Momentary
Gold
SPDT LW7GL-M1C1lk LW7GL-M1C1lVk–
1. In place of k insert
Lens/LED color code
from table.
2. In place of l insert
Voltage code from
table.
3. Every illuminated
pushbutton contains
an LED lamp (LSTD) of
the specifi ed color and
voltage.
3. For replacement part
numbers see page 666.
4. Yellow pushbutton
comes with white LED.
DPDT LW7GL-M1C2lk LW7GL-M1C2lVkLW7GL-M1C2lMk
3PDT LW7GL-M1C3lk LW7GL-M1C3lVk–
Silver
SPDT LW7GL-M1C5lk ––
DPDT LW7GL-M1C6lk –LW7GL-M1C6lMk
3PDT LW7GL-M1C7lk ––
Maintained
Gold
SPDT LW7GL-A1C1lk LW7GL-A1C1lVk–
DPDT LW7GL-A1C2lk LW7GL-A1C2lVkLW7GL-A1C2lMk
3PDT LW7GL-A1C3lk LW7GL-A1C3lVk–
Silver
SPDT LW7GL-A1C5lk ––
DPDT LW7GL-A1C6lk –LW7GL-A1C6lMk
3PDT LW7GL-A1C7lk ––
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
657
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Non-illuminated Round Selector Switches with Metal Bezel
Shape Operatio Position Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Round
(Knob Operator)
90°
2-position
Maintained
RL
Gold
SPDT LW6MS-2C1 LW6MS-2C1V —
DPDT LW6MS-2C2 LW6MS-2C2V LW6MS-2C2M
3PDT LW6MS-2C3 LW6MS-2C3V —
Silver
SPDT LW6MS-2C5 — —
DPDT LW6MS-2C6 — LW6MS-2C6M
3PDT LW6MS-2C7 — —
90°
2-position
Spring Return
from Right
RL
Gold
SPDT LW6MS-21C1 LW6MS-21C1V —
DPDT LW6MS-21C2 LW6MS-21C2V LW6MS-21C2M
3PDT LW6MS-21C3 LW6MS-21C3V —
Silver
SPDT LW6MS-21C5 — —
DPDT LW6MS-21C6 — LW6MS-21C6M
3PDT LW6MS-21C7 — —
45°
3-position
Maintained
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6MS-3C2 LW6MS-3C2V LW6MS-3C2M
3PDT LW6MS-3C3 LW6MS-3C3V —
Silver DPDT LW6MS-3C6 — LW6MS-3C6M
3PDT LW6MS-3C7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Right
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6MS-31C2 LW6MS-31C2V LW6MS-31C2M
3PDT LW6MS-31C3 LW6MS-31C3V —
Silver DPDT LW6MS-31C6 — LW6MS-31C6M
3PDT LW6MS-31C7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Left
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6MS-32C2 LW6MS-32C2V LW6MS-32C2M
3PDT LW6MS-32C3 LW6MS-32C3V —
Silver DPDT LW6MS-32C6 — LW6MS-32C6M
3PDT LW6MS-32C7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
Two-way
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6MS-33C2 LW6MS-33C2V LW6MS-33C2M
3PDT LW6MS-33C3 LW6MS-33C3V —
Silver DPDT LW6MS-33C6 — LW6MS-33C6M
3PDT LW6MS-33C7 — —
Round
(Lever Operator)
90°
2-position
Maintained
RL
Gold
SPDT LW6MS-2LC1 LW6MS-2LC1V —
DPDT LW6MS-2LC2 LW6MS-2LC2V LW6MS-2LC2M
3PDT LW6MS-2LC3 LW6MS-2LC3V —
Silver
SPDT LW6MS-2LC5 — —
DPDT LW6MS-2LC6 — LW6MS-2LC6M
3PDT LW6MS-2LC7 — —
90°
2-position
Spring Return
from Right
RL
Gold
SPDT LW6MS-21LC1 LW6MS-21LC1V —
DPDT LW6MS-21LC2 LW6MS-21LC2V LW6MS-21LC2M
3PDT LW6MS-21LC3 LW6MS-21LC3V —
Silver
SPDT LW6MS-21LC5 — —
DPDT LW6MS-21LC6 — LW6MS-21LC6M
3PDT LW6MS-21LC7 — —
45°
3-position
Maintained
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6MS-3LC2 LW6MS-3LC2V LW6MS-3LC2M
3PDT LW6MS-3LC3 LW6MS-3LC3V —
Silver DPDT LW6MS-3LC6 — LW6MS-3LC6M
3PDT LW6MS-3LC7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Right
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6MS-31LC2 LW6MS-31LC2V LW6MS-31LC2M
3PDT LW6MS-31LC3 LW6MS-31LC3V —
Silver DPDT LW6MS-31LC6 — LW6MS-31LC6M
3PDT LW6MS-31LC7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Left
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6MS-32LC2 LW6MS-32LC2V LW6MS-32LC2M
1. For replacement part
numbers see page 666.
2. For contact operation
see page 676.
3PDT LW6MS-32LC3 LW6MS-32LC3V —
Silver DPDT LW6MS-32LC6 — LW6MS-32LC6M
3PDT LW6MS-32LC7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
Two-way
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6MS-33LC2 LW6MS-33LC2V LW6MS-33LC2M
3PDT LW6MS-33LC3 LW6MS-33LC3V —
Silver DPDT LW6MS-33LC6 — LW6MS-33LC6M
3PDT LW6MS-33LC7 — —
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
658 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Non-illuminated Round Selector Switches with Black Plastic Bezel
Shape Operatio Position Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Round
(Knob Operator)
90°
2-position
Maintained
R
L
Gold
SPDT LW6S-2C1 LW6S-2C1V —
DPDT LW6S-2C2 LW6S-2C2V LW6S-2C2M
3PDT LW6S-2C3 LW6S-2C3V —
Silver
SPDT LW6S-2C5 — —
DPDT LW6S-2C6 — LW6S-2C6M
3PDT LW6S-2C7 — —
90°
2-position
Spring Return
from Right
RL
Gold
SPDT LW6S-21C1 LW6S-21C1V —
DPDT LW6S-21C2 LW6S-21C2V LW6S-21C2M
3PDT LW6S-21C3 LW6S-21C3V —
Silver
SPDT LW6S-21C5 — —
DPDT LW6S-21C6 — LW6S-21C6M
3PDT LW6S-21C7 — —
45°
3-position
Maintained
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6S-3C2 LW6S-3C2V LW6S-3C2M
3PDT LW6S-3C3 LW6S-3C3V —
Silver DPDT LW6S-3C6 — LW6S-3C6M
3PDT LW6S-3C7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Right
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6S-31C2 LW6S-31C2V LW6S-31C2M
3PDT LW6S-31C3 LW6S-31C3V —
Silver DPDT LW6S-31C6 — LW6S-31C6M
3PDT LW6S-31C7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Left
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6S-32C2 LW6S-32C2V LW6S-32C2M
3PDT LW6S-32C3 LW6S-32C3V —
Silver DPDT LW6S-32C6 — LW6S-32C6M
3PDT LW6S-32C7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
Two-way
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6S-33C2 LW6S-33C2V LW6S-33C2M
3PDT LW6S-33C3 LW6S-33C3V —
Silver DPDT LW6S-33C6 — LW6S-33C6M
3PDT LW6S-33C7 — —
Round
(Lever Operator)
90°
2-position
Maintained
RL
Gold
SPDT LW6S-2LC1 LW6S-2LC1V —
DPDT LW6S-2LC2 LW6S-2LC2V LW6S-2LC2M
3PDT LW6S-2LC3 LW6S-2LC3V —
Silver
SPDT LW6S-2LC5 — —
DPDT LW6S-2LC6 — LW6S-2LC6M
3PDT LW6S-2LC7 — —
90°
2-position
Spring Return
from Right
RL
Gold
SPDT LW6S-21LC1 LW6S-21LC1V —
DPDT LW6S-21LC2 LW6S-21LC2V LW6S-21LC2M
3PDT LW6S-21LC3 LW6S-21LC3V —
Silver
SPDT LW6S-21LC5 — —
DPDT LW6S-21LC6 — LW6S-21LC6M
3PDT LW6S-21LC7 — —
45°
3-position
Maintained
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6S-3LC2 LW6S-3LC2V LW6S-3LC2M
3PDT LW6S-3LC3 LW6S-3LC3V —
Silver DPDT LW6S-3LC6 — LW6S-3LC6M
3PDT LW6S-3LC7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Right
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6S-31LC2 LW6S-31LC2V LW6S-31LC2M
3PDT LW6S-31LC3 LW6S-31LC3V —
Silver DPDT LW6S-31LC6 — LW6S-31LC6M
3PDT LW6S-31LC7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Left
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6S-32LC2 LW6S-32LC2V LW6S-32LC2M
1. For replacement part
numbers see page 666.
2. For contact operation
see page 676.
3PDT LW6S-32LC3 LW6S-32LC3V —
Silver DPDT LW6S-32LC6 — LW6S-32LC6M
3PDT LW6S-32LC7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
Two-way
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6S-33LC2 LW6S-33LC2V LW6S-33LC2M
3PDT LW6S-33LC3 LW6S-33LC3V —
Silver DPDT LW6S-33LC6 — LW6S-33LC6M
3PDT LW6S-33LC7 — —
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
659
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Non-illuminated Square Selector Switches with Black Plastic Bezel
Shape Operation Position Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Square
(Knob Operator)
90°
2-position
Maintained
RL
Gold
SPDT LW7S-2C1 LW7S-2C1V —
DPDT LW7S-2C2 LW7S-2C2V LW7S-2C2M
3PDT LW7S-2C3 LW7S-2C3V —
Silver
SPDT LW7S-2C5 — —
DPDT LW7S-2C6 — LW7S-2C6M
3PDT LW7S-2C7 — —
90°
2-position
Spring Return
from Right
RL
Gold
SPDT LW7S-21C1 LW7S-21C1V —
DPDT LW7S-21C2 LW7S-21C2V LW7S-21C2M
3PDT LW7S-21C3 LW7S-21C3V —
Silver
SPDT LW7S-21C5 — —
DPDT LW7S-21C6 — LW7S-21C6M
3PDT LW7S-21C7 — —
45°
3-position
Maintained
CRL
Gold DPDT LW7S-3C2 LW7S-3C2V LW7S-3C2M
3PDT LW7S-3C3 LW7S-3C3V —
Silver DPDT LW7S-3C6 — LW7S-3C6M
3PDT LW7S-3C7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Right
CRL
Gold DPDT LW7S-31C2 LW7S-31C2V LW7S-31C2M
3PDT LW7S-31C3 LW7S-31C3V —
Silver DPDT LW7S-31C6 — LW7S-31C6M
3PDT LW7S-31C7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Left
CRL
Gold DPDT LW7S-32C2 LW7S-32C2V LW7S-32C2M
3PDT LW7S-32C3 LW7S-32C3V —
Silver DPDT LW7S-32C6 — LW7S-32C6M
3PDT LW7S-32C7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
Two-way
CR
L
Gold DPDT LW7S-33C2 LW7S-33C2V LW7S-33C2M
3PDT LW7S-33C3 LW7S-33C3V —
Silver DPDT LW7S-33C6 — LW7S-33C6M
3PDT LW7S-33C7 — —
Square
(Lever Operator)
90°
2-position
Maintained
RL
Gold
SPDT LW7S-2LC1 LW7S-2LC1V —
DPDT LW7S-2LC2 LW7S-2LC2V LW7S-2LC2M
3PDT LW7S-2LC3 LW7S-2LC3V —
Silver
SPDT LW7S-2LC5 — —
DPDT LW7S-2LC6 — LW7S-2LC6M
3PDT LW7S-2LC7 — —
90°
2-position
Spring Return
from Right
RL
Gold
SPDT LW7S-21LC1 LW7S-21LC1V —
DPDT LW7S-21LC2 LW7S-21LC2V LW7S-21LC2M
3PDT LW7S-21LC3 LW7S-21LC3V —
Silver
SPDT LW7S-21LC5 — —
DPDT LW7S-21LC6 — LW7S-21LC6M
3PDT LW7S-21LC7 — —
45°
3-position
Maintained
CRL
Gold DPDT LW7S-3LC2 LW7S-3LC2V LW7S-3LC2M
3PDT LW7S-3LC3 LW7S-3LC3V —
Silver DPDT LW7S-3LC6 — LW7S-3LC6M
3PDT LW7S-3LC7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Right
CRL
Gold DPDT LW7S-31LC2 LW7S-31LC2V LW7S-31LC2M
3PDT LW7S-31LC3 LW7S-31LC3V —
Silver DPDT LW7S-31LC6 — LW7S-31LC6M
3PDT LW7S-31LC7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Left
CR
L
Gold DPDT LW7S-32LC2 LW7S-32LC2V LW7S-32LC2M
1. For replacement part
numbers see page 666.
2. For contact operation
see page 676.
3PDT LW7S-32LC3 LW7S-32LC3V —
Silver DPDT LW7S-32LC6 — LW7S-32LC6M
3PDT LW7S-32LC7 — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
Two-way
CRL
Gold DPDT LW7S-33LC2 LW7S-33LC2V LW7S-33LC2M
3PDT LW7S-33LC3 LW7S-33LC3V —
Silver DPDT LW7S-33LC6 — LW7S-33LC6M
3PDT LW7S-33LC7 — —
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
660 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Round Key Selector Switches with Metal Bezel (2-Position and 3-Position)
Shape Operation Position Key Retained
at
Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Round
90°
2-position
Maintained
ALR
Gold
SPDT LW6MK-2C1A LW6MK-2C1VA —
DPDT LW6MK-2C2A LW6MK-2C2VA LW6MK-2C2MA
3PDT LW6MK-2C3A LW6MK-2C3VA —
Silver
SPDT LW6MK-2C5A — —
DPDT LW6MK-2C6A — LW6MK-2C6MA
3PDT LW6MK-2C7A — —
BL
R
Gold
SPDT LW6MK-2C1B LW6MK-2C1VB —
DPDT LW6MK-2C2B LW6MK-2C2VB LW6MK-2C2MB
3PDT LW6MK-2C3B LW6MK-2C3VB —
Silver
SPDT LW6MK-2C5B — —
DPDT LW6MK-2C6B — LW6MK-2C6MB
3PDT LW6MK-2C7B — —
C
L
R
Gold
SPDT LW6MK-2C1C LW6MK-2C1VC —
DPDT LW6MK-2C2C LW6MK-2C2VC LW6MK-2C2MC
3PDT LW6MK-2C3C LW6MK-2C3VC —
Silver
SPDT LW6MK-2C5C — —
DPDT LW6MK-2C6C — LW6MK-2C6MC
3PDT LW6MK-2C7C — —
90°
2-position
Spring Return
from Right
BL
R
Gold
SPDT LW6MK-21C1B LW6MK-21C1VB —
DPDT LW6MK-21C2B LW6MK-21C2VB LW6MK-21C2MB
3PDT LW6MK-21C3B LW6MK-21C3VB —
Silver
SPDT LW6MK-21C5B — —
DPDT LW6MK-21C6B — LW6MK-21C6MB
3PDT LW6MK-21C7B — —
45°
3-position
Maintained
ACR
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-3C2A LW6MK-3C2VA LW6MK-3C2MA
3PDT LW6MK-3C3A LW6MK-3C3VA —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-3C6A — LW6MK-3C6MA
3PDT LW6MK-3C7A — —
BCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-3C2B LW6MK-3C2VB LW6MK-3C2MB
3PDT LW6MK-3C3B LW6MK-3C3VB —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-3C6B — LW6MK-3C6MB
3PDT LW6MK-3C7B — —
CCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-3C2C LW6MK-3C2VC LW6MK-3C2MC
3PDT LW6MK-3C3C LW6MK-3C3VC —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-3C6C — LW6MK-3C6MC
3PDT LW6MK-3C7C — —
DCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-3C2D LW6MK-3C2VD LW6MK-3C2MD
3PDT LW6MK-3C3D LW6MK-3C3VD —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-3C6D — LW6MK-3C6MD
3PDT LW6MK-3C7D — —
ECR
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-3C2E LW6MK-3C2VE LW6MK-3C2ME
3PDT LW6MK-3C3E LW6MK-3C3VE —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-3C6E — LW6MK-3C6ME
3PDT LW6MK-3C7E — —
GCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-3C2G LW6MK-3C2VG LW6MK-3C2MG
3PDT LW6MK-3C3G LW6MK-3C3VG —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-3C6G — LW6MK-3C6MG
3PDT LW6MK-3C7G — —
HCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-3C2H LW6MK-3C2VH LW6MK-3C2MH
3PDT LW6MK-3C3H LW6MK-3C3VH —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-3C6H — LW6MK-3C6MH
3PDT LW6MK-3C7H — —
*Key is retained in and removable in position.
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
661
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Shape Operation Position Key Retained
at
Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Round
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Right
BC
R
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-31C2B LW6MK-31C2VB LW6MK-31C2MB
3PDT LW6MK-31C3B LW6MK-31C3VB —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-31C6B — LW6MK-31C6MB
3PDT LW6MK-31C7B — —
DC
R
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-31C2D LW6MK-31C2VD LW6MK-31C2MD
3PDT LW6MK-31C3D LW6MK-31C3VD —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-31C6D — LW6MK-31C6MD
3PDT LW6MK-31C7D — —
GC
R
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-31C2G LW6MK-31C2VG LW6MK-31C2MG
3PDT LW6MK-31C3G LW6MK-31C3VG —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-31C6G — LW6MK-31C6MG
3PDT LW6MK-31C7G — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Left
CCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-32C2C LW6MK-32C2VC LW6MK-32C2MC
3PDT LW6MK-32C3C LW6MK-32C3VC —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-32C6C — LW6MK-32C6MC
3PDT LW6MK-32C7C — —
DCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-32C2D LW6MK-32C2VD LW6MK-32C2MD
3PDT LW6MK-32C3D LW6MK-32C3VD —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-32C6D — LW6MK-32C6MD
3PDT LW6MK-32C7D — —
HCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-32C2H LW6MK-32C2VH LW6MK-32C2MH
3PDT LW6MK-32C3H LW6MK-32C3VH —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-32C6H — LW6MK-32C6MH
3PDT LW6MK-32C7H — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
Two-way
DC
R
L
Gold DPDT LW6MK-33C2D LW6MK-33C2VD LW6MK-33C2MD
3PDT LW6MK-33C3D LW6MK-33C3VD —
Silver DPDT LW6MK-33C6D — LW6MK-33C6MD
3PDT LW6MK-33C7D — —
1. Key is retained in position and removable in position.
2. Two keys are supplied.
3. Key cylinder face material: Metal
4. To select different key numbers, specify numbers from 501 to 515 after the part number. When a key number is not specifi ed, key number 500 is supplied as the default key.
Example: LW6MK-2C1A-501
500 (default key) to 515
5. For replacement part numbers see page 666.
6. For Contact Operation chart see page 676.
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
662 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Key Selector Switches with Black Plastic Bezel (2-Position and 3-Position)
Shape Operation Position Key Retained
at
Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Round
90°
2-position
Maintained
ALR
Gold
SPDT LW6K-2C1A LW6K-2C1VA —
DPDT LW6K-2C2A LW6K-2C2VA LW6K-2C2A
3PDT LW6K-2C3A LW6K-2C3VA —
Silver
SPDT LW6K-2C5A — —
DPDT LW6K-2C6A — LW6K-2C6A
3PDT LW6K-2C7A — —
BL
R
Gold
SPDT LW6K-2C1B LW6K-2C1VB —
DPDT LW6K-2C2B LW6K-2C2VB LW6K-2C2B
3PDT LW6K-2C3B LW6K-2C3VB —
Silver
SPDT LW6K-2C5B — —
DPDT LW6K-2C6B — LW6K-2C6B
3PDT LW6K-2C7B — —
C
L
R
Gold
SPDT LW6K-2C1C LW6K-2C1VC —
DPDT LW6K-2C2C LW6K-2C2VC LW6K-2C2C
3PDT LW6K-2C3C LW6K-2C3VC —
Silver
SPDT LW6K-2C5C — —
DPDT LW6K-2C6C — LW6K-2C6C
3PDT LW6K-2C7C — —
90°
2-position
Spring Return
from Right
BL
R
Gold
SPDT LW6K-21C1B LW6K-21C1VB —
DPDT LW6K-21C2B LW6K-21C2VB LW6K-21C2B
3PDT LW6K-21C3B LW6K-21C3VB —
Silver
SPDT LW6K-21C5B — —
DPDT LW6K-21C6B — LW6K-21C6B
3PDT LW6K-21C7B — —
45°
3-position
Maintained
ACR
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-3C2A LW6K-3C2VA LW6K-3C2A
3PDT LW6K-3C3A LW6K-3C3VA —
Silver DPDT LW6K-3C6A — LW6K-3C6A
3PDT LW6K-3C7A — —
BCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-3C2B LW6K-3C2VB LW6K-3C2B
3PDT LW6K-3C3B LW6K-3C3VB —
Silver DPDT LW6K-3C6B — LW6K-3C6B
3PDT LW6K-3C7B — —
CCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-3C2C LW6K-3C2VC LW6K-3C2C
3PDT LW6K-3C3C LW6K-3C3VC —
Silver DPDT LW6K-3C6C — LW6K-3C6C
3PDT LW6K-3C7C — —
DCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-3C2D LW6K-3C2VD LW6K-3C2D
3PDT LW6K-3C3D LW6K-3C3VD —
Silver DPDT LW6K-3C6D — LW6K-3C6D
3PDT LW6K-3C7D — —
ECR
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-3C2E LW6K-3C2VE LW6K-3C2E
3PDT LW6K-3C3E LW6K-3C3VE —
Silver DPDT LW6K-3C6E — LW6K-3C6E
3PDT LW6K-3C7E — —
GCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-3C2G LW6K-3C2VG LW6K-3C2G
3PDT LW6K-3C3G LW6K-3C3VG —
Silver DPDT LW6K-3C6G — LW6K-3C6G
3PDT LW6K-3C7G — —
HCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-3C2H LW6K-3C2VH LW6K-3C2H
3PDT LW6K-3C3H LW6K-3C3VH —
Silver DPDT LW6K-3C6H — LW6K-3C6H
3PDT LW6K-3C7H — —
*Key is retained in and removable in position.
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
663
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Shape Operation Position Key Retained
at
Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Round
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Right
BC
R
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-31C2B LW6K-31C2VB LW6K-31C2B
3PDT LW6K-31C3B LW6K-31C3VB —
Silver DPDT LW6K-31C6B — LW6K-31C6B
3PDT LW6K-31C7B — —
DC
R
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-31C2D LW6K-31C2VD LW6K-31C2D
3PDT LW6K-31C3D LW6K-31C3VD —
Silver DPDT LW6K-31C6D — LW6K-31C6D
3PDT LW6K-31C7D — —
GC
R
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-31C2G LW6K-31C2VG LW6K-31C2G
3PDT LW6K-31C3G LW6K-31C3VG —
Silver DPDT LW6K-31C6G — LW6K-31C6G
3PDT LW6K-31C7G — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Left
CCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-32C2C LW6K-32C2VC LW6K-32C2C
3PDT LW6K-32C3C LW6K-32C3VC —
Silver DPDT LW6K-32C6C — LW6K-32C6C
3PDT LW6K-32C7C — —
DCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-32C2D LW6K-32C2VD LW6K-32C2D
3PDT LW6K-32C3D LW6K-32C3VD —
Silver DPDT LW6K-32C6D — LW6K-32C6D
3PDT LW6K-32C7D — —
HCR
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-32C2H LW6K-32C2VH LW6K-32C2H
3PDT LW6K-32C3H LW6K-32C3VH —
Silver DPDT LW6K-32C6H — LW6K-32C6H
3PDT LW6K-32C7H — —
45°
3-position
Spring Return
Two-way
DC
R
L
Gold DPDT LW6K-33C2D LW6K-33C2VD LW6K-33C2D
3PDT LW6K-33C3D LW6K-33C3VD —
Silver DPDT LW6K-33C6D — LW6K-33C6D
3PDT LW6K-33C7D — —
1. Key is retained in position and removable in position.
2. Two keys are supplied.
3. Key cylinder face: Metal
4. To select different key numbers, specify numbers from 501 to 515 after the part number. When a key number is not specifi ed, key number 500 is supplied as the
default key.
Example: LW6MK-2C1A-501
500 (default key) to 515
5. For replacement part numbers see page 666.
6. For Contact Operation chart see page 676.
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
664 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Illuminated Round Selector Switches with Metal or Black Plastic Bezel
Shape Operation Position Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Round
(Knob Operator)
90°
2-position
Maintained
R
L
Gold
SPDT LW6MF-2C1lk LW6MF-2C1lVk—
DPDT LW6MF-2C2lk LW6MF-2C2lVkLW6MF-2C2lMk
3PDT LW6MF-2C3lk LW6MF-2C3lVk—
Silver
SPDT LW6MF-2C5lk ——
k Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
DPDT LW6MF-2C6lk —LW6MF-2C6lMk
3PDT LW6MF-2C7lk ——
90°
2-position
spring Return
from Right
RL
Gold
SPDT LW6MF-21C1lk LW6MF-21C1lVk—
DPDT LW6MF-21C2lk LW6MF-21C2lVkLW6MF-21C2lMk
3PDT LW6MF-21C3lk LW6MF-21C3lVk—
Silver
SPDT LW6MF-21C5lk ——
DPDT LW6MF-21C6lk —LW6MF-21C6lMk
3PDT LW6MF-21C7lk ——
45°
3-position
Maintained
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6MF-3C2lk LW6MF-3C2lVkLW6MF-3C2lMk
3PDT LW6MF-3C3lk LW6MF-3C3lVk—
Silver DPDT LW6MF-3C6lk —LW6MF-3C6lMk
3PDT LW6MF-3C7lk ——
45°
3-position
spring Return
from Right
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6MF-31C2lk LW6MF-31C2lVkLW6MF-31C2lMk
3PDT LW6MF-31C3lk LW6MF-31C3lVk—
Silver DPDT LW6MF-31C6lk —LW6MF-31C6lMkl Voltage Code
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 2
12V AC/DC 3
24V AC/DC 4
120V AC 5
240V AC 6
3PDT LW6MF-31C7lk ——
45°
3-position
spring Return
from Left
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6MF-32C2lk LW6MF-32C2lVkLW6MF-32C2lMk
3PDT LW6MF-32C3lk LW6MF-32C3lVk—
Silver DPDT LW6MF-32C6lk —LW6MF-32C6lMk
3PDT LW6MF-32C7lk ——
45°
3-position
spring Return
Two-way
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6MF-33C2lk LW6MF-33C2lVkLW6MF-33C2lMk
3PDT LW6MF-33C3lk LW6MF-33C3lVk—
Silver DPDT LW6MF-33C6lk —LW6MF-33C6lMk
3PDT LW6MF-33C7lk ——
Round
(Knob Operator)
90°
2-position
Maintained
RL
Gold
SPDT LW6F-2C1lk LW6F-2C1lVk—
DPDT LW6F-2C2lk LW6F-2C2lVkLW6F-2C2lMk
3PDT LW6F-2C3lk LW6F-2C3lVk—
Silver
SPDT LW6F-2C5lk ——
DPDT LW6F-2C6lk —LW6F-2C6lMk
3PDT LW6F-2C7lk ——
90°
2-position
Spring Return
from Right
RL
Gold
SPDT LW6F-21C1lk LW6F-21C1lVk—
DPDT LW6F-21C2lk LW6F-21C2lVkLW6F-21C2lMk
3PDT LW6F-21C3lk LW6F-21C3lVk—
Silver
SPDT LW6F-21C5lk ——
DPDT LW6F-21C6lk —LW6F-21C6lMk
3PDT LW6F-21C7lk ——
45°
3-position
Maintained
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6F-3C2lk LW6F-3C2lVkLW6F-3C2lMk
1. In place of k insert
Lens/LED color code
from table.
2. In place of l insert
Voltage code from
table.
3. Every illuminated
selector switch contains
an LED lamp (LSTD) of
the specifi ed color and
voltage.
3. For replacement part
numbers see page 666.
4. For Contact Operation
chart see page 676.
5. Yellow selector switch
comes with white LED.
3PDT LW6F-3C3lk LW6F-3C3lVk—
Silver DPDT LW6F-3C6lk —LW6F-3C6lMk
3PDT LW6F-3C7lk ——
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Right
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6F-31C2lk LW6F-31C2lVkLW6F-31C2lMk
3PDT LW6F-31C3lk LW6F-31C3lVk—
Silver DPDT LW6F-31C6lk —LW6F-31C6lMk
3PDT LW6F-31C7lk ——
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Left
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6F-32C2lk LW6F-32C2lVkLW6F-32C2lMk
3PDT LW6F-32C3lk LW6F-32C3lVk—
Silver DPDT LW6F-32C6lk —LW6F-32C6lMk
3PDT LW6F-32C7lk ——
45°
3-position
Spring Return
Two-way
CRL
Gold DPDT LW6F-33C2lk LW6F-33C2lVkLW6F-33C2lMk
3PDT LW6F-33C3lk LW6F-33C3lVk—
Silver DPDT LW6F-33C6lk —LW6F-33C6lMk
3PDT LW6F-33C7lk ——
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
665
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Illuminated Square Selector Switches with Black Plastic Bezel
Shape Operation Position Contact
Material Contact Part Numbers
Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Screw Terminal
Square
(Knob Operator)
90°
2-position
Maintained
R
L
Gold
SPDT LW7F-2C1lk LW7F-2C1lVk—k Color Code
Color Code
Amber A
Green G
Red R
Blue S
White W
Yellow Y
DPDT LW7F-2C2lk LW7F-2C2lVkLW7F-2C2lMk
3PDT LW7F-2C3lk LW7F-2C3lVk—
Silver
SPDT LW7F-2C5lk ——
DPDT LW7F-2C6lk —LW7F-2C6lMk
3PDT LW7F-2C7lk ——
90°
2-position
Spring Return
from Right
RL
Gold
SPDT LW7F-21C1lk LW7F-21C1lVk—
DPDT LW7F-21C2lk LW7F-21C2lVkLW7F-21C2lMk
3PDT LW7F-21C3lk LW7F-21C3lVk—
Silver
SPDT LW7F-21C5lk ——
DPDT LW7F-21C6lk —LW7F-21C6lMkl Voltage Code
Voltage Code
6V AC/DC 2
12V AC/DC 3
24V AC/DC 4
120V AC 5
240V AC 6
3PDT LW7F-21C7lk ——
45°
3-position
Maintained
CRL
Gold DPDT LW7F-3C2lk LW7F-3C2lVkLW7F-3C2lMk
3PDT LW7F-3C3lk LW7F-3C3lVk—
Silver DPDT LW7F-3C6lk —LW7F-3C6lMk
3PDT LW7F-3C7lk ——
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Right
CRL
Gold DPDT LW7F-31C2lk LW7F-31C2lVkLW7F-31C2lMk
3PDT LW7F-31C3lk LW7F-31C3lVk—
Silver DPDT LW7F-31C6lk —LW7F-31C6lMk
3PDT LW7F-31C7lk ——
45°
3-position
Spring Return
from Left
CRL
Gold DPDT LW7F-32C2lk LW7F-32C2lVkLW7F-32C2lMk
3PDT LW7F-32C3lk LW7F-32C3lVk—
Silver DPDT LW7F-32C6lk —LW7F-32C6lMk
3PDT LW7F-32C7lk ——
45°
3-position
Spring Return
Two-way
CRL
Gold DPDT LW7F-33C2lk LW7F-33C2lVkLW7F-33C2lMk
3PDT LW7F-33C3lk LW7F-33C3lVk—
Silver DPDT LW7F-33C6lk —LW7F-33C6lMk
3PDT LW7F-33C7lk ——
1. In place of k insert Lens/LED color code from table.
2. In place of l insert Voltage code from table.
3. Every illuminated selector switch contains an LED lamp (LSTD) of the specifi ed color and voltage.
3. For replacement part numbers see page 666.
4. For Contact Operation chart see page 676.
5. Yellow selector switch comes with white LED.
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
666 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Replacement Parts
Operators
Pilot Lights
Shape Terminals Part Number
Round
Solder Tab LW6nP-00
In place of n insert Bezel Code.
Screw LW6nP-00M
PC Board LW6nP-0
Square
Solder Tab LW7P-00
Screw LW7P-00M
PC Board LW7P-0
n Bezel Code
Code
blank Black Plastic Bezel
M Metal Bezel
Non-illuminated & Illuminated Pushbuttons
Shape Function Part Number
Round Maintained LW6nL-A0
In place of n insert Bezel Code.
Momentary LW6nL-M0
Square Maintained LW7L-A0
Momentary LW7L-M0
Square with Guard Maintained LW7GL-A0
Momentary LW7GL-M0
Non-illuminated Selector Switches
Position Shape Function Handle Part Number
2-Position
Round
Maintained Knob LW6nS-2Y
Lever LW6nS-2L
Spring Return from Right Knob LW6nS-21Y
Lever LW6nS-21L
Square
Maintained Knob LW7S-2Y
Lever LW7S-2L
Spring Return from Right Knob LW7S-21Y
Lever LW7S-21L
3-Position
Round
Maintained Knob LW6nS-3Y
Lever LW6nS-3L
Spring Return from Right Knob LW6nS-31Y
Lever LW6nS-31L
Spring Return from Left Knob LW6nS-32Y
Lever LW6nS-32L
Two-way Spring Return Knob LW6nS-33Y
Lever LW6nS-33L
Square
Maintained Knob LW7S-3Y
Lever LW7S-3L
Spring Return from Right Knob LW7S-31Y
Lever LW7S-31L
Spring Return from Left Knob LW7S-32Y
Lever LW7S-32L
Two-way Spring Return Knob LW7S-33Y
Lever LW7S-33L
In place of n insert Bezel Code.
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
667
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Illuminated SelectorSwitches
Position Shape Function Part Number
2-Position
Round Maintained LW6nF-20
Spring Return from Right LW6nF-210
Square Maintained LW7F-20
Spring Return from Right LW7F-210
3-Position
Round
Maintained LW6nF-30
Spring Return from Right LW6nF-310
Spring Return from Left LW6nF-320
Two-way Spring Return LW6nF-330
Square
Maintained LW7F-30
Spring Return from Right LW7F-310
Spring Return from Left LW7F-320
Two-way Spring Return LW7F-330
In place of n insert Bezel Code.
Key Selector Switches
Position Shape Function Part Number
2-Position Round Maintained LW6nK-2
Spring Return from Right LW6nK-21
3-Position Round
Maintained LW6nK-3o
Spring Return from Right LW6nK-31o
Spring Return from Left LW6nK-32o
Two-way Spring Return LW6nK-33o
1. In place of n insert Bezel Code.
2. In place of o insert Key Removable Option Code.
n Bezel Code
Code
blank Black Plastic Bezel
M Metal Bezel
oKey Removable Option Codes
Code Description
A Key not retained in any position (removable in all positions)
B Key retained in right position only
C Key retained in left position only
D Key retained in left and right (3 position only)
E Key retained in center only (3 position only)
G Key retained right and center (3 position only)
H Key retained left and center (3 position only)
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
668 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Lens/Buttons*
Shape Material Part Number Color Code
Lens (Round Flush)
Polyarylate LW1A-L1-k
Specify color code in place of k in the part number.
A: amber
C: clear
G: green
R: red
S: blue
Y: yellow
Note: Use a clear lens for white illumination or for white (W) or
black (B) buttons.
Lens (Round Extended)
Polyarylate LW1A-L2-k
Lens (Square Flush)
Polyarylate LW2A-L1-k
Lens for Pilot Lights
(Round Extended) Polyarylate LW1A-P2-k
Lens for Pilot Lights
(Square Extended)
Polyarylate LW2A-P2-k
Illuminated Selector Knob
Operator
Plastic LW9Z-FD6k
Specify a lens color code in place of k in the Ordering part
number.
A: amber, G: green, R: red, S: blue,
W: white, Y: yellow
*Marking plate included with lens.
Marking Plates
Shape Material Part Number Color Code
Marking Plate (Round)
Acrylic LW9Z-P1W For round fl ush pushbuttons, round fl ush illuminated pushbut-
tons, and round extended pilot lights.
Marking Plate (Square)
Acrylic LW9Z-P2W For square fl ush pushbuttons, square fl ush illuminated pushbut-
tons, and square extended pilot lights.
Marking Plate
(Round Extended) Acrylic LW9Z-P12W For round extended pushbuttons and round extended illuminated
pushbuttons.
Miscellaneous
Shape Material Part Number Color Code
Locking Ring
Plastic LW9Z-LN Black
Spare Key
Metal
LW9Z-SK-500 Standard – default key
LW9Z-SK-mSpecify a key number 501 to 515 in place of m in the part
number.
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
669
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Shape Material Part Number Description Dimensions (mm)
Locking Ring Wrench
Metal
(nickel-plated brass) LW9Z-T1
Used to tighten the locking ring when installing
into a panel.
Tightening torque: 1.2 N·m
60
ø25.4
Lamp Holder Tool
Rubber OR-55 Used to install and remove LED lamps.
59
14
ø11.6
OR-55
Lens Removal Tool
Rubber
(Ring: metal) MT-S01 Used to remove the lenses.
Switch Guard with Lens
(for Square Flush Lens)
Spring Return Type
Guard
Lens
Plastic
(Guard: transparent) LW9Z-KS7k
Switch guard accessory comes with lens.
Cannot be used with maintained types (momentary
buttons only).
Specify a lens color code in place of k in the part
number.
A: amber, C: clear, G: green, R: red, S: blue, Y:
yellow
Use a clear lens for white illumination or for white
(W) or black (B) buttons.
Panel Thickness
0.8 to 3.2 26.8
943 6
31.7
12.5
24.5
25
Mounting Hole Layout
48 min.
28 min.
Note: Determine mounting centers to ensure easy
operation.
Round Mounting Hole Plug
Plastic
(black) LW9Z-BS6
Degree of protection: IP65
Panel thickness: 0.8 to 3.2 mm
See page 675 for mounting hole layout.
0.8 to 3.2
ø28
226 28
Square Mounting Hole Plug
Plastic
(black) LW9Z-BS7
Degree of protection: IP65
Panel thickness: 0.8 to 3.2 mm
See page 675 for mounting hole layout.
28
0.8 to 3.2
226
Terminal Cover
For Solder/Tab Terminal Plastic
(translucent) LW-VL2 For separate solder/tab terminal units only.
26.2
18.2
24 2221
C
X2
3231
NC
NO
34
X2 X1
1211 14
14.8
Terminal Cover
For Screw Terminal Plastic
(black) LW-VL2M For separate screw terminal units only.
5.4
12.9
23.2
25.4
Terminal Cover
For Solder/Tab Terminal Plastic
(translucent) LW-PVL For unibody solder/tab terminal pilot lights only. X1
X2
TOP
X1
X2
TOP
7.5
19.2
ø20.6
Terminal Cover
For Screw Terminal Plastic
(translucent) LW-PVLM For unibody screw terminal pilot lights only.
4
4
14
ø20.6
X1
X2
TOP
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
670 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Contact Blocks
Appearance Style Contact Material Contact Part Number
Solder/Tab PC Board Screw
Non-illuminated Switches
Gold
SPDT LW-C1 LW-C1V —
DPDT LW-C2 LW-C2V LW-C2M
3PDT LW-C3 LW-C3V —
Silver
SPDT LW-C5 — —
DPDT LW-C6 — LW-C6M
3PDT LW-C7 — —
Illuminated Switches
Gold
SPDT LW-C10 LW-C10V —
DPDT LW-C20 LW-C20V LW-C20M
3PDT LW-C30 LW-C30V —
Silver
SPDT LW-C50 — —
DPDT LW-C60 — LW-C60M
3PDT LW-C70 — —
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
671
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Dimensions (mm)
Non-illuminated Pushbuttons
Round/Square
M3 Terminal Screw
Terminal Cover
54
LW-VL2
LOCK
TOP
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2
Mounting Bracket
Locking Ring
Gasket
Terminal Cover
4.85
6.8 6.8
LW-VL2M
61.9
2.0 6.2
8.2
6.8 6.8
4.85
*Tab Terminal
2.6
2-R0.6
1.0
1.2
60.5 43
1.2
55
5.4 2
8.5
66
9
1.2
43
18.7
Round Square
28
ø28
Flush
Tab Terminal 2.8W × 0.5t
∗
Solder/Tab Terminal
PC Board TerminalScrew Terminal
PC Board Terminal 0.8W × 0.5t Extended
2.0
5.6
Square Flush Guard
TOP
LOCK
5.454
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2
Mounting Bracket
Locking Ring
Terminal Cover
LW-VL2
Gasket
M3 Terminal Screw
Terminal Cover
4.85
6.8 6.8
LW-VL2M
61.9
2.0 6.2
8.2
6.8 6.8
4.85
60.5 43
2
1.2
55
5.5
∗2
14 15
28
8.5
66
9
1.2
43
18.7
4.9
40.3
31
Tab Terminal
2.8W × 0.5t
Solder/Tab Terminal
PC Board Terminal 0.8W × 0.5t
PC Board TerminalScrew Terminal
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
672 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Pilot Lights
Unibody Separate Model
33.3
7.7
7.2
4.5
LOCK
TOP
11.35
5.95
43
LW-PVL
Flush Flush
∗
∗
1.2
55
8.5
7.5
6.75
6.0
34 2
26
5.5
218.7
43 2
28
ø28.0
Round
Square
Square (Extended)
Round (Extended)
1.5
3.5
2
4
Gasket
LW-PVLM
41.8
Screw Terminal PC Board Terminal
Solder/Tab Terminal
M3 Terminal Screw
Terminal Cover Terminal Cover
Panel Thickness
0.8 to 3.2 Panel Thickness
0.8 to 3.2
Mounting Bracket
Mounting Bracket
Locking Ring
Locking Ring
Gasket
PC Board Terminal
0.8W × 0.5t
Tab Terminal
2.8W × 0.5t
*Tab Terminal
2.6
2-R0.6
1.0
1.2
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Round/Square
61.9
4.85 6.5
2.0 6.2
6.8 6.8
8.2
M3 Terminal Screw
Terminal Cover
LW-VL2M
6.8 6.8
4.85 6.5
54
LW-VL2
LOCK
TOP
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2
Mounting Bracket
Locking Ring
Gasket
Terminal Cover *Tab Terminal
2.6
2-R0.6
1.0
1.2
60.5 43
1.2
55
5.4 2
8.5
66
9
1.2
43
18.7
Round Square
28
ø28
Flush
Tab Terminal 2.8W × 0.5t
∗
Solder/Tab TerminalPC Board TerminalScrew Terminal
PC Board Terminal 0.8W × 0.5t Extended
2
Square Flush Guard
LW-VL2M
61.9
4.85 6.5
2.0 6.2
6.8 6.8
8.2
M3 Terminal Screw
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2
Terminal Cover
Terminal Cover
TOP
LOCK
6.8 6.8
4.85 6.5
5.454
LW-VL2 Mounting Bracket
Locking Ring
Gasket
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
673
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
60.5 43
2
1.2
55
5.5
∗2
14 15
28
8.5
66
9
1.2
43
18.7
4.9
40.3
31
Tab Terminal 2.8W × 0.5t
Solder/Tab Terminal
PC Board TerminalScrew Terminal
PC Board Terminal 0.8W × 0.5t
Non-illuminated Selector Switches
61.9
4.85
2.0 6.2
6.8 6.8
8.2
LOCK
TOP
4.85
6.86.8
54
LW-VL2M
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2
Mounting Bracket
Locking Ring
Terminal Cover
LW-VL2
M3 Terminal Screw
Terminal Cover
Gasket
*Tab Terminal
2.6
2-R0.6
1.0
1.2
60.5 43
2
1.2
55
5.5
ø28
28
∗
1.2
9
6 6
8.5
2
17.0
18
2
1043
18.7
Tab Terminal 2.8W × 0.5t
PC Board Terminal 0.8W × 0.5t
Screw Terminal PC Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal
Round Bezel
(Knob Operator)
Round Bezel
(Lever Operator)
Square Bezel
(Knob Operator)
Square Bezel
(Lever Operator)
Key Selector Switches
TOP
LOCK
6.8 6.8
54 3.4
4.85
61.9
4.85
6.8 6.8
2.0 6.2
8.2
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2
Terminal Cover
LW-VL2 Mounting Bracket
Locking Ring
Gasket
M3 Terminal Screw
Terminal Cover
LW-VL2M
*Tab Terminal
2.6
2-R0.6
1.0
1.2
∗8.5
66
9
1.2
43
ø28
26.4
18.7 2
60.5 43
1.2
55
5.5
2
PC Board Terminal 0.8W × 0.5t Tab Terminal 2.8W × 0.5t
Screw Terminal PC Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
674 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Illuminated Selector Switches
4.85
6.8 6.8
LOCK
TOP
54
61.9
2.0 6.2
8.2
6.8 6.8
4.85 6.5
Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2
Terminal Cover
LW-VL2
Mounting Bracket
Locking Ring
Gasket
M3 Terminal Screw
Terminal Cover
LW-VL2M
*Tab Terminal
2.6
2-R0.6
1.0
1.2
60.5 43
2
1.2
55
5.5
ø28
28
∗
1.2
9
6 6
8.5 2
1043
18.7
Tab Terminal 2.8W × 0.5t
PC Board Terminal 0.8W × 0.5t
Screw Terminal PC Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal
Round Bezel Square Bezel
Bottom View
LOCK
LOCK
LOCK
CNO
X2 X1
X2
NCNO
C
NC
25.4
23.2
R18
R18
25
16.2
R18
25
26.5
16.2
18.2
Screw Terminal PC Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
675
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Terminal Arrangements
Illuminated Units (except pilot lights)
Solder/Tab Terminal Screw Terminal
X2 X2 X1
CNONC
CNONC
CNONC
Lamp Terminal
Lamp Terminal
12
TOP
3
(interconnected)
SPDT has C, NO, and NC only in
the center. DPDT has C, NO, and
NC only on the right and left.
Screw terminal model is only
available in DPDT confi guration.
CNONC
X2 X1
CNONC
Lamp Terminal
Lamp Terminal
TOP
All Non-illuminated Units
Solder/Tab Terminal Screw Terminal
CNONC
CNONC
CNONC
TOP
123 SPDT has C, NO, and NC only in
the center. DPDT has C, NO, and
NC only on the right and left.
Screw terminal model is only
available in DPDT confi guration.
CNONC
CNONC
TOP
Unibody Pilot Lights Separate Model
TOP
TOP
X2
X1
X2
X1
X2
Lamp Terminal
Lamp Terminal
Lamp Terminal
Lamp Terminal
(interconnected)
Screw Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal
Lamp terminals do not have any polarity.
Lamp Terminal
Lamp Terminal
X1
X2
X2
(interconnected)
TOP
Lamp terminals do not have any polarity.
Mounting Hole Layout
Round Models Square Models
ø25.3
28 min.∗
28 min.∗
-
0.1
+0.2
28 min.∗
28 min.∗
-
0.1
+0.2
24.5
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
676 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
PC Board Drilling Layout (bottom view)
Non-illuminated Pushbuttons
(0.5) (0.5)
(0.5)
(0.8)(0.8)
(0.8)
6.8±0.05
6.8±0.05
4.85
NC Terminal
NO Terminal
COM Terminal
Switch
Terminal
2C
Switch
Terminal
3C
Switch
Terminal
1C
9-
ø
1.2
+0.1
0
2.4552.4
2.8
2.8
2.8
1.6 (PC Board)
Mounting
Side
Soldered
Side
The pattern of the PC board as
the terminals on the mounting
surface are 2.8mm wide.
Pilot Lights
(0.5)
(0.8)(0.8)
(0.8)
3-
ø
1.2
+0.1
0
Lamp Terminal X1
Lamp Terminal X2
Lamp Terminal X2
Lamp
Terminal
2.4552.4
2.8
2.8
2.8
1.6 (PC Board)
Mounting
Side
Soldered
Side
The pattern of the PC board as
the terminals on the mounting
surface are 2.8mm wide.
Illuminated Pushbuttons
(0.5)
(0.5) (0.5)
(0.5)
(0.8)(0.8)
(0.8)
12-
ø
1.2
+0.1
0
6.8±0.05
6.8±0.05
6.5±0.05
4.85
Lamp Terminal X1 NC Terminal
NO Terminal
COM Terminal
Lamp Terminal X2
Lamp Terminal X2
Lamp
Terminal
Switch
Terminal
3C
Switch
Terminal
2C
Switch
Terminal
1C
2.4552.4
2.8
2.8
2.8
1.6 (PC Board)
Mounting
Side
Soldered
Side
The pattern of the PC board as
the terminals on the mounting
surface are 2.8mm wide.
Contact Operation*
Operation Contact
Operator Position & Contact
Position (Top View) Operation Contact
Operator Position & Contact
Position (Top View)
Left Right Left Center Right
90°
2-Position
RL
SPDT
DPDT
C C
Left
Contact
NO NC
Right
Contact
NO NC
C C
Left
Contact
NO NC
Right
Contact
NO NC
45°
3-Position
CRL
DPDT
C C
Left
Contact
NO NC
Right
Contact
NO NC
C C
Left
Contact
NO NC
Right
Contact
NO NC
C C
Left
Contact
NO NC
Right
Contact
NO NC
3PDT
CCC
Left
Contact
Center
Contact
Right
Contact
NO NC NO NC NO NC
C C C
Left
Contact
Center
Contact
Right
Contact
NO NC NO NC NO NC
3PDT
C C C
Left
Contact
Center
Contact
Right
Contact
NO NC NO NC NO NC
CCC
Left
Contact
Center
Contact
Right
Contact
NO NC NO NC NO NC
CCC
Left
Contact
Center
Contact
Right
Contact
NO NC NO NC NO NC
*Valid for all Non-illuminated and Illuminated Selector Switches and Key Selector
Switches.
LW Series
Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
677
USA: 800-262-IDEC Canada: 888-317-IDEC
Switches & Pilot Lights Display Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers
Safety Precautions
Turn off the power to the fl ush silhouette LW series before installation, removal,
wiring, maintenance and inspection. Failure to turn power off may cause an
electrical shock or fi re hazard.
To avoid burning your hand, use the lamp holder tool when replacing lamps.
For wiring, use the correct size wires to meet voltage and current requirements.
Solder correctly according to the instructions in Wiring and Terminal Cover
(below and on following page). Tighten the M3.5 terminal screws to a torque
of 0.6 to 1.0N·m. Failure to tighten terminal screws may cause overheating and
increase risk of fi re.
General Instructions
Panel Mounting
Remove the contact block from the operator. Insert
the operator into the panel cut out from the front,
then install the contact block.
Removing the Contact Block
Turn the locking lever on the contact block in the
direction opposite to the arrow on the housing.
The contact can then be removed.
Installing the Contact Block
Insert the contact block, with the TOP markings
on the contact block and the operator placed in
the same direction. Then lock the units, turning
the locking lever in the direction of the arrow.
Notes on Mounting
Use the optional locking ring wrench (LW9Z-T1)
to mount the operator into the panel. Tighten-
ing torque should not exceed 1.2N·m. Do not
use pliers. Excessive tightening will damage the
locking ring.
Collective Mounting
As the locking lever can be turned easily from the
rear of the units using a screwdriver, the contact
blocks can be removed even when mounted
collectively.
•
•
•
•
Replacement of the Lens & Marking Plate
Removal
To remove the lens unit, press the suction cup of
the optional lens removal tool (MT-S01) onto the
lens and pull the lens unit out.
Remove the marking plate by pushing the lens
from the rear to disengage the latches between
the lens and the lens holder, using a screwdriver
as shown below.
The translucent fi lter in the lens holder cannot be
removed because the fi lter is sealed to make the unit
waterproof and oiltight.
Installation
For round lenses, place the marking plate on
the lens holder with the anti-rotation projection
engaged and press the lens into the lens holder
to engage the latches. For square lenses, insert
the marking plate into the lens, and press the lens
into the holder to engage the latches.
Make sure of the correct orientation of the mark-
ing plate.
Round Lens
Lens Marking Plate Lens Holder
Square Lens
Lens Marking Plate Lens Holder
•
•
•
•
Marking Plate & Film
For LW series illuminated pushbuttons and pilot
lights, legends and symbols can be engraved on
marking plates, or printed fi lm can be inserted under
the lens for labelling purposes.
Marking Plate and Marking Film Size
Lens Round Lens Square Lens
Built-in Marking Plate
Engraving
Area
ø17.8
0.85
Engraving
Area
0.85
0.6
17.5
Engraving must be made on the engraving
area within 0.5mm deep.
The marking plate is made of acrylic resin.
•
•
Applicable Marking Film
17.7
19.8
19.8
Two 0.1mm-thick fi lms or one 0.2mm-thick
fi lm can be installed in the lens.
Marking fi lm must be prepared separately.
Recommended marking fi lm: polyester
•
•
•
Insertion Order of Marking Plate and Film
Round Lens
TOP Marking Side
Lens Film Marking
Plate
Lens
Holder Housing
Note: Film must be prepared separately.
Square Lens
Lens Film Marking
Plate
Lens
Holder Housing
TOP Marking Side
Film must be prepared separately. Make sure of cor-
rect orientation of the marking plate.
LW Series Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
678 www.idec.com
Switches & Pilot LightsDisplay LightsRelays & SocketsTimersTerminal Blocks
Circuit Breakers
Replacement of Lamps
Lamps can be replaced using the lamp holder tool
(OR-55) from the front of the panel, or by removing
the contact block from the operator.
Removing the Lamp
To remove, slip the lamp holder tool (OR-55) onto
the lamp head. Then push slightly and turn the
lamp holder tool counterclockwise.
Installing the Lamp
To install, insert the lamp head into the lamp
holder tool and hold the lamp as shown in the
fi gure below.
Lamp Holder Tool
Lamp
Insert the pins on the lamp base into the grooves
in the lamp socket. Insert the lamp and turn it
clockwise.
Lamp Socket in
the Operator Unit
Removing the Illuminated Selector
Switch Knob
Removing the Knob
Insert a fl at screwdriver and remove the knob from
the operator.
Installing the Knob
Press the knob into the operator. Align the recess
on top end of the knob with the lowest rib on of the
operator.
Top end
Lowest rib
•
•
•
•
Key Selector Switches
When turning the key, do not pull the key out, other-
wise, it may damage the switch.
Wiring
Solder the terminals within 20W/5 sec or
260°C/3 sec without exerting external force on
the terminals. Do not touch the plastic housing
with the soldering iron. While wiring, prevent
tension from being applied to the terminals. Do
not bend or raise the terminals, or exert excessive
force on the terminals.
Use non-corrosive liquid fl ux.
Positive-lock connector and easylock connectors
are applicable to tab terminals.
Tighten the terminal screw of the screw terminal
models to a torque of 0.6 to 1.0N·m.
Terminal Cover (for Solder/Tab Terminal)
Insert the terminal cover onto the contact block
with the TOP markings on the contact block and the
terminal cover in the same direction.
When wiring, insert the lead wires into the terminal
cover holes before soldering.
Wiring Terminal Cover
When installing a terminal cover onto the solder/tab
terminal contact block, solder the inside of the lamp
terminal (toward the switch terminals) and wire.
Screw Terminal
Lamp
Terminal Switch Terminals
Inside Terminal
Cover
Install the terminal cover on the control unit before
wiring.
1. After wiring, terminal covers cannot be installed.
2. When terminal covers are installed, ring terminals
cannot be used. (For wiring, use fork terminals or lead
wires directly.)
•
•
•
•
Single Board Mounting
Mounting the control units on a single PC board
offers the following features.
Reduced installation labor, easy wiring, space
saving and standardization.
Since the contact blocks on the PC board can eas-
ily be removed using a locking lever, control units
are easy to maintain.
Because the control units require no studs for
fastening the control units to a PC board, special
preparation of the panel is not needed.
•
•
•
